Tax Notes logo

American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (P.L. 111-5)

FEB. 17, 2009

American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (P.L. 111-5)

DATED FEB. 17, 2009
DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES

 

Conference Report--H. Rept. 111-16

 

 

CONFERENCE REPORT ON H.R. 1,

 

AMERICAN RECOVERY AND REINVESTMENT ACT OF 2009

 

 

Mr. OBEY submitted the following conference report and statement on the bill (H.R. 1) making supplemental appropriations for job preservation and creation, infrastructure investment, energy efficiency and science, assistance to the unemployed, and State and local fiscal stabilization, for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2009, and for other purposes:

 

 

Conference Report (H. Rept. 111-16)

 

 

The committee of conference on the disagreeing votes of the two Houses on the amendment of the Senate to the bill (H.R. 1) "making supplemental appropriations for job preservation and creation, infrastructure investment, energy efficiency and science, assistance to the unemployed, and State and local fiscal stabilization, for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2009, and for other purposes", having met, after full and free conference, have agreed to recommend and do recommend to their respective Houses as follows:

That the House recede from its disagreement to the amendment of the Senate, and agree to the same with an amendment, as follows:

 

JOINT EXPLANATORY STATEMENT OF THE COMMITTEE OF CONFERENCE

 

 

The managers on the part of the House and Senate at the conference on the disagreeing votes of the two Houses on the amendment of the Senate to the bill (H.R. 1), a bill making supplemental appropriations for job preservation and creation, infrastructure investment, energy efficiency and science, assistance to the unemployed, and State and local fiscal stabilization, for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2009, and for other purposes, submit the following joint statement to the House and Senate in explanation of the effect of the action agreed upon by the managers and recommended in the accompanying conference report.

The Senate amendment to the text deleted the entire House bill after the enacting clause and inserted the Senate bill. This conference agreement includes a revised bill.

The conference agreement designates amounts in the Act as emergency requirements pursuant to section 204(a) of S. Con. Res. 21 (110th Congress) and section 301(b)(2) of S. Con. Res. 70 (110th Congress), the concurrent resolutions on the budget for fiscal years 2008 and 2009. All applicable provisions in the Act are designated as an emergency for purposes of pay-as-you-go principles.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

DIVISION B--TAX, UNEMPLOYMENT, HEALTH, STATE FISCAL RELIEF, AND OTHER PROVISIONS

 

 

TITLE I--TAX PROVISIONS

 

 

A. Tax Relief for Individuals and Families

 

 

1. Making Work Pay Credit

(sec. 1001 of the House bill, sec. 1001 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1001 of the conference agreement, and new sec. 36A of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Earned income tax credit

Low- and moderate-income workers may be eligible for the refundable earned income tax credit ("EITC"). Eligibility for the EITC is based on earned income, adjusted gross income, investment income, filing status, and immigration and work status in the United States. The amount of the EITC is based on the presence and number of qualifying children in the worker's family, as well as on adjusted gross income and earned income.

The EITC generally equals a specified percentage of earned income1 up to a maximum dollar amount. The maximum amount applies over a certain income range and then diminishes to zero over a specified phaseout range. For taxpayers with earned income (or adjusted gross income ("AGI"), if greater) in excess of the beginning of the phaseout range, the maximum EITC amount is reduced by the phaseout rate multiplied by the amount of earned income (or AGI, if greater) in excess of the beginning of the phaseout range. For taxpayers with earned income (or AGI, if greater) in excess of the end of the phaseout range, no credit is allowed.

The EITC is a refundable credit, meaning that if the amount of the credit exceeds the taxpayer's Federal income tax liability, the excess is payable to the taxpayer as a direct transfer payment. Under an advance payment system, eligible taxpayers may elect to receive the credit in their paychecks, rather than waiting to claim a refund on their tax returns filed by April 15 of the following year.

Child credit

An individual may claim a tax credit for each qualifying child under the age of 17. The amount of the credit per child is $1,000 through 2010 and $500 thereafter. A child who is not a citizen, national, or resident of the United States cannot be a qualifying child.

The credit is phased out for individuals with income over certain threshold amounts. Specifically, the otherwise allowable child tax credit is reduced by $50 for each $1,000 (or fraction thereof) of modified adjusted gross income over $75,000 for single individuals or heads of households, $110,000 for married individuals filing joint returns, and $55,000 for married individuals filing separate returns. For purposes of this limitation, modified adjusted gross income includes certain otherwise excludable income earned by U.S. citizens or residents living abroad or in certain U.S. territories.

The credit is allowable against the regular tax and the alternative minimum tax. To the extent the child credit exceeds the taxpayer's tax liability, the taxpayer is eligible for a refundable credit (the additional child tax credit) equal to 15 percent of earned income in excess of a threshold dollar amount (the "earned income" formula). The threshold dollar amount is $12,550 (for 2009), and is indexed for inflation.

Families with three or more children may determine the additional child tax credit using the "alternative formula," if this results in a larger credit than determined under the earned income formula. Under the alternative formula, the additional child tax credit equals the amount by which the taxpayer's social security taxes exceed the taxpayer's earned income tax credit.

Earned income is defined as the sum of wages, salaries, tips, and other taxable employee compensation plus net self-employment earnings. Unlike the EITC, which also includes the preceding items in its definition of earned income, the additional child tax credit is based only on earned income to the extent it is included in computing taxable income. For example, some ministers' parsonage allowances are considered self-employment income, and thus are considered earned income for purposes of computing the EITC, but the allowances are excluded from gross income for individual income tax purposes, and thus are not considered earned income for purposes of the additional child tax credit.

 

House Bill

 

 

In general

The provision provides eligible individuals a refundable income tax credit for two years (taxable years beginning in 2009 and 2010).

The credit is the lesser of (1) 6.2 percent of an individual's earned income or (2) $500 ($1,000 in the case of a joint return). For these purposes, the earned income definition is the same as for the earned income tax credit with two modifications. First, earned income for these purposes does not include net earnings from self-employment which are not taken into account in computing taxable income. Second, earned income for these purposes includes combat pay excluded from gross income under section 112.2

The credit is phased out at a rate of two percent of the eligible individual's modified adjusted gross income above $75,000 ($150,000 in the case of a joint return). For these purposes an eligible individual's modified adjusted gross income is the eligible individual's adjusted gross income increased by any amount excluded from gross income under sections 911, 931, or 933. An eligible individual means any individual other than: (1) a nonresident alien; (2) an individual with respect to whom another individual may claim a dependency deduction for a taxable year beginning in a calendar year in which the eligible individual's taxable year begins; and (3) an estate or trust. Each eligible individual must satisfy identical taxpayer identification number requirements to those applicable to the earned income tax credit.

Treatment of the U.S. possessions

 

Mirror code possessions3

 

The U.S. Treasury will make payments to each mirror code possession in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the credits allowable by reason of the provision to that possession's residents against its income tax. This amount will be determined by the Treasury Secretary based on information provided by the government of the respective possession. For purposes of these payments, a possession is a mirror code possession if the income tax liability of residents of the possession under that possession's income tax system is determined by reference to the U.S. income tax laws as if the possession were the United States.

 

Non-mirror code possessions4

 

To each possession that does not have a mirror code tax system, the U.S. Treasury will make two payments (for 2009 and 2010, respectively) in an amount estimated by the Secretary as being equal to the aggregate credits that would have been allowed to residents of that possession if a mirror code tax system had been in effect in that possession. Accordingly, the amount of each payment to a non-mirror Code possession will be an estimate of the aggregate amount of the credits that would be allowed to the possession's residents if the credit provided by the provision to U.S. residents were provided by the possession to its residents. This payment will not be made to any U.S. possession unless that possession has a plan that has been approved by the Secretary under which the possession will promptly distribute the payment to its residents.

 

General rules

 

No credit against U.S. income tax is permitted under the provision for any person to whom a credit is allowed against possession income taxes as a result of the provision (for example, under that possession's mirror income tax). Similarly, no credit against U.S. income tax is permitted for any person who is eligible for a payment under a non-mirror code possession's plan for distributing to its residents the payment described above from the U.S. Treasury.

For purposes of the payments to the possessions, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands are considered possessions of the United States.

For purposes of the rule permitting the Treasury Secretary to disburse appropriated amounts for refunds due from certain credit provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the payments required to be made to possessions under the provision are treated in the same manner as a refund due from the credit allowed under the provision.

Federal programs or Federally-assisted programs

Any credit or refund allowed or made to an individual under this provision (including to any resident of a U.S. possession) is not taken into account as income and shall not be taken into account as resources for the month of receipt and the following two months for purposes of determining eligibility of such individual or any other individual for benefits or assistance, or the amount or extent of benefits or assistance, under any Federal program or under any State or local program financed in whole or in part with Federal funds.

Income tax withholding

Taxpayers' reduced tax liability under the provision shall be expeditiously implemented through revised income tax withholding schedules produced by the Internal Revenue Service. These revised income tax withholding schedules should be designed to reduce taxpayers' income tax withheld for each remaining pay period in the remainder of 2009 by an amount equal to the amount that withholding would have been reduced had the provision been reflected in the income tax withholding schedules for the entire taxable year.

Effective date

The provision applies to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

In general

The Senate is the same as the House bill, except that the credit is phased out at a rate of four percent (rather than two percent) of the eligible individual's modified adjusted gross income above $70,000 ($140,000 in the case of a joint return).

Also, the Senate amendment provides that the otherwise allowable credit allowed under the provision is reduced by the amount of any payment received by the taxpayer pursuant to the provisions of the bill providing economic recovery payments under the Veterans Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, and the Social Security Administration. The provision treats the failure to reduce the credit by the amount of these payments, and the omission of the correct TIN, as clerical errors. This allows the IRS to assess any tax resulting from such failure or omission without the requirement to send the taxpayer a notice of deficiency allowing the taxpayer the right to file a petition with the Tax Court.

Income tax withholding

The Senate amendment also provides for a more accelerated delivery of the credit in 2009 through revised income tax withholding schedules produced by the Department of the Treasury.

Under the Senate amendment, these revised income tax withholding schedules would be designed to reduce taxpayers' income tax withheld for the remainder of 2009 in such a manner that the full annual benefit of the provision is reflected in income tax withheld during the remainder of 2009.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

In general

The provision provides eligible individuals a refundable income tax credit for two years (taxable years beginning in 2009 and 2010).

The credit is the lesser of (1) 6.2 percent of an individual's earned income or (2) $400 ($800 in the case of a joint return). For these purposes, the earned income definition is the same as for the earned income tax credit with two modifications. First, earned income for these purposes does not include net earnings from self-employment which are not taken into account in computing taxable income. Second, earned income for these purposes includes combat pay excluded from gross income under section 112.

The credit is phased out at a rate of two percent of the eligible individual's modified adjusted gross income above $75,000 ($150,000 in the case of a joint return). For these purposes an eligible individual's modified adjusted gross income is the eligible individual's adjusted gross income increased by any amount excluded from gross income under sections 911, 931, or 933. An eligible individual means any individual other than: (1) a nonresident alien; (2) an individual with respect to whom another individual may claim a dependency deduction for a taxable year beginning in a calendar year in which the eligible individual's taxable year begins; and (3) an estate or trust.

Also, the conference agreement provides that the otherwise allowable making work pay credit allowed under the provision is reduced by the amount of any payment received by the taxpayer pursuant to the provisions of the bill providing economic recovery payments under the Veterans Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, and the Social Security Administration and a temporary refundable tax credit for certain government retirees.5 The conference agreement treats the failure to reduce the making work pay credit by the amount of such payments or credit, and the omission of the correct TIN, as clerical errors. This allows the IRS to assess any tax resulting from such failure or omission without the requirement to send the taxpayer a notice of deficiency allowing the taxpayer the right to file a petition with the Tax Court.

Each tax return on which this credit is claimed must include the social security number of the taxpayer (in the case of a joint return, the social security number of at least one spouse).

Treatment of the U.S. possessions

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

Federal programs or Federally-assisted programs

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

Income tax withholding

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

Effective date

The provision applies to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

2. Increase in the earned income tax credit

(sec. 1101 of the House bill, sec. 1002 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1002 of the conference agreement, and sec. 32 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Overview

Low- and moderate-income workers may be eligible for the refundable earned income tax credit ("EITC"). Eligibility for the EITC is based on earned income, adjusted gross income, investment income, filing status, and immigration and work status in the United States. The amount of the EITC is based on the presence and number of qualifying children in the worker's family, as well as on adjusted gross income and earned income.

The EITC generally equals a specified percentage of earned income6 up to a maximum dollar amount. The maximum amount applies over a certain income range and then diminishes to zero over a specified phaseout range. For taxpayers with earned income (or adjusted gross income (AGI), if greater) in excess of the beginning of the phaseout range, the maximum EITC amount is reduced by the phaseout rate multiplied by the amount of earned income (or AGI, if greater) in excess of the beginning of the phaseout range. For taxpayers with earned income (or AGI, if greater) in excess of the end of the phaseout range, no credit is allowed.

An individual is not eligible for the EITC if the aggregate amount of disqualified income of the taxpayer for the taxable year exceeds $3,100 (for 2009). This threshold is indexed for inflation. Disqualified income is the sum of: (1) interest (taxable and tax exempt); (2) dividends; (3) net rent and royalty income (if greater than zero); (4) capital gains net income; and (5) net passive income (if greater than zero) that is not self-employment income.

The EITC is a refundable credit, meaning that if the amount of the credit exceeds the taxpayer's Federal income tax liability, the excess is payable to the taxpayer as a direct transfer payment. Under an advance payment system, eligible taxpayers may elect to receive the credit in their paychecks, rather than waiting to claim a refund on their tax returns filed by April 15 of the following year.

Filing status

An unmarried individual may claim the EITC if he or she files as a single filer or as a head of household. Married individuals generally may not claim the EITC unless they file jointly. An exception to the joint return filing requirement applies to certain spouses who are separated. Under this exception, a married taxpayer who is separated from his or her spouse for the last six months of the taxable year shall not be considered as married (and, accordingly, may file a return as head of household and claim the EITC), provided that the taxpayer maintains a household that constitutes the principal place of abode for a dependent child (including a son, stepson, daughter, stepdaughter, adopted child, or a foster child) for over half the taxable year,7 and pays over half the cost of maintaining the household in which he or she resides with the child during the year.

Presence of qualifying children and amount of the earned income credit

Three separate credit schedules apply: one schedule for taxpayers with no qualifying children, one schedule for taxpayers with no qualifying child, and one schedule for taxpayers with more than one qualifying child.8

Taxpayers with no qualifying children may claim a credit if they are over age 24 and below age 65. The credit is 7.65 percent of earnings up to $5,970, resulting in a maximum credit of $457 for 2009. The maximum is available for those with incomes between $5,970 and $7,470 ($10,590 if married filing jointly). The credit begins to phase down at a rate of 7.65 percent of earnings above $7,470 ($10,590 if married filing jointly) resulting in a $0 credit at $13,440 of earnings ($16,560 if married filing jointly).

Taxpayers with one qualifying child may claim a credit in 2009 of 34 percent of their earnings up to $8,950, resulting in a maximum credit of $3,043. The maximum credit is available for those with earnings between $8,950 and $16,420 ($19,540 if married filing jointly). The credit begins to phase down at a rate of 15.98 percent of earnings above $16,420 ($19,540 if married filing jointly). The credit is phased down to $0 at $35,463 of earnings ($38,583 if married filing jointly).

Taxpayers with more than one qualifying child may claim a credit in 2009 of 40 percent of earnings up to $12,570, resulting in a maximum credit of $5,028. The maximum credit is available for those with earnings between $12,570 and $16,420 ($19,540 if married filing jointly). The credit begins to phase down at a rate of 21.06 percent of earnings above $16,420 ($19,540 if married filing jointly). The credit is phased down to $0 at $40,295 of earnings ($43,415 if married filing jointly).

If more than one taxpayer lives with a qualifying child, only one of these taxpayers may claim the child for purposes of the EITC. If multiple eligible taxpayers actually claim the same qualifying child, then a tiebreaker rule determines which taxpayer is entitled to the EITC with respect to the qualifying child. Any eligible taxpayer with at least one qualifying child who does not claim the EITC with respect to qualifying children due to failure to meet certain identification requirements with respect to such children (i.e., providing the name, age and taxpayer identification number of each of such children) may not claim the EITC for taxpayers without qualifying children.

 

House Bill

 

 

Three or more qualifying children

The provision increases the EITC credit percentage for families with three or more qualifying children to 45 percent for 2009 and 2010. For example, in 2009 taxpayers with three or more qualifying children may claim a credit of 45 percent of earnings up to $12,570, resulting in a maximum credit of $5,656.50.

Provide additional marriage penalty relief through higher threshold phase-out amounts for married couples filing joint returns

The provision increases the threshold phase-out amounts for married couples filing joint returns to $5,0009 above the threshold phase-out amounts for singles, surviving spouses, and heads of households for 2009 and 2010. For example, in 2009 the maximum credit of $3,043 for one qualifying child is available for those with earnings between $8,950 and $16,420 ($21,420 if married filing jointly). The credit begins to phase down at a rate of 15.98 percent of earnings above $16,420 ($21,420 if married filing jointly). The credit is phased down to $0 at $35,463 of earnings ($40,463 if married filing jointly).

Effective date

The provision is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

3. Increase of refundable portion of the child credit

(sec. 1102 of the House bill, sec. 1003 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1003 of the conference agreement and sec. 24 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

An individual may claim a tax credit for each qualifying child under the age of 17. The amount of the credit per child is $1,000 through 2010, and $500 thereafter. A child who is not a citizen, national, or resident of the United States cannot be a qualifying child.

The credit is phased out for individuals with income over certain threshold amounts. Specifically, the otherwise allowable child tax credit is reduced by $50 for each $1,000 (or fraction thereof) of modified adjusted gross income over $75,000 for single individuals or heads of households, $110,000 for married individuals filing joint returns, and $55,000 for married individuals filing separate returns. For purposes of this limitation, modified adjusted gross income includes certain otherwise excludable income earned by U.S. citizens or residents living abroad or in certain U.S. territories.

The credit is allowable against the regular tax and the alternative minimum tax. To the extent the child credit exceeds the taxpayer's tax liability, the taxpayer is eligible for a refundable credit (the additional child tax credit) equal to 15 percent of earned income in excess of a threshold dollar amount (the "earned income" formula). The threshold dollar amount is $12,550 (for 2009), and is indexed for inflation.

Families with three or more children may determine the additional child tax credit using the "alternative formula," if this results in a larger credit than determined under the earned income formula. Under the alternative formula, the additional child tax credit equals the amount by which the taxpayer's social security taxes exceed the taxpayer's earned income tax credit ("EITC").

Earned income is defined as the sum of wages, salaries, tips, and other taxable employee compensation plus net self-employment earnings. Unlike the EITC, which also includes the preceding items in its definition of earned income, the additional child tax credit is based only on earned income to the extent it is included in computing taxable income. For example, some ministers' parsonage allowances are considered self-employment income and thus, are considered earned income for purposes of computing the EITC, but the allowances are excluded from gross income for individual income tax purposes and thus, are not considered earned income for purposes of the additional child tax credit.

Any credit or refund allowed or made to an individual under this provision (including to any resident of a U.S. possession) is not taken into account as income and shall not be taken into account as resources for the month of receipt and the following two months for purposes of determining eligibility of such individual or any other individual for benefits or assistance, or the amount or extent of benefits or assistance, under any Federal program or under any State or local program financed in whole or in part with Federal funds.

 

House Bill

 

 

The provision modifies the earned income formula for the determination of the refundable child credit to apply to 15 percent of earned income in excess of $0 for taxable years beginning in 2009 and 2010.

Effective date

The provision is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill except that the refundable child credit is calculated to apply to 15 percent of earned income in excess of $8,100 for taxable years beginning in 2009 and 2010.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment except that the refundable child credit is calculated to apply to 15 percent of earned income in excess of $3,000 for taxable years beginning in 2009 and 2010.

4. American Opportunity Tax credit

(sec. 1201 of the House bill, sec. 1004 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1004 of the conference agreement, and sec. 25A of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Individual taxpayers are allowed to claim a nonrefundable credit, the Hope credit, against Federal income taxes of up to $1,800 (for 2009) per eligible student per year for qualified tuition and related expenses paid the first two years of the student's post-secondary education in a degree or certificate program[.]10 The Hope credit rate is 100 percent on the first $1,200 of qualified tuition and related expenses, and 50 percent on the next $1,200 of qualified tuition and related expenses; these dollar amounts are indexed for inflation, with the amount rounded down to the next lowest multiple of $100. Thus, for example, a taxpayer who incurs $1,200 of qualified tuition and related expenses for an eligible student is eligible (subject to the adjusted gross income phaseout described below) for a $1,200 Hope credit. If a taxpayer incurs $2,400 of qualified tuition and related expenses for an eligible student, then he or she is eligible for a $1,800 Hope credit.

The Hope credit that a taxpayer may otherwise claim is phased out ratably for taxpayers with modified adjusted gross income between $50,000 and $60,000 ($100,000 and $120,000 for married taxpayers filing a joint return) for 2009. The adjusted gross income phaseout ranges are indexed for inflation, with the amount rounded down to the next lowest multiple of $1,000.

The qualified tuition and related expenses must be incurred on behalf of the taxpayer, the taxpayer's spouse, or a dependent of the taxpayer. The Hope credit is available with respect to an individual student for two taxable years, provided that the student has not completed the first two years of post-secondary education before the beginning of the second taxable year.

The Hope credit is available in the taxable year the expenses are paid, subject to the requirement that the education is furnished to the student during that year or during an academic period beginning during the first three months of the next taxable year. Qualified tuition and related expenses paid with the proceeds of a loan generally are eligible for the Hope credit. The repayment of a loan itself is not a qualified tuition or related expense.

A taxpayer may claim the Hope credit with respect to an eligible student who is not the taxpayer or the taxpayer's spouse (e.g., in cases in which the student is the taxpayer's child) only if the taxpayer claims the student as a dependent for the taxable year for which the credit is claimed. If a student is claimed as a dependent, the student is not entitled to claim a Hope credit for that taxable year on the student's own tax return. If a parent (or other taxpayer) claims a student as a dependent, any qualified tuition and related expenses paid by the student are treated as paid by the parent (or other taxpayer) for purposes of determining the amount of qualified tuition and related expenses paid by such parent (or other taxpayer) under the provision. In addition, for each taxable year, a taxpayer may elect either the Hope credit, the Lifetime Learning credit, or an above-the-line deduction for qualified tuition and related expenses with respect to an eligible student.

The Hope credit is available for "qualified tuition and related expenses," which include tuition and fees (excluding nonacademic fees) required to be paid to an eligible educational institution as a condition of enrollment or attendance of an eligible student at the institution. Charges and fees associated with meals, lodging, insurance, transportation, and similar personal, living, or family expenses are not eligible for the credit. The expenses of education involving sports, games, or hobbies are not qualified tuition and related expenses unless this education is part of the student's degree program.

Qualified tuition and related expenses generally include only out-of-pocket expenses. Qualified tuition and related expenses do not include expenses covered by employer-provided educational assistance and scholarships that are not required to be included in the gross income of either the student or the taxpayer claiming the credit. Thus, total qualified tuition and related expenses are reduced by any scholarship or fellowship grants excludable from gross income under section 117 and any other tax-free educational benefits received by the student (or the taxpayer claiming the credit) during the taxable year. The Hope credit is not allowed with respect to any education expense for which a deduction is claimed under section 162 or any other section of the Code.

An eligible student for purposes of the Hope credit is an individual who is enrolled in a degree, certificate, or other program (including a program of study abroad approved for credit by the institution at which such student is enrolled) leading to a recognized educational credential at an eligible educational institution. The student must pursue a course of study on at least a half-time basis. A student is considered to pursue a course of study on at least a half-time basis if the student carries at least one half the normal full-time work load for the course of study the student is pursuing for at least one academic period that begins during the taxable year. To be eligible for the Hope credit, a student must not have been convicted of a Federal or State felony consisting of the possession or distribution of a controlled substance.

Eligible educational institutions generally are accredited post-secondary educational institutions offering credit toward a bachelor's degree, an associate's degree, or another recognized post-secondary credential. Certain proprietary institutions and post-secondary vocational institutions also are eligible educational institutions. To qualify as an eligible educational institution, an institution must be eligible to participate in Department of Education student aid programs.

Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, the changes to the Hope credit made by the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA") no longer apply. The principal EGTRRA change scheduled to expire is the change that permitted a taxpayer to claim a Hope credit in the same year that he or she claims an exclusion from a Coverdell education savings account. Thus, after 2010, a taxpayer cannot claim a Hope credit in the same year he or she claims an exclusion from a Coverdell education savings account.

 

House Bill

 

 

The provision modifies the Hope credit for taxable years beginning in 2009 or 2010. The modified credit is referred to as the American Opportunity Tax credit. The allowable modified credit is up to $2,500 per eligible student per year for qualified tuition and related expenses paid for each of the first four years of the student's post-secondary education in a degree or certificate program. The modified credit rate is 100 percent on the first $2,000 of qualified tuition and related expenses, and 25 percent on the next $2,000 of qualified tuition and related expenses. For purposes of the modified credit, the definition of qualified tuition and related expenses is expanded to include course materials.

Under the provision, the modified credit is available with respect to an individual student for four years, provided that the student has not completed the first four years of post-secondary education before the beginning of the fourth taxable year. Thus, the modified credit, in addition to other modifications, extends the application of the Hope credit to two more years of post-secondary education.

The modified credit that a taxpayer may otherwise claim is phased out ratably for taxpayers with modified adjusted gross income between $80,000 and $90,000 ($160,000 and $180,000 for married taxpayers filing a joint return). The modified credit may be claimed against a taxpayer's alternative minimum tax liability.

Forty percent of a taxpayer's otherwise allowable modified credit is refundable. However, no portion of the modified credit is refundable if the taxpayer claiming the credit is a child to whom section 1(g) applies for such taxable year (generally, any child under age 18 or any child under age 24 who is a student providing less than one-half of his or her own support, who has at least one living parent and does not file a joint return).

In addition, the provision requires the Secretary of the Treasury to conduct two studies and submit a report to Congress on the results of those studies within one year after the date of enactment. The first study shall examine how to coordinate the Hope and Lifetime Learning credits with the Pell grant program. The second study shall examine requiring students to perform community service as a condition of taking their tuition and related expenses into account for purposes of the Hope and Lifetime Learning credits.

Effective date

The provision is effective with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill, except that the Senate amendment provides that only 30 percent of a taxpayer's otherwise allowable modified credit is refundable.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill, with the following modifications. Under the conference agreement, bona fide residents of the U.S. possessions (American Samoa, Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, Virgin Islands) are not permitted to claim the refundable portion of the American opportunity credit in the United States. Rather, a bona fide resident of a mirror code possession (Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, Virgin Islands) may claim the refundable portion of the credit in the possession in which the individual is a resident. Similarly, a bona fide resident of a non-mirror code possession (Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, American Samoa) may claim the refundable portion of the credit in the possession in which the individual is a resident, but only if that possession establishes a plan for permitting the claim under its internal law.

The conference agreement provides that the U.S. Treasury will make payments to the possessions in respect of credits allowable to their residents under their internal laws. Specifically, the U.S. Treasury will make payments for to each mirror code possession in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the refundable portion of the credits allowable by reason of the provision to that possession's residents against its income tax. This amount will be determined by the Treasury Secretary based on information provided by the government of the respective possession. To each possession that does not have a mirror code tax system, the U.S. Treasury will make two payments (for 2009 and 2010, respectively) in an amount estimated by the Secretary as being equal to the aggregate amount of the refundable portion of the credits that would have been allowed to residents of that possession if a minor code tax system had been in effect in that possession. Accordingly, the amount of each payment to a non-mirror code possession will be an estimate of the aggregate amount of the refundable portion of the credits that would be allowed to the possession's residents if the credit provided by the provision to U.S. residents were provided by the possession to its residents. This payment will not be made to any U.S. possession unless that possession has a plan that has been approved by the Secretary under which the possession will promptly distribute the payment to its residents.

5. Temporarily allow computer technology and equipment as a qualified higher education expense for qualified tuition programs

(sec. 1005 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1005 of the conference agreement, and sec. 529 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Section 529 provides specified income tax and transfer tax rules for the treatment of accounts and contracts established under qualified tuition programs.11 VA qualified tuition program is a program established and maintained by a State or agency or instrumentality thereof, or by one or more eligible educational institutions, which satisfies certain requirements and under which a person may purchase tuition credits or certificates on behalf of a designated beneficiary that entitle the beneficiary to the waiver or payment of qualified higher education expenses of the beneficiary (a "prepaid tuition program"). In the case of a program established and maintained by a State or agency or instrumentality thereof, a qualified tuition program also includes a program under which a person may make contributions to an account that is established for the purpose of satisfying the qualified higher education expenses of the designated beneficiary of the account, provided it satisfies certain specified requirements (a "savings account program"). Under both types of qualified tuition programs, a contributor establishes an account for the benefit of a particular designated beneficiary to provide for that beneficiary's higher education expenses.

For this purpose, qualified higher education expenses means tuition, fees, books, supplies, and equipment required for the enrollment or attendance of a designated beneficiary at an eligible educational institution, and expenses for special needs services in the case of a special needs beneficiary that are incurred in connection with such enrollment or attendance. Qualified higher education expenses generally also include room and board for students who are enrolled at least half-time.

Contributions to a qualified tuition program must be made in cash. Section 529 does not impose a specific dollar limit on the amount of contributions, account balances, or prepaid tuition benefits relating to a qualified tuition account; however, the program is required to have adequate safeguards to prevent contributions in excess of amounts necessary to provide for the beneficiary's qualified higher education expenses. Contributions generally are treated as a completed gift eligible for the gift tax annual exclusion. Contributions are not tax deductible for Federal income tax purposes, although they may be deductible for State income tax purposes. Amounts in the account accumulate on a tax-free basis (i.e., income on accounts in the plan is not subject to current income tax).

Distributions from a qualified tuition program are excludable from the distributee's gross income to the extent that the total distribution does not exceed the qualified higher education expenses incurred for the beneficiary. If a distribution from a qualified tuition program exceeds the qualified higher education expenses incurred for the beneficiary, the portion of the excess that is treated as earnings generally is subject to income tax and an additional 10-percent tax. Amounts in a qualified tuition program may be rolled over to another qualified tuition program for the same beneficiary or for a member of the family of that beneficiary without income tax consequences.

In general, prepaid tuition contracts and tuition savings accounts established under a qualified tuition program involve prepayments or contributions made by one or more individuals for the benefit of a designated beneficiary, with decisions with respect to the contract or account to be made by an individual who is not the designated beneficiary. Qualified tuition accounts or contracts generally require the designation of a person (generally referred to as an "account owner") whom the program administrator (oftentimes a third party administrator retained by the State or by the educational institution that established the program) may look to for decisions, recordkeeping, and reporting with respect to the account established for a designated beneficiary. The person or persons who make the contributions to the account need not be the same person who is regarded as the account owner for purposes of administering the account. Under many qualified tuition programs, the account owner generally has control over the account or contract, including the ability to change designated beneficiaries and to withdraw funds at any time and for any purpose. Thus, in practice, qualified tuition accounts or contracts generally involve a contributor, a designated beneficiary, an account owner (who oftentimes is not the contributor or the designated beneficiary), and an administrator of the account or contract.12

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The provision expands the definition of qualified higher education expenses for expenses paid or incurred in 2009 and 2010 to include expenses for certain computer technology and equipment to be used by the designated beneficiary while enrolled at an eligible educational institution.

Effective date

The provision is effective for expenses paid or incurred after December 31, 2008.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

6. Modifications to homebuyer credit

(sec. 1301 of the House bill, sec. 1006 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1006 of the conference agreement, and sec. 36 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

A taxpayer who is a first-time homebuyer is allowed a refundable tax credit equal to the lesser of $7,500 ($3,750 for a married individual filing separately) or 10 percent of the purchase price of a principal residence. The credit is allowed for the tax year in which the taxpayer purchases the home unless the taxpayer makes an election as described below. The credit is allowed for qualifying home purchases on or after April 9, 2008 and before July 1, 2009 (without regard to whether there was a binding contract to purchase prior to April 9, 2008).

The credit phases out for individual taxpayers with modified adjusted gross income between $75,000 and $95,000 ($150,000 and $170,000 for joint filers) for the year of purchase.

A taxpayer is considered a first-time homebuyer if such individual had no ownership interest in a principal residence in the United States during the three-year period prior to the purchase of the home to which the credit applies.

No credit is allowed if the D.C. homebuyer credit is allowable for the taxable year the residence is purchased or a prior taxable year. A taxpayer is not permitted to claim the credit if the taxpayer's financing is from tax-exempt mortgage revenue bonds, if the taxpayer is a nonresident alien, or if the taxpayer disposes of the residence (or it ceases to be a principal residence) before the close of a taxable year for which a credit otherwise would be allowable.

The credit is recaptured ratably over fifteen years with no interest charge beginning in the second taxable year after the taxable year in which the home is purchased. For example, if the taxpayer purchases a home in 2008, the credit is allowed on the 2008 tax return, and repayments commence with the 2010 tax return. If the taxpayer sells the home (or the home ceases to be used as the principal residence of the taxpayer or the taxpayer's spouse) prior to complete repayment of the credit, any remaining credit repayment amount is due on the tax return for the year in which the home is sold (or ceases to be used as the principal residence). However, the credit repayment amount may not exceed the amount of gain from the sale of the residence to an unrelated person. For this purpose, gain is determined by reducing the basis of the residence by the amount of the credit to the extent not previously recaptured. No amount is recaptured after the death of a taxpayer. In the case of an involuntary conversion of the home, recapture is not accelerated if a new principal residence is acquired within a two year period. In the case of a transfer of the residence to a spouse or to a former spouse incident to divorce, the transferee spouse (and not the transferor spouse) will be responsible for any future recapture.

An election is provided to treat a home purchased in the eligible period in 2009 as if purchased on December 31, 2008 for purposes of claiming the credit on the 2008 tax return and for establishing the beginning of the recapture period. Taxpayers may amend their returns for this purpose.

 

House Bill

 

 

The provision waives the recapture of the credit for qualifying home purchases after December 31, 2008 and before July 1, 2009. This waiver of recapture applies without regard to whether the taxpayer elects to treat the purchase in 2009 as occurring on December 31, 2008. If the taxpayer disposes of the home or the home otherwise ceases to be the principal residence of the taxpayer within 36 months from the date of purchase, the present law rules for recapture of the credit will still apply.

Effective date

The provision applies to residences purchased after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment repeals the existing section 36 for purchases on or after the date of enactment of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009.

A taxpayer is allowed a new nonrefundable tax credit equal to the lesser of $15,000 ($7,500 for a married individual filing separately) or 10 percent of the purchase price of a principal residence. The credit is allowed for the tax year in which the taxpayer purchases the home unless the taxpayer makes an election as described below. The credit is allowed for qualifying home purchases after the date of enactment of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act and on or before the date that is one year after such date of enactment.

The credit is limited to the excess of regular tax liability plus alternative minimum tax liability over the sum of other nonrefundable personal credits.

No credit is allowed for any purchase for which the section 36 first-time homebuyer credit or the D.C. homebuyer credit is allowable. If a credit is allowed under this provision in the case of any individual (and such individual's spouse, if married) with respect to the purchase of any principal residence, no credit is allowed with respect to the purchase of any other principal residence by such individual or a spouse of such individual.

If the taxpayer disposes of the residence (or it ceases to be a principal residence) at any time within 24 months after the date on which the taxpayer purchased the residence, then the credit shall be subject to recapture for the taxable year in which such disposition occurred (or in which the taxpayer failed to occupy the residence as a principal residence). No amount is recaptured after the death of a taxpayer or in the case of a member of the Armed Forces of the United States on active duty who fails to meet the residency requirement pursuant to a military order and incident to a permanent change of station. In the case of an involuntary conversion of the home, recapture is not accelerated if a new principal residence is acquired within a two year period. In the case of a transfer of the residence to a spouse or to a former spouse incident to divorce, the transferee spouse (and not the transferor spouse) will be responsible for any future recapture.

A further election is provided to treat a home purchased in the eligible period as if purchased on December 31, 2008 for purposes of claiming the credit on the 2008 tax return. Taxpayers may amend their returns for this purpose.

Effective date

The provision applies to purchases after the date of enactment.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement extends the existing homebuyer credit for qualifying home purchases before December 1, 2009. In addition, it increases the maximum credit amount to $8,000 ($4,000 for a married individual filing separately) and waives the recapture of the credit for qualifying home purchases after December 31, 2008 and before December 1, 2009. This waiver of recapture applies without regard to whether the taxpayer elects to treat the purchase in 2009 as occurring on December 31, 2008. If the taxpayer disposes of the home or the home otherwise ceases to be the principal residence of the taxpayer within 36 months from the date of purchase, the present law rules for recapture of the credit will apply.

The conference agreement modifies the coordination with the first-time homebuyer credit for residents of the District of Columbia under section 1400C. No credit under section 1400C shall be allowed to any taxpayer with respect to the purchase of a residence during 2009 if a credit under section 36 is allowable to such taxpayer (or the taxpayer's spouse) with respect to such purchase. Taxpayers thus qualify for the more generous national first-time homebuyer credit rather than the D.C. homebuyer credit for qualifying purchases in 2009. No credit under section 36 is allowed for a taxpayer who claimed the D.C. homebuyer credit in any prior taxable year.

The conference agreement removes the prohibition on claiming the credit if the residence is financed by the proceeds of a mortgage revenue bond, a qualified mortgage issue the interest on which is exempt from tax under section 103.

Effective date

The provision applies to residences purchased after December 31, 2008.

7. Election to substitute grants to states for low-income housing projects in lieu of low-income housing credit allocation for 2009

(secs. 1302 and 1711 of the House bill, secs. 1404 and 1602 of the conference agreement, and sec. 42 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

The low-income housing credit may be claimed over a 10-year period by owners of certain residential rental property for the cost of rental housing occupied by tenants having incomes below specified levels.13 The amount of the credit for any taxable year in the credit period is the applicable percentage of the qualified basis of each qualified low-income building. The qualified basis of any qualified low-income building for any taxable year equals the applicable fraction of the eligible basis of the building.

Volume limits

A low-income housing credit is allowable only if the owner of a qualified building receives a housing credit allocation from the State or local housing credit agency. Generally, the aggregate credit authority provided annually to each State for calendar year 2009 is $2.30 per resident, with a minimum annual cap of $2,665,000 for certain small population States.14 These amounts are indexed for inflation. Projects that also receive financing with proceeds of tax-exempt bonds issued subject to the private activity bond volume limit do not require an allocation of the low-income housing credit.

Basic rule for Federal grants

The basis of a qualified building must be reduced by the amount of any federal grant with respect to such building.

 

House Bill

 

 

Low-income housing grant election amount

The Secretary of the Treasury shall make a grant to the State housing credit agency of each State in an amount equal to the low-income housing grant election amount.

The low-income housing grant election amount for a State is an amount elected by the State subject to certain limits. The maximum low-income housing grant election amount for a State may not exceed 85 percent of the product of ten and the sum of the State's: (1) unused housing credit ceiling for 2008; (2) any returns to the State during 2009 of credit allocations previously made by the State; (3) 40 percent of the State's 2009 credit allocation; and (4) 40 percent of the State's share of the national pool allocated in 2009, if any.

Grants under this provision are not taxable income to recipients.

Subawards to low-income housing credit buildings

A State receiving a grant under this provision is to use these monies to make subawards to finance the construction, or acquisition and rehabilitation of qualified low-income buildings as defined under the low-income housing credit. A subaward may be made to finance a qualified low-income building regardless of whether the building has an allocation of low-income housing credit. However, in the case of qualified low-income buildings without allocations of the low-income housing credit, the State housing credit agency must make a determination that the subaward with respect to such building will increase the total funds available to the State to build and rehabilitate affordable housing. In conjunction with this determination the State housing credit agency must establish a process in which applicants for the subawards must demonstrate good faith efforts to obtain investment commitments before the agency makes such subawards.

Any building receiving grant money from a subaward is required to satisfy the low-income housing credit rules. The State housing credit agency shall perform asset management functions to ensure compliance with the low-income housing credit rules and the long-term viability of buildings financed with these subawards.15 Failure to satisfy the low-income housing credit rules will result in recapture enforced by means of liens or other methods that the Secretary of the Treasury (or delegate) deems appropriate. Any such recapture will be payable to the Secretary of the Treasury for deposit in the general fund of the Treasury.

Any grant funds not used to make subawards before January 1, 2011 and any grant monies from subawards returned on or after January 1, 2011 must be returned to the Secretary of the Treasury.

Basic rule for Federal grants

The grants received under this provision do not reduce tax basis of a qualified low-income building.

Reduction in low-income housing credit volume limit for 2009

The otherwise applicable low-income housing credit volume limit for any State for 2009 is reduced by the amount taken into account in determining the low-income housing grant election amount.

Appropriations

The provision appropriates to the Secretary of the Treasury such sums as may be necessary to carry out this provision.

Effective date

The provision is effective on the date of enactment.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

No provision.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill.

8. Election to accelerate the low-income housing credit allocation

(sec. 1903 of the Senate amendment)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

The low-income housing credit may be claimed over a 10-year period by owners of certain residential rental property for the cost of rental housing occupied by tenants having incomes below specified levels.16 The amount of the credit for any taxable year in the credit period is the applicable percentage of the qualified basis of each qualified low-income building. The qualified basis of any qualified low-income building for any taxable year equals the applicable fraction of the eligible basis of the building.

Volume limits

A low-income housing credit is allowable only if the owner of a qualified building receives a housing credit allocation from the State or local housing credit agency. Generally, the aggregate credit authority provided annually to each State for calendar year 2009 is $2.30 per resident, with a minimum annual cap of $2,665,000 for certain small population States.17 These amounts are indexed for inflation. Projects that also receive financing with proceeds of tax-exempt bonds issued subject to the private activity bond volume limit do not require an allocation of the low-income housing credit.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The provision allows a taxpayer election to double the amount of the otherwise allowable low-income housing tax credit with respect to a project for each of the taxpayer's first three taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008. The otherwise allowable low-income housing tax credit over the remaining credit period for the project with respect to a taxpayer making the election will be reduced on a pro rata basis by an amount equal to the acceleration in the first three years.

The election is only available for non federally subsidized low-income housing projects placed in service after December 31, 2008 which are pursuant to a low-income housing credit allocation from a State housing credit ceiling before 2011 (e.g. an allocation of 2011 credit ceiling makes the project ineligible for the election). Further, the election is limited to low-income housing tax credit initial investments made pursuant to a binding agreement by the taxpayer after December 31, 2008 and before January 1, 2011. For example, a taxpayer could not make this election with respect to initial investments made pursuant to a binding agreement in existence on January 1, 2008 even though the building is not placed-in-service until after December 31, 2008.

The election shall be made in a time and manner prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury (or his delegate). The election is irrevocable. In the case of a partnership the election can only be made at the partnership level, not by individual partners.

Effective date

The provision is effective on the date of enactment.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement does not follow the Senate amendment.

9. Exclusion from gross income for unemployment compensation benefits

(sec. 1007 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1007 of the conference agreement, and sec. 85 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

An individual must include in gross income any unemployment compensation benefits received under the laws of the United States or any State.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment provides that up to $2,400 of unemployment compensation benefits received in 2009 are excluded from gross income by the recipient.

Effective date

The provision is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

10. Deduction for interest on indebtedness for the purchase of qualified motor vehicles

(sec. 1008 of the Senate amendment)

 

Present Law

 

 

In the case of a taxpayer other than a corporation, no deduction is allowed for personal interest paid or accrued during the taxable year. Personal interest is all interest other than 1) interest paid or accrued on indebtedness properly allocable to a trade or business; 2) investment interest; 3) interest which is taken into account in computing income or loss from a passive activity of the taxpayer; 4) qualified home mortgage interest; 5) certain estate tax related interest; and 6) certain interest on educational loans.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment provides an above-the-line deduction for qualified motor vehicle interest. Qualified motor vehicle interest means any interest paid or accrued during the taxable year on any indebtedness incurred after November 12, 2008 and before January 1, 2010 to acquire a qualified motor vehicle and secured by such vehicle. It also includes interest on any indebtedness secured by such qualified motor vehicle resulting from the refinancing of otherwise qualified motor vehicle interest. The amount of qualified indebtedness is limited to $49,500 ($24,750 in the case of a married individual filing separately). The deduction is phased out for taxpayers with modified adjusted gross income between $125,000 and $135,000 ($250,000 and $260,000 in the case of a joint return).

If the indebtedness includes the amounts of any State or local sales or excise taxes paid or accrued by the taxpayer in connection with the acquisition of a qualified motor vehicle for which a deduction is allowed under section 164(a)(6) (relating to the deduction of State and local sales or excise taxes on qualified motor vehicles), the aggregate amount of such indebtedness taken into account shall be reduced, but not below zero, by the amount of any such taxes for which such deduction is allowed.

A qualified motor vehicle means a passenger automobile or light truck acquired for use by the taxpayer and not for resale after November 12, 2008 and before January 1, 2010, the original use of which commences with the taxpayer and which has a gross vehicle weight rating of not more than 8,500 pounds.

Any person who is engaged in a trade or business and receives from any individual $600 or more of qualified motor vehicle interest for any calendar year is required to report certain information as the Secretary may prescribe and furnish information to such individual on or before January 31 of the year following the calendar year for which the interest is received.

Effective date

The provision is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement does not follow the Senate amendment.

11. Deduction for State sales tax and excise tax on the purchase of qualified motor vehicles

(sec. 1009 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1008 of the conference agreement, and secs. 63 and 164 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general, a deduction from gross income is allowed for certain taxes for the taxable year within which the taxes are paid or accrued. These include State and local, and foreign, real property taxes; State and local personal property taxes; State, local, and foreign income, war profits, and excess profit taxes; generation skipping transfer taxes; environmental taxes imposed by section 59A; and taxes paid or accrued within the taxable year in carrying on a trade or business or an activity described in section 212 (relating to the expenses for production of income). At the election of the taxpayer for the taxable year, a taxpayer may deduct State and local sales taxes in lieu of State and local income taxes. No deduction is allowed for any general sales tax imposed with respect to an item at a rate other than the general rate of tax, except in the case of a lower rate of tax applicable to items of food, clothing, medical supplies, and motor vehicles. In the case of motor vehicles, if the rate of tax exceeds the general rate, such excess shall be disregarded and the general rate shall be treated as the rate of tax.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment provides an above-the-line deduction for qualified motor vehicle taxes. Qualified motor vehicle taxes include any State or local sales or excise tax imposed on the purchase of a qualified motor vehicle. A qualified motor vehicle means a passenger automobile or light truck acquired for use by the taxpayer and not for resale after November 12, 2008 and before January 1, 2010, the original use of which commences with the taxpayer and which has a gross vehicle weight rating of not more than 8,500 pounds.

The deduction is limited to sales tax of up to $49,500.

The deduction is phased out for taxpayers with modified adjusted gross income between $125,000 and $135,000 ($250,000 and $260,000 in the case of a joint return).

Notwithstanding other provisions of present law, qualified motor vehicle taxes are not treated as part of the cost of acquired property or, in the case of a disposition, as a reduction in the amount realized on the disposition.

A taxpayer who makes an election to deduct State and local sales taxes for the taxable year shall not be allowed the above-the-line deduction for qualified motor vehicle taxes.

If the indebtedness described in section 163(h)(5)(A) includes the amounts of any State or local sales or excise taxes paid or accrued by the taxpayer in connection with the acquisition of a qualified motor vehicle, the aggregate amount of such indebtedness taken into account shall be reduced, but not below zero, by the amount of any such taxes for which a deduction is allowed.

Effective date

The provision is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement does not include the House bill or the Senate amendment. The conference agreement provides a deduction for qualified motor vehicle taxes. It expands the definition of taxes allowed as a deduction to include qualified motor vehicle taxes paid or accrued within the taxable year. A taxpayer who itemizes and makes an election to deduct State and local sales taxes for qualified motor vehicles for the taxable year shall not be allowed the increased standard deduction for qualified motor vehicle taxes.

Qualified motor vehicle taxes include any State or local sales or excise tax imposed on the purchase of a qualified motor vehicle. A qualified motor vehicle means a passenger automobile, light truck, or motorcycle which has a gross vehicle weight rating of not more than 8,500 pounds, or a motor home acquired for use by the taxpayer after the date of enactment and before January 1, 2010, the original use of which commences with the taxpayer.

The deduction is limited to the tax on up to $49,500 of the purchase price of a qualified motor vehicle. The deduction is phased out for taxpayers with modified adjusted gross income between $125,000 and $135,000 ($250,000 and $260,000 in the case of a joint return).

Effective date

The provision is effective for purchases on or after the date of enactment and before January 1, 2010.

12. Extend alternative minimum tax relief for individuals

(secs. 1011 and 1012 of the Senate amendment, secs. 1011 and 1012 of the conference agreement, and secs. 26 and 55 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Present law imposes an alternative minimum tax ("AMT") on individuals. The AMT is the amount by which the tentative minimum tax exceeds the regular income tax. An individual's tentative minimum tax is the sum of (1) 26 percent of so much of the taxable excess as does not exceed $175,000 ($87,500 in the case of a married individual filing a separate return) and (2) 28 percent of the remaining taxable excess. The taxable excess is so much of the alternative minimum taxable income ("AMTI") as exceeds the exemption amount. The maximum tax rates on net capital gain and dividends used in computing the regular tax are used in computing the tentative minimum tax. AMTI is the individual's taxable income adjusted to take account of specified preferences and adjustments.

The exemption amounts are: (1) $69,950 for taxable years beginning in 2008 and $45,000 in taxable years beginning after 2008 in the case of married individuals filing a joint return and surviving spouses; (2) $46,200 for taxable years beginning in 2008 and $33,750 in taxable years beginning after 2008 in the case of other unmarried individuals; (3) $34,975 for taxable years beginning in 2008 and $22,500 in taxable years beginning after 2008 in the case of married individuals filing separate returns; and (4) $22,500 in the case of an estate or trust. The exemption amount is phased out by an amount equal to 25 percent of the amount by which the individual's AMTI exceeds (1) $150,000 in the case of married individuals filing a joint return and surviving spouses, (2) $112,500 in the case of other unmarried individuals, and (3) $75,000 in the case of married individuals filing separate returns or an estate or a trust.

These amounts are not indexed for inflation.

Present law provides for certain nonrefundable personal tax credits (i.e., the dependent care credit, the credit for the elderly and disabled, the adoption credit, the child credit, the credit for interest on certain home mortgages, the Hope Scholarship and Lifetime Learning credits, the credit for savers, the credit for certain nonbusiness energy property, the credit for residential energy efficient property, the credit for plug-in electric drive motor vehicles; and the D.C. first-time homebuyer credit).

For taxable years beginning before 2009, the nonrefundable personal credits are allowed to the extent of the full amount of the individual's regular tax and alternative minimum tax.

For taxable years beginning after 2008, the nonrefundable personal credits (other than the adoption credit, the child credit, the credit for savers, the credit for residential energy efficient property, and the credit for plug-in electric drive motor vehicles) are allowed only to the extent that the individual's regular income tax liability exceeds the individual's tentative minimum tax, determined without regard to the minimum tax foreign tax credit. The adoption credit, the child credit, the credit for savers, the credit for residential energy efficient property, and the credit for plug-in electric drive motor vehicles are allowed to the full extent of the individual's regular tax and alternative minimum tax.18

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment provides that the individual AMT exemption amount for taxable years beginning in 2009 is $70,950, in the case of married individuals filing a joint return and surviving spouses; (2) $46,700 in the case of other unmarried individuals; and (3) $35,475 in the case of married individuals filing separate returns.

For taxable years beginning in 2009, the provision allows an individual to offset the entire regular tax liability and alternative minimum tax liability by the nonrefundable personal credits.

Effective date

The provision is effective for taxable years beginning in 2009.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

 

B. Tax Incentives for Business

 

 

1. Special allowance for certain property acquired during 2009 and extension of election to accelerate AMT and research credits in lieu of bonus depreciation

(sec. 1401 of the House bill, sec. 1201 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1201 of the conference agreement, and sec. 168(k) of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

An additional first-year depreciation deduction is allowed equal to 50 percent of the adjusted basis of qualified property placed in service during 2008 (and 2009 for certain longer-lived and transportation property).19 The additional first-year depreciation deduction is allowed for both regular tax and alteative minimum tax purposes for the taxable year in which the property is placed in service.20 The basis of the property and the depreciation allowances in the year of purchase and later years are appropriately adjusted to reflect the additional first-year depreciation deduction. In addition, there are no adjustments to the allowable amount of depreciation for purposes of computing a taxpayer's alternative minimum taxable income with respect to property to which the provision applies. The amount of the additional first-year depreciation deduction is not affected by a short taxable year. The taxpayer may elect out of additional first-year depreciation for any class of property for any taxable year.

The interaction of the additional first-year depreciation allowance with the otherwise applicable depreciation allowance may be illustrated as follows. Assume that in 2008, a taxpayer purchases new depreciable property and places it in service.21 The property's cost is $1,000, and it is five-year property subject to the half-year convention. The amount of additional first-year depreciation allowed is $500. The remaining $500 of the cost of the property is deductible under the rules applicable to 5-year property. Thus, 20 percent, or $100, is also allowed as a depreciation deduction in 2008. The total depreciation deduction with respect to the property for 2008 is $600. The remaining $400 cost of the property is recovered under otherwise applicable rules for computing depreciation.

In order for property to qualify for the additional first-year depreciation deduction it must meet all of the following requirements. First, the property must be (1) property to which MACRS applies with an applicable recovery period of 20 years or less, (2) water utility property (as defined in section 168(e)(5)), (3) computer software other than computer software covered by section 197, or (4) qualified leasehold improvement property (as defined in section 168(k)(3)).22

Second, the original use23 of the property must commence with the taxpayer after December 31, 2007.24 Third, the taxpayer must purchase the property within the applicable time period. Finally, the property must be placed in service after December 31, 2007, and before January 1, 2009. An extension of the placed in service date of one year (i.e., to January 1, 2010) is provided for certain property with a recovery period of ten years or longer and certain transportation property.25 Transportation property is defined as tangible personal property used in the trade or business of transporting persons or property.

The applicable time period for acquired property is (1) after December 31, 2007, and before January 1, 2009, but only if no binding written contract for the acquisition is in effect before January 1, 2008, or (2) pursuant to a binding written contract which was entered into after December 31, 2007, and before January 1, 2009.26 With respect to property that is manufactured, constructed, or produced by the taxpayer for use by the taxpayer, the taxpayer must begin the manufacture, construction, or production of the property after December 31, 2007, and before January 1, 2009. Property that is manufactured, constructed, or produced for the taxpayer by another person under a contract that is entered into prior to the manufacture, construction, or production of the property is considered to be manufactured, constructed, or produced by the taxpayer. For property eligible for the extended placed in service date, a special rule limits the amount of costs eligible for the additional first-year depreciation. With respect to such property, only the portion of the basis that is properly attributable to the costs incurred before January 1, 2009 ("progress expenditures") is eligible for the additional first-year depreciation.27

Property does not qualify for the additional first-year depreciation deduction when the user of such property (or a related party) would not have been eligible for the additional first-year depreciation deduction if the user (or a related party) were treated as the owner. For example, if a taxpayer sells to a related party property that was under construction prior to January 1, 2008, the property does not qualify for the additional first-year depreciation deduction. Similarly, if a taxpayer sells to a related party property that was subject to a binding written contract prior to January 1, 2008, the property does not qualify for the additional first-year depreciation deduction. As a further example, if a taxpayer (the lessee) sells property in a sale-leaseback arrangement, and the property otherwise would not have qualified for the additional first-year depreciation deduction if it were owned by the taxpayer-lessee, then the lessor is not entitled to the additional first-year depreciation deduction.

The limitation on the amount of depreciation deductions allowed with respect to certain passenger automobiles (sec. 280F) is increased in the first year by $8,000 for automobiles that qualify (and do not elect out of the increased first year deduction). The $8,000 increase is not indexed for inflation.

Corporations otherwise eligible for additional first year depreciation under section 168(k) may elect to claim additional research or minimum tax credits in lieu of claiming depreciation under section 168(k) for "eligible qualified property" placed in service after March 31, 2008 and before December 31, 2008.28 A corporation making the election forgoes the depreciation deductions allowable under section 168(k) and instead increases the limitation under section 38(c) on the use of research credits or section 53(c) on the use of minimum tax credits.29 The increases in the allowable credits are treated as refundable for purposes of this provision. The depreciation for qualified property is calculated for both regular tax and AMT purposes using the straight-line method in place of the method that would otherwise be used absent the election under this provision.

The research credit or minimum tax credit limitation is increased by the bonus depreciation amount, which is equal to 20 percent of bonus depreciation30 for certain eligible qualified property that could be claimed absent an election under this provision. Generally, eligible qualified property included in the calculation is bonus depreciation property that meets the following requirements: (1) the original use of the property must commence with the taxpayer after March 31, 2008; (2) the taxpayer must purchase the property either (a) after March 31, 2008, and before January 1, 2009, but only if no binding written contract for the acquisition is in effect before April 1, 2008,31 or (b) pursuant to binding written contract which was entered into after March 31, 2008, and before January 1, 2009;32 and (3) the property must be placed in service after March 31, 2008, and before January 1, 2009 (January 1, 2010 for certain longer-lived and transportation property).

The bonus depreciation amount is limited to the lesser of: (1) $30 million, or (2) six percent of the sum of research credit carryforwards from taxable years beginning before January 1, 2006 and minimum tax credits allocable to the adjusted minimum tax imposed for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2006. All corporations treated as a single employer under section 52(a) are treated as one taxpayer for purposes of the limitation, as well as for electing the application of this provision.

 

House Bill

 

 

The provision extends the additional first-year depreciation deduction for one year generally through 2009 (through 2010 for certain longer-lived and transportation property).33

Effective date

The provision is effective for property placed in service after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The provision extends the additional first-year depreciation deduction for one year, generally through 2009 (through 2010 for certain longer-lived and transportation property).

The provision generally permits corporations to increase the research credit or minimum tax credit limitation by the bonus depreciation amount with respect to certain property placed in service in 2009 (2010 in the case of certain longer-lived and transportation property). The provision applies with respect to extension property, which is defined as property that is eligible qualified property solely because it meets the requirements under the extension of the special allowance for certain property acquired during 2009.

Under the provision, a taxpayer that has made an election to increase the research credit or minimum tax credit limitation for eligible qualified property for its first taxable year ending after March 31, 2008, may choose not to make this election for extension property. Further, the provision allows a taxpayer that has not made an election for eligible qualified property for its first taxable year ending after March 31, 2008, to make the election for extension property for its first taxable year ending after December 31, 2008, and for each subsequent year. In the case of a taxpayer electing to increase the research or minimum tax credit for both eligible qualified property and extension property, a separate bonus depreciation amount, maximum amount, and maximum increase amount is computed and applied to each group of property.34

Effective date

The extension of the additional first-year depreciation deduction is generally effective for property placed in service after December 31, 2008.

The extension of the election to accelerate AMT and research credits in lieu of bonus depreciation is effective for taxable years ending after December 31, 2008.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

2. Temporary increase in limitations on expensing of certain depreciable business assets

(sec. 1402 of the House bill, sec. 1202 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1202 of the conference agreement, and sec. 179 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In lieu of depreciation, a taxpayer with a sufficiently small amount of annual investment may elect to deduct (or "expense") such costs under section 179. Present law provides that the maximum amount a taxpayer may expense for taxable years beginnin in 2008 is $250,000 of the cost of qualifying property placed in service for the taxable year.35 For taxable years beginning in 2009 and 2010, the limitation is $125,000. In general, qualifying property is defined as depreciable tangible personal property that is purchased for use in the active conduct of a trade or business. Off-the-shelf computer software placed in service in taxable years beginning before 2011 is treated as qualifying property. For taxable years beginning in 2008, the $250,000 amount is reduced (but not below zero) by the amount by which the cost of qualifying property placed in service during the taxable year exceeds $800,000. For taxable years beginning in 2009 and 2010, the $125,000 amount is reduced (but not below zero) by the amount by which the cost of qualifying property placed in service during the taxable year exceeds $500,000. The $125,000 and $500,000 amounts are indexed for inflation in taxable years beginning in 2009 and 2010.

The amount eligible to be expensed for a taxable year may not exceed the taxable income for a taxable year that is derived from the active conduct of a trade or business (determined without regard to this provision). Any amount that is not allowed as a deduction because of the taxable income limitation may be carried forward to succeeding taxable years (subject to similar limitations). No general business credit under section 38 is allowed with respect to any amount for which a deduction is allowed under section 179. An expensing election is made under rules prescribed by the Secretary.36

For taxable years beginning in 2011 and thereafter (or before 2003), the following rules apply. A taxpayer with a sufficiently small amount of annual investment may elect to deduct up to $25,000 of the cost of qualifying property placed in service for the taxable year. The $25,000 amount is reduced (but not below zero) by the amount by which the cost of qualifying property placed in service during the taxable year exceeds $200,000. The $25,000 and $200,000 amounts are not indexed for inflation. In general, qualifying property is defined as depreciable tangible personal property that is purchased for use in the active conduct of a trade or business (not including off-the-shelf computer software). An expensing election may be revoked only with consent of the Commissioner.37

 

House Bill

 

 

The provision extends the $250,000 and $800,000 amounts to taxable years beginning in 2009.

Effective date

The provision is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

3. Five-year carryback of operating losses

(secs. 1411 and 1412 of the House bill, secs. 1211 and 1212 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1211 of the conference agreement, and sec. 172 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, a net operating loss ("NOL") generally means the amount by which a taxpayer's business deductions exceed its gross income. In general, an NOL may be carried back two years and carried over 20 years to offset taxable income in such years.38 NOLs offset taxable income in the order of the taxable years to which the NOL may be carried.39

The alternative minimum tax rules provide that a taxpayer's NOL deduction cannot reduce the taxpayer's alternative minimum taxable income ("AMTI") by more than 90 percent of the AMTI.

Different rules apply with respect to NOLs arising in certain circumstances. A three-year carryback applies with respect to NOLs (1) arising from casualty or theft losses of individuals, or (2) attributable to Presidentially declared disasters for taxpayers engaged in a farming business or a small business. A five-year carryback applies to NOLs (1) arising from a farming loss (regardless of whether the loss was incurred in a Presidentially declared disaster area), (2) certain amounts related to Hurricane Katrina, Gulf Opportunity Zone, and Midwestern Disaster Area, or (3) qualified disaster losses.40 Special rules also apply to real estate investment trusts (no carryback), specified liability losses (10-year carryback), and excess interest losses (no carryback to any year preceding a corporate equity reduction transaction). Additionally, a special rule applies to certain electric utility companies.

In the case of a life insurance company, present law allows a deduction for the operations loss carryovers and carrybacks to the taxable year, in lieu of the deduction for net operation losses allowed to other corporations.41 A life insurance company is permitted to treat a loss from operations (as defined under section 810(c)) for any taxable year as an operations loss carryback to each of the three taxable years preceding the loss year and an operations loss carryover to each of the 15 taxable years following the loss year.42 Special rules apply to new life insurance companies.

 

House Bill

 

 

The House bill provides an election43 to increase the present-law carryback period for an applicable 2008 or 2009 NOL from two years to any whole number of years elected by the taxpayer which is more than two and less than six. An applicable NOL is the taxpayer's NOL for any taxable year ending in 2008 or 2009, or if elected by the taxpayer, the NOL for any taxable year beginning in 2008 or 2009. If an election is made to increase the carryback period, the applicable NOL is permanently reduced by 10 percent.

These provisions may be illustrated by the following example. Taxpayer incurs a $100 NOL for its taxable year ended January 31, 2008 and elects to carryback the NOL five years to its taxable year ended January 31, 2003. Under the provision, Taxpayer must first permanently reduce the NOL by 10 percent, or $10, and then may carryback the $90 NOL to its taxable year ended January 31, 2003.

The provision also suspends the 90-percent limitation on the use of any alternative tax NOL deduction attributable to carrybacks of losses from taxable years ending during 2008 or 2009, and carryovers of losses to such taxable years (this rule applies to taxable years beginning in 2008 or 2009 if an election is in place to use such years as applicable NOLs).

For life insurance companies, the provision provides an election to increase the present-law carryback period for an applicable loss from operations from three years to four or five years. An applicable loss from operations is the taxpayer's loss from operations for any taxable year ending in 2008 or 2009, or if elected by the taxpayer, the loss from operations for any taxable year beginning in 2008 or 2009. If an election is made to increase the carryback period, the applicable loss from operations is permanently reduced by 10 percent.

The provision does not apply to: (1) any taxpayer if (a) the Federal Government acquires, at any time,44 an equity interest in the taxpayer pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, or (b) the Federal Government acquires, at any time, any warrant (or other right) to acquire any equity interest with respect to the taxpayer pursuant to such Act; (2) the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation; or (3) any taxpayer that in 2008 or 200945 is a member of the same affiliated group (as defined in section 1504 without regard to subsection (b) thereof) as a taxpayer to which the provision does not otherwise apply.

Effective date

The provision is generally effective for net operating losses arising in taxable years ending after December 31, 2007. The modification to the alternative tax NOL deduction applies to taxable years ending after 1997.46 The modification with respect to operating loss deductions of life insurance companies applies to losses from operations arising in taxable years ending after December 31, 2007.

For an NOL or loss from operations for a taxable year ending before the enactment of the provision, the provision includes the following transition rules: (1) any election to waive the carryback period under either sections 172(b)(3) or 810(b)(3) with respect to such loss may be revoked before the applicable date; (2) any election to increase the carryback period under this provision is treated as timely made if made before the applicable date; and (3) any application for a tentative carryback adjustment under section 6411(a) with respect to such loss is treated as timely filed if filed before the applicable date. For purposes of the transition rules, the applicable date is the date which is 60 days after the date of the enactment of the provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is generally the same as the House bill, except that the Senate amendment does not include the permanent reduction of the NOL for taxpayers electing to increase the carryback period.

Effective date

The effective date follows the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement provides an eligible small business with an election to increase the present-law carryback period for an applicable 2008 NOL from two years to any whole number of years elected by the taxpayer that is more than two and less than six.47 An eligible small business is a taxpayer meeting a $15,000,000 gross receipts test.48 An applicable NOL is the taxpayer's NOL for any taxable year ending in 2008, or if elected by the taxpayer, the NOL for any taxable year beginning in 2008. However, any election under this provision may be made only with respect to one taxable year.

Effective date

The conference agreement provision is effective for net operating losses arising in taxable yea ending after December 31, 2007.

For an NOL for a taxable year ending before the enactment of the provision, the provision includes the following transition rules: (1) any election to waive the carryback period under either section 172(b)(3) with respect to such loss may be revoked before the applicable date; (2) any election to increase the carryback period under this provision is treated as timely made if made before the applicable date; and (3) any application for a tentative carryback adjustment under section 6411(a) with respect to such loss is treated as timely filed if filed before the applicable date. For purposes of the transition rules, the applicable date is the date which is 60 days after the date of the enactment of the provision.

4. Estimated tax payments

(sec. 1212 of the conference agreement and sec. 6654 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, the income tax system is designed to ensure that taxpayers pay taxes throughout the year based on their income and deductions. To the extent that tax is not collected through withholding, taxpayers are required to make quarterly estimated payments of tax, the amount of which is determined by reference to the required annual payment. The required annual payment is the lesser of 90 percent of the tax shown on the return or 100 percent of the tax shown on the return for the prior taxable year (110 percent if the adjusted gross income for the preceding year exceeded $150,000). An underpayment results if the required payment exceeds the amount (if any) of the installment paid on or before the due date of the installment. The period of the underpayment runs from the due date of the installment to the earlier of (1) the 15th day of the fourth month following the close of the taxable year or (2) the date on which each portion of the underpayment is made. If a taxpayer fails to pay the required estimated tax payments under the rules, a penalty is imposed in an amount determined by applying the underpayment interest rate to the amount of the underpayment for the period of the underpayment. The penalty for failure to pay estimated tax is the equivalent of interest, which is based on the time value of money.

Taxpayers are not liable for a penalty for the failure to pay estimated tax in certain circumstances. The statute provides exceptions for U.S. persons who did not have a tax liability the preceding year, if the tax shown on the return for the taxable year (or, if no return is filed, the tax), reduced by withholding, is less than $1,000, or the taxpayer is a recently retired or disabled person who satisfies the reasonable cause exception.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

No provision.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement provides that the required annual estimated tax payments of a qualified individual for taxable years beginning in 2009 is not greater than 90 percent of the tax liability shown on the tax return for the preceding taxable year. A qualified individual means any individual if the adjusted gross income shown on the tax return for the preceding taxable year is less than $500,000 ($250,000 if married filing separately) and the individual certifies that at least 50 percent of the gross income shown on the return for the preceding taxable year was income from a small trade or business. For purposes of this provision, a small trade or business means any trade or business that employed no more than 500 persons, on average, during the calendar year ending in or with the preceding taxable year.

Effective date

The proposal is effective on the date of enactment.

5. Modification of work opportunity tax credit

(sec. 1421 of the House bill, sec. 1221 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1221 of the conference agreement, and sec. 51 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

The work opportunity tax credit is available on an elective basis for employers hiring individuals from one or more of nine targeted groups. The amount of the credit available to an employer is determined by the amount of qualified wages paid by the employer. Generally, qualified wages consist of wages attributable to service rendered by a member of a targeted group during the one-year period beginning with the day the individual begins work for the employer (two years in the case of an individual in the long-term family assistance recipient category).

Targeted groups eligible for the credit

Generally an employer is eligible for the credit only for qualified wages paid to members of a targeted group.

 

(1) Families receiving TANF

 

An eligible recipient is an individual certified by a designated local employment agency (e.g., a State employment agency) as being a member of a family eligible to receive benefits under the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families Program ("TANF") for a period of at least nine months part of which is during the 18-month period ending on the hiring date. For these purposes, members of the family are defined to include only those individuals taken into account for purposes of determining eligibility for the TANF.

 

(2) Qualified veteran

 

There are two subcategories of qualified veterans related to eligibility for Food stamps and compensation for a service-connected disability.

Food stamps

A qualified veteran is a veteran who is certified by the designated local agency as a member of a family receiving assistance under a food stamp program under the Food Stamp Act of 1977.

Entitled to compensation for a service-connection disability

A qualified veteran also includes an individual who is certified as entitled to compensation for a service-connected disability and: (1) having a hiring date which is not more than one year after having been discharged or released from active duty in the Armed Forces of the United States; or (2) having been unemployed for six months or more (whether or not consecutive) during the one-year period ending on the date of hiring.

Definitions

For these purposes, being entitled to compensation for a service-connected disability is defined with reference to section 101 of Title 38, U.S. Code, which means having a disability rating of 10 percent or higher for service connected injuries.

For these purposes, a veteran is an individual who has served on active duty (other than for training) in the Armed Forces for more than 180 days or who has been discharged or released from active duty in the Armed Forces for a service-connected disability. However, any individual who has served for a period of more than 90 days during which the individual was on active duty (other than for training) is not a qualified veteran if any of this active duty occurred during the 60-day period ending on the date the individual was hired by the employer. This latter rule is intended to prevent employers who hire current members of the armed services (or those departed from service within the last 60 days) from receiving the credit.

 

(3) Qualified ex-felon

 

A qualified ex-felon is an individual certified as: (1) having been convicted of a felony under any State or Federal law; and (2) having a hiring date within one year of release from prison or the date of conviction.

 

(4) Designated community residents

 

A designated community resident is an individual certified as being at least age 18 but not yet age 40 on the hiring date and as having a principal place of abode within an empowerment zone, enterprise community, renewal community or a rural renewal community. For these purposes, a rural renewal county is a county outside a metropolitan statistical area (as defined by the Office of Management and Budget) which had a net population loss during the five-year periods 1990-1994 and 1995-1999. Qualified wages do not include wages paid or incurred for services performed after the individual moves outside an empowerment zone, enterprise community, renewal community or a rural renewal community.

 

(5) Vocational rehabilitation referral

 

A vocational rehabilitation referral is an individual who is certified by a designated local agency as an individual who has a physical or mental disability that constitutes a substantial handicap to employment and who has been referred to the employer while receiving, or after completing: (a) vocational rehabilitation services under an individualized, written plan for employment under a State plan approved under the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; (b) under a rehabilitation plan for veterans carried out under Chapter 31 of Title 38, U.S. Code; or (c) an individual work plan developed and implemented by an employment network pursuant to subsection (g) of section 1148 of the Social Security Act. Certification will be provided by the designated local employment agency upon assurances from the vocational rehabilitation agency that the employee has met the above conditions.

 

(6) Qualified summer youth employee

 

A qualified summer youth employee is an individual: (a) who performs services during any 90-day period between May 1 and September 15; (b) who is certified by the designated local agency as being 16 or 17 years of age on the hiring date; (c) who has not been an employee of that employer before; and (d) who is certified by the designated local agency as having a principal place of abode within an empowerment zone, enterprise community, or renewal community (as defined under Subchapter U of Subtitle A, Chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code). As with designated community residents, no credit is available on wages paid or incurred for service performed after the qualified summer youth moves outside of an empowerment zone, enterprise community, or renewal community. If, after the end of the 90-day period, the employer continues to employ a youth who was certified during the 90-day period as a member of another targeted group, the limit on qualified first year wages will take into account wages paid to the youth while a qualified summer youth employee.

 

(7) Qualified food stamp recipient

 

A qualified food stamp recipient is an individual at least age 18 but not yet age 40 certified by a designated local employment agency as being a member of a family receiving assistance under a food stamp program under the Food Stamp Act of 1977 for a period of at least six months ending on the hiring date. In the case of families that cease to be eligible for food stamps under section 6(o) of the Food Stamp Act of 1977, the six-month requirement is replaced with a requirement that the family has been receiving food stamps for at least three of the five months ending on the date of hire. For these purposes, members of the family are defined to include only those individuals taken into account for purposes of determining eligibility for a food stamp program under the Food Stamp Act of 1977.

 

(8) Qualified SSI recipient

 

A qualified SSI recipient is an individual designated by a local agency as receiving supplemental security income ("SSI") benefits under Title XVI of the Social Security Act for any month ending within the 60-day period ending on the hiring date.

 

(9) Long-term family assistance recipients

 

A qualified long-term family assistance recipient is an individual certified by a designated local agency as being: (a) a member of a family that has received family assistance for at least 18 consecutive months ending on the hiring date; (b) a member of a family that has received such family assistance for a total of at least 18 months (whether or not consecutive) after August 5, 1997 (the date of enactment of the welfare-to-work tax credit49 if the individual is hired within two years after the date that the 18-month total is reached; or (c) a member of a family who is no longer eligible for family assistance because of either Federal or State time limits, if the individual is hired within two years after the Federal or State time limits made the family ineligible for family assistance.

Qualified wages

Generally, qualified wages are defined as cash wages paid by the employer to a member of a targeted group. The employer's deduction for wages is reduced by the amount of the credit.

For purposes of the credit, generally, wages are defined by reference to the FUTA definition of wages contained in sec. 3306(b) (without regard to the dollar limitation therein contained). Special rules apply in the case of certain agricultural labor and certain railroad labor.

Calculation of the credit

The credit available to an employer for qualified wages paid to members of all targeted groups except for long-term family assistance recipients equals 40 percent (25 percent for employment of 400 hours or less) of qualified first-year wages. Generally, qualified first-year wages are qualified wages (not in excess of $6,000) attributable to service rendered by a member of a targeted group during the one-year period beginning with the day the individual began work for the employer. Therefore, the maximum credit per employee is $2,400 (40 percent, of the first $6,000 of qualified first-year wages). With respect to qualified summer youth employees, the maximum credit is $1,200 (40 percent of the first $3,000 of qualified first-year wages). Except for long-term family assistance recipients, no credit is allowed for second-year wages.

In the case of long-term family assistance recipients, the credit equals 40 percent (25 percent for employment of 400 hours or less) of $10,000 for qualified first-year wages and 50 percent of the first $10,000 of qualified second-year wages. Generally, qualified second-year wages are qualified wages (not in excess of $10,000) attributable to service rendered by a member of the long-term family assistance category during the one-year period beginning on the day after the one-year period beginning with the day the individual began work for the employer. Therefore, the maximum credit per employee is $9,000 (40 percent of the first $10,000 of qualified first-year wages plus 50 percent of the first $10,000 of qualified second-year wages).

In the case of a qualified veteran who is entitled to compensation for a service connected disability, the credit equals 40 percent of $12,000 of qualified first-year wages. This expanded definition of qualified first-year wages does not apply to the veterans qualified with reference to a food stamp program, as defined under present law.

Certification rules

An individual is not treated as a member of a targeted group unless: (1) on or before the day on which an individual begins work for an employer, the employer has received a certification from a designated local agency that such individual is a member of a targeted group; or (2) on or before the day an individual is offered employment with the employer, a prescreening notice is completed by the employer with respect to such individual, and not later than the 28th day after the individual begins work for the employer, the employer submits such notice, signed by the employer and the individual under penalties of perjury, to the designated local agency as part of a written request for certification. For these purposes, a pre-screening notice is a document (in such form as the Secretary may prescribe) which contains information provided by the individual on the basis of which the employer believes that the individual is a member of a targeted group.

Minimum employment period

No credit is allowed for qualified wages paid to employees who work less than 120 hours in the first year of employment.

Other rules

The work opportunity tax credit is not allowed for wages paid to a relative or dependent of the taxpayer. No credit is allowed for wages paid to an individual who is a more than fifty percent owner of the entity. Similarly, wages paid to replacement workers during a strike or lockout are not eligible for the work opportunity tax credit. Wages paid to any employee during any period for which the employer received on-the-job training program payments with respect to that employee are not eligible for the work opportunity tax credit. The work opportunity tax credit generally is not allowed for wages paid to individuals who had previously been employed by the employer. In addition, many other technical rules apply.

Expiration

The work opportunity tax credit is not available for individuals who begin work for an employer after August 31, 2011.

 

House Bill

 

 

In general

The provision creates a new targeted group for the work opportunity tax credit. That new category is unemployed veterans and disconnected youth who begin work for the employer in 2009 or 2010.

An unemployed veteran is defined as an individual certified by the designated local agency as someone who: (1) has served on active duty (other than for training) in the Armed Forces for more than 180 days or who has been discharged or released from active duty in the Armed Forces for a service-connected disability; (2) has been discharged or released from active duty in the Armed Forces during 2008, 2009, or 2010; and (3) has received unemployment compensation under State or Federal law for not less than four weeks during the one-year period ending on the hiring date.

A disconnected youth is defined as an individual certified by the designated local agency as someone: (1) at least age 16 but not yet age 25 on the hiring date; (2) not regularly attending any secondary, technical, or post-secondary school during the six-month period preceding the hiring date; (3) not regularly employed during the six-month period preceding the hiring date; and (4) not readily employable by reason of lacking a sufficient number of skills.

Effective date

The provisions are effective for individuals who begin work for an employer after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill except that the otherwise applicable definition of unemployed veterans is expanded to include individuals who were discharged or released from active duty in the Armed Forces during the period beginning on September 1, 2001 and ending on December 31, 2010.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment with one modification. Under this modification an unemployed veteran for purposes of this new targeted group is defined below:

An unemployed veteran is defined as an individual certified by the designated local agency as someone who: (1) has served on active duty (other than for training) in the Armed Forces for more than 180 days or who has been discharged or released from active duty in the Armed Forces for a service-connected disability; (2) has been discharged or released from active duty in the Armed Forces during the five-year period ending on the hiring date; and (3) has received unemployment compensation under State or Federal law for not less than four weeks during the one-year period ending on the hiring date.

For purposes of the disconnected youths, it is intended that a low-level of formal education may satisfy the requirement that an individual is not readily employable by reason of lacking a sufficient number of skills. Further, it is intended that the Internal Revenue Service, when providing general guidance regarding the various new criteria, shall take into account the administrability of the program by the State agencies.

6. Clarification of regulations related to limitations on certain built-in losses following an ownership change

(sec. 1431 of the House bill, sec. 1281 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1261 of the conference agreement, and sec. 382 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Section 382 limits the extent to which a "loss corporation" that experiences an "ownership change" may offset taxable income in any post-change taxable year by pre-change net operating losses, certain built-in losses, and deductions attributable to the pre-change period.50 In general, the amount of income in any post-change year that may be offset by such net operating losses, built-in losses and deductions is limited to an amount (referred to as the "section 382 limitation") determined by multiplying the value of the loss corporation immediately before the ownership change by the long-term tax-exempt interest.51

A "loss corporation" is defined as a corporation entitled to use a net operating loss carryover or having a net operating loss carryover for the taxable year in which the ownership change occurs. Except to the extent provided in regulations, such term includes any corporation with a "net unrealized built-in loss" (or NUBIL)52 defined as the amount by which the fair market value of the assets of the corporation immediately before an ownership change is less than the aggregate adjusted basis of such assets at such time. However, if the amount of the NUBIL does not exceed the lesser of (i) 15 percent of the fair market value of the corporation's assets or (ii) $10,000,000, then the amount of the NUBIL is treated as zero.53

An ownership change is defined generally as an increase by more than 50-percentage points in the percentage of stock of a loss corporation that is owned yAny one or more five- percent (or greater) shareholders (as defined) within a three-year period.54 Treasury regulations provide generally that this measurement is to be made as of any "testing date," which is any date on which the ownership of one or more persons who were or who become five-percent shareholders increase.55

Section 382(h) governs the treatment of certain built-in losses and built-in gains recognized with respect to assets held by the loss corporation at the time of the ownership change. In the case of a loss corporation that has a NUBIL (measured immediately before an ownership change), section 382(h)(1) provides that any "recognized built-in loss" (or RBIL) for any taxable year during a "recognition period" (consisting of the five years beginning on the ownership change date) is subject to the section 382 limitation in the same manner as if it were a pre-change net operating loss.56 An RBIL is defined for this purpose as any loss recognized during the recognition period on the disposition of any asset held by the loss corporation immediately before the ownership change date, to the extent that such loss is attributable to an excess of the adjusted basis of the asset on the change date over its fair market value on that date.57 An RBIL also includes any amount allowable as depreciation, amortization or depletion during the recognition period, to the extent that such amount is attributable to excess of the adjusted basis of the asset over its fair market value on the ownership change day.58 In addition, any amount that is allowable as a deduction during the recognition period (determined without regard to any carryover) but which is attributable to periods before the ownership change date is treated as an RBIL for the taxable year in which it is allowable as a deduction.59

As indicated above, section 382(h)(1) provides in the case of a loss corporation that has a NUBIG that the section 382 limitation may be increased for any taxable year during the recognition period by the amount of recognized built-in gains (or RBIGs) for such taxable year.60 An RBIG is defined for this purpose as any gain recognized during the recognition period on the disposition of any asset held by the loss corporation immediately before the ownership change date, to the extent that such gain is attributable to an excess of the fair market value of the asset on the change date over its adjusted basis on that date.61 In addition, any item of income that is properly taken into account during the recognition period but which is attributable to periods before the ownership change date is treated as an RBIG for the taxable year in which it is properly taken into account.62

Internal Revenue Service Notice 2003-6563 provides two alternative safe harbor approaches for the identification of built-in items for purposes of section 382(h): the "1374 approach" and the "338. approach"

Under the 1374 approach,64 NUBIG or NUBIL is the net amount of gain or loss that would be recognized in a hypothetical sale of the assets of the loss corporation immediately before the ownership change.65 The amount of gain or loss recognized during the recognition period on the sale or exchange of an asset held at the time of the ownership change is RBIG or RBIL, respectively, to the extent it is attributable to a difference between the adjusted basis and the fair market value of the asset on the change date, as described above. However, the 1374 approach generally relies on the accrual method of accounting to identify items of income or deduction as RBIG or RBIL, respectively. Generally, items of income or deduction properly included in income or allowed as a deduction during the recognition period are considered attributable to period before the change date (and thus are treated as RBIG or RBIL, respectively), if a taxpayer using an accrual method of accounting would have included the item in income or been allowed a deduction for the item before the change date. However, the 1374 approach includes a number of exceptions to this general rule, including a special rule dealing with bad debt deductions under section 166. Under this special rule, any deduction item properly taken into account during the first 12 months of the recognition period as a bad debt deduction under section 166 is treated as RBIL if the item arises from a debt owed to the loss corporation at the beginning of the recognition period (and deductions for such items properly taken into account after the first 12 months of the recognition period are not RBILs).66

The 338 approach identifies items of RBIG and RBIL generally by comparing the loss corporation's actual items of income, gain, deduction and loss with those that would have resulted if a section 338 election had been made with respect to a hypothetical purchase of all of the outstanding stock of the loss corporation on the change date. Under the 338 approach, NUBIG or NUBIL is calculated in the same manner as it is under the 1374 approach.67 The 338 approach identifies RBIG or RBIL by comparing the loss corporation's actual items of income, gain, deduction and loss with the items of income, gain, deduction and loss that would result if a section 338 election had been made for the hypothetical purchase. The loss corporation is treated for this purpose as using those accounting methods that the loss corporation actually uses. The 338 approach does not include any special rule with regard to bad debt deductions under section 166.

Section 166 generally allows a deduction in respect of any debt that becomes worthless, in whole or in part, during the taxable year.68 The determination of whether a debt is worthless, in whole or in part, is a question of fact. However, in the case of a bank or other corporation that is subject to supervision by Federal authorities, or by State authorities maintaining substantially equivalent standards, the Treasury regulations under section 166 provide a presumption of worthlessness to the extent that a debt is charged off during the taxable year pursuant to a specific order of such an authority or in accordance with established policies of such an authority (and in the latter case, the authority confirms in writing upon the first subsequent audit of the bank or other corporation that the charge-off would have been required if the audit had been made at the time of the charge-off). The presumption does not apply if the taxpayer does not claim the amount so charged off as a deduction for the taxable year in which the charge-off takes place. In that case, the charge-off is treated as having been involuntary; however, in order to claim the section 166 deduction in a later taxable year, the taxpayer must produce sufficient evidence to show that the debt became partially worthless in the later year or became recoverable only in part subsequent to the taxable year of the charge-off, as the case may be, and to the extent that the deduction claimed in the later year for a partially worthless debt was not involuntarily charged off in prior taxable years, it was charged off in the later taxable year.69

The Treasury regulations also permit a bank (generally as defined for purposes of section 581, with certain modifications) that is subject to supervision by Federal authorities, or State authorities maintaining substantially equivalent standards, to make a "conformity election" under which debts charged off for regulatory purposes during a taxable year are conclusively presumed to be worthless for tax purposes to the same extent, provided that the charge-off results from a specific order of the regulatory authority or corresponds to the institution's classification of the debt as a "loss asset" pursuant to loan loss classification standards that are consistent with those of certain specified bank regulatory, authorities. The conformity election is treated as the adoption of a method of accounting.70

Internal Revenue Service Notice 2008-83,71 released on October 1, 2008, provides that "[f]or purposes of section 382(h), any deduction properly allowed after an ownership change (as defined in section 382(g)) to a bank with respect to losses on loans or bad debts (including any deduction for a reasonable addition to a reserve for bad debts) shall ne treated as a built-in loss or a deduction that is attributable to periods before the change date."72 The Notice further states that the Internal Revenue Service and the Treasury Department are studying the proper treatment under section 382(h) of certain items of deduction or loss allowed after an ownership change to a corporation that is a bank (as defined in section 581) both immediately before and after the change date, and that any such corporation may rely on the treatment set forth in Notice 2008-83 unless and until there is additional guidance.

 

House Bill

 

 

The provision states that Congress finds as follows: (1) The delegation of authority to the Secretary of the Treasury, or his delegate, under section 382(m) does not authorize the Secretary to provide exemptions or special rules that are restricted to particular industries or classes of taxpayers; (2) Internal Revenue Service Notice 2008-83 is inconsistent with the congressional intent in enacting such section 382(m); (3) the legal authority to prescribe Notice 2008-83 is doubtful; (4) however, as taxpayers should generally be able to rely on guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury, legislation is necessary to clarify the force and effect of Notice 200883 and restore the proper application under the Internal Revenue Code of the limitation on built-in losses following an ownership change of a bank.

Under the provision, Treasury Notice 2008-83 shall be deemed to have the force and effect of law with respect to any ownership change (as defined in section 382(g)) occurring on or before January 16, 2009, and with respect to any ownership change (as so defined) which occurs after January 16, 2009, if such change (1) is pursuant to a written binding contract entered in to on or before such date or (2) is pursuant to a written agreement entered into on or before such date and such agreement was described on or before such date in a public announcement or in a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission required by reason of such ownership change, but shall otherwise have no force or effect with respect to any ownership change after such date.

Effective date

The provision is effective on the date of enactment.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

7. Treatment of certain ownership changes for purposes of limitations on net operating loss carryforwards and certain built-in losses

(sec. 1262 of the conference agreement and sec. 382 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Section 382 limits the extent to which a "loss corporation" that experiences an "ownership change" may offset taxable income in any post-change taxable year by pre-change net orating losses, certain built-in losses, and deductions attributable to the pre-change period.73 In general, the amount of income in any post-change year that may be offset by such net operating losses, built-in losses and deductions is limited to an amount (referred to as the "section 382 limitation") determined by multiplying the value of the loss corporation immediately before the ownership change by the long-term tax-exempt interest rate.74

A "loss corporation" is defined as a corporation entitled to use a net operating loss carryover or having a net operating loss carryover for the taxable year in which the ownership change occurs. Except to the extent provided in regulations, such term includes any corporation with a "net unrealized built-in loss" (or NUBIL),75 defined as the amount by which the fair market value of the assets of the corporation immediately before an ownership change is less than the aggregate adjusted basis of such assets at such time. However, if the amount of the NUBIL does not exceed the lesser of (i) 15 percent of the fair market value of the corporation's assets or (ii) $10,000,000, then the amount of the NUBIL is treated as zero.76

An ownership change is defined generally as an increase by more than 50-percentage points in the percentage of stock of a loss corporation that is owned by any one or more five-percent (or greater) shareholders (as defined) within a three year period.77 Treasury regulations provide generally that this measurement is to be made as of any "testing date," which is any date on which the ownership of one or more persons who were or who become five-percent shareholders increases.78

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

No provision.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement amends section 382 of the Code to provide an exception from the application of the section 382 limitation. Under the provision, the section 382 limitation that would otherwise arise as a result of an ownership change shall not apply in the case of an ownership change that occurs pursuant to a restructuring plan of a taxpayer which is required under a loan agreement or commitment for a line of credit entered into with the Department of the Treasury under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, and is intended to result in a rationalization of the costs, capitalization, and capacity with respect to the manufacturing workforce of, and suppliers to, the taxpayer and its subsidiaries.79

However, an ownership change that would otherwise be excepted from the section 382 limitation under the provision will instead remain subject to the section 382 limitation if, immediately after such ownership change, any person (other than a voluntary employees' beneficiary association within the meaning of section 501(c)(9)) owns stock of the new loss corporation possessing 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote or of the total value of the stock of such corporation. For purposes of this rule, persons who bear a relationship to one another described in section 267(b) or 707(b)(1), or who are members of a group of persons acting in concert, are treated as a single person.

The exception from the application of the section 382 limitation under the provision. not change the fact that an ownership change has occurred for other purposes of section 382.80

Effective date

The conference agreement applies to ownership changes after the date of enactment.

8. Deferral of certain income from the discharge of indebtedness

(sec. 1231 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1231 of the conference agreement, and sec. 108 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general, gross income includes income that is realized by a debtor from the discharge of indebtedness, subject to certain exceptions for debtors in title 11 bankruptcy cases, insolvent debtors, certain student loans, certain farm indebtedness, certain real property business indebtedness, and certain qualified principal residence indebtedness.81 In cases involving discharges of indebtedness that are excluded from gross income under the exceptions to the general rule, taxpayers generally are required to reduce certain tax attributes, including net operating losses, general business credits, minimum tax c its, capital loss carryovers, and basis in property, by the amount of the discharge of indebtedness.82

The amount of discharge of indebtedness excluded from income by an insolvent debtor not in a title 11 bankruptcy case cannot exceed the amount by which the debtor is insolvent. In the case of a discharge in bankruptcy or where the debtor is insolvent, any reduction in basis may not exceed the excess of the aggregate bases of properties held by the taxpayer immediately after the discharge over the aggregate of the liabilities of the taxpayer immediately after the discharge.83

For all taxpayers, the amount of discharge of indebtedness generally is equal to the excess of the adjusted issue price of the indebtedness being satisfied over the amount paid (or deemed paid) to satisfy such indebtedness.84 This rule generally applies to (1) the acquisition by the debtor of its debt instrument in exchange for cash, (2) the issuance of a debt instrument by the debtor in satisfaction of its indebtedness, including a modification of indebtedness that is treated as an exchange (a debt-for-debt exchange), (3) the transfer by a debtor corporation of stock, or a debtor partnership of a capital or profits interest in such partnership, in satisfaction of its indebtedness (an equity-for-debt exchange), and (4) the acquisition by a debtor corporation of its indebtedness from a shareholder as a contribution to capital.

Debt-for-debt exchanges

If a debtor issues a debt instrument in satisfaction of its indebtedness, the debtor is treated as having satisfied the indebtedness with an amount of money equal to the issue price of the newly issued debt instrument.85 The issue price of such newly issued debt instrument generally is determined under sections 1273 and 1274.86 Similarly, a "significant modification" of a debt instrument, within the meaning of Treas. Reg. sec. 1.1001-3, results in an exchange of the original debt instrument for a modified instrument. In such cases, where the issue price of the modified debt instrument is less than the adjusted issue price of the original debt instrument, the debtor will have income from the cancellation of indebtedness.

If any new debt instrument is issued (including as a result of a significant modification to a debt instrument), such debt instrument will have original issue discount equal to the excess (if any) of such debt instrument's stated redemption price at maturity over its issue price.87 In general, an issuer of a debt instrument with original issue discount may deduct for any taxable year, with respect to such debt instrument, an amount of original issue discount equal the aggregate daily portions of the original issue discount for days during such taxable year.88

Equity-for-debt exchanges

If a corporation transfers stock, or a partnership transfers a capital or profits interest in such partnership, to a creditor in satisfaction of its indebtedness, then such corporation or partnership is treated as having satisfied its indebtedness with an amount of money equal to the fair market value of the stock or interest.89

Related party acquisitions

Indebtedness directly or indirectly acquired by a person who bears a relationship to the debtor described in section 267(b) or section 707(b) is treated as if it were acquired by the debtor.90 Thus, where a debtor's indebtedness is acquired for less than its adjusted issue price by a person related to the debtor (within the meaning of section 267(b) or 707(b)), the debtor recognizes income from the cancellation of indebtedness. Regulations under section 108 provide that the indebtedness acquired by the related party is treated as new indebtedness issued by the debtor to the related holder on the acquisition date (the deemed issuance).91 The new indebtedness is deemed issued with an issue price equal to the amount used under regulations to compute the amount of cancellation of indebtedness income realized by the debtor (i.e., either the holder's adjusted basis or the fair market value of the indebtedness, as the case may be).92 The indebtedness deemed issued pursuant to the regulations has original issue discount to the extent its stated redemption price at maturity exceeds its issue price.

In the case of a deemed issuance under Treas. Reg. sec. 1.108-2(g), the related holder does not recognize any gain or loss, and the related holder's adjusted basis in the indebtedness remains the same as it was immediately before the deemed issuance.93 The deemed issuance is treated as a purchase of the indebtedness by the related holder for purposes of section 1272(a)(7) (pertaining to reduction of original issue discount where a subsequent holder pays acquisition premium) and section 1276 (pertaining to acquisitions of debt at a market discount).94

Contribution of a debt instrument to capital of a corporation

Where a debtor corporation acquires its indebtedness from a shareholder as a contribution to capital, section 11895 does not apply, but the corporation is treated as satisfying such indebtedness with an amount of money equal to the shareholder's adjusted basis in the indebtedness.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The provision permits a taxpayer to elect to defer income from cancellation of indebtedness recognized by the taxpayer as a result of a repurchase by (1) the taxpayer or (2) a person who bears a relationship to the taxpayer described in section 267(b) or section 707(b), of a "debt instrument" that was issued by the taxpayer. The provision applies only to repurchases of debt that (1) occur after December 31, 2008, and prior to January 1, 2011, and (2) are repurchases for cash. Thus, for example, the provision does not apply to a debt-for-debt exchange or to any exchange of the taxpayer's equity for a debt instrument of the taxpayer. For purposes of the provision, a "debt instrument" is broadly defined to include any bond, debenture, note, certificate or any other instrument or contractual arrangement constituting indebtedness.

Income from the discharge of indebtedness in connection with the repurchase of a debt instrument in 2009 or 2010 must be included in the gross income of the taxpayer ratably in the eight taxable years beginning with (1) for repurchases in 2009, the second taxable year following the taxable year in which the repurchase occurs or (2) for repurchases in 2010, the taxable year following the taxable year in which the repurchase occurs. The provision authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury to prescribe such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate for purposes of applying the provision.

Effective date

The provision applies to discharges in taxable years ending after December 31, 2008.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment with modifications. The provision permits a taxpayer to elect to defer cancellation of indebtedness income arising from a "reacquisition" of "an applicable debt instrument" after December 31, 2008, and before January 1, 2011. Income deferred pursuant to the election must be included in the gross income of the taxpayer ratably in the five taxable years beginning with (1) for repurchases in 2009, the fifth taxable year following the taxable year in which the repurchase occurs or (2) for repurchases in 2010, the fourth taxable year following the taxable year in which the repurchase occurs.

An "applicable debt instrument" is any debt instrument issued by (1) a C corporation or (2 any other person in connection with the conduct of a trade or business by such person. For purposes of the provision, a "debt instrument" is broadly defined to include any bond, debenture, note, certificate or any other instrument or contractual arrangement constituting indebtedness (within the meaning of section 1275(a)(1)).

A "reacquisition" is any "acquisition" of an applicable debt instrument by (1) the debtor that issued (or is otherwise the obligor under) such debt instrument or (2) any person related to the debtor within the meaning of section 108(e)(4). For purposes of the provision, an "acquisition" includes, without limitation, (1) an acquisition of a debt instrument for cash, (2) the exchange of a debt instrument for another debt instrument (including an exchange resulting from a modification of a debt instrument), (3) the exchange of corporate stock or a partnership interest for a debt instrument, (4) the contribution of a debt instrument to the capital of the issuer, and (5) the complete forgiveness of a debt instrument by a holder of such instrument.

Special rules for debt-for-debt exchanges

If a taxpayer makes the election provided by the provision for a debt-for-debt exchange in which the newly issued debt instrument issued (or deemed issued, including by operation of the rules in Treas. Reg. sec. 1.108-2(g)) in satisfaction of an outstanding debt instrument of the debtor has original issue discount, then any otherwise allowable deduction for original issue discount with respect to such newly issued debt instrument that (1) accrues before the first year of the five-taxable-year period in which the related, deferred discharge of indebtedness income is included in the gross income of the taxpayer and (2) does not exceed such related, deferred discharge of indebtedness income, is deferred and allowed as a deduction ratably over the same five-taxable-year period in which the deferred discharge of indebtedness income is included in gross income.

This rule can apply also in certain cases when a debtor reacquires its debt for cash. If the taxpayer issues a debt instrument and the proceeds of such issuance are used directly or indirectly to reacquire a debt instrument of the taxpayer, the provision treats the newly issued debt instrument as if it were issued in satisfaction of the retired debt instrument. If the newly issued debt instrument has original issue discount, the rule described above applies. Thus, all or a portion of the interest deductions with respect to original issue discount on the newly issued debt instrument are deferred into the five-taxable-year period in which the discharge of indebtedness income is recognized. Where only a portion of the proceeds of a new issuance are used by a taxpayer to satisfy outstanding debt, then the deferral rule applies to the portion of the original issue discount on the newly issued debt instrument that is equal to the portion of the proceeds of such newly issued instrument used to retire outstanding debt of the taxpayer.

Acceleration of deferred items

Cancellation of indebtedness income and any related deduction for original issue discount that is deferred by an electing taxpayer (and has not previously been taken into account) generally is accelerated and taken into income in the taxable year in which the taxpayer: (1) dies, (2) liquidates or sells substantially all of its assets (including in a title 11 or similar case), (3) ceases to do business, or (4) or is in similar circumstances. In a case under title 11 or a similar case, any deferred items are taken into income as of the day before the petition is filed. Deferred items are accelerated in a case under Title 11 where the taxpayer liquidates, sells substantially all of its assets, or ceases to do business, but not where a taxpayer reorganizes and emerges from the Title 11 case. In the case of a pass thru entity, this acceleration rule also applies to the sale, exchange, or redemption of an interest in the entity by a holder of such interest.

Special rule for partnerships

In the case of a partnership, any income deferred under the provision is allocated to the partners in the partnership immediately before the discharge of indebtedness in the manner such amounts would have been included in the distributive shares of such partners under section 704 if such income were recognized at the time of the discharge. Any decrease in a partner's share of liabilities as a result of such discharge is not taken into account for purposes of section 752 at the time of the discharge to the extent the deemed distribution under section 752 would cause the partner to recognize gain under section 731. Thus, the deemed distribution under section 752 is deferred with respect to a partner to the extent it exceeds such partner's basis. Amounts so deferred are taken into account at the same time, and to the extent remaining in the same amount, as income deferred under the provision is recognized by the partner.

Coordination with section 108(a) and procedures for election

Where a taxpayer makes the election provided by the provision, the exclusions provided by section 108(a)(1)(A), (B), (C), and (D) shall not apply to the income from the discharge of indebtedness for the year in which the taxpayer makes the election or any subsequent year. Thus, for example, an insolvent taxpayer may elect under the provision to defer income from the discharge of indebtedness rather than excluding such income and reducing tax attributes by a corresponding amount. The election is to be made on an instrument by instrument basis; once made, the election is irrevocable. A taxpayer makes an election with respect to a debt instrument by including with its return for the taxable year in which the reacquisition of the debt instrument occurs a statement that (1) clearly identifies the debt instrument and (2) includes the amount of deferred income to which the provision applies and such other information as may be prescribed by the Secretary. The Secretary is authorized to require reporting of the election (and other information with respect to the reacquisition) for years subsequent to the year of the reacquisition.

Regulatory authority

The provision authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury to prescribe such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate for purposes of applying the provision, including rules extending the acceleration provisions to other circumstances where appropriate, rules requiring reporting of the election and such other information as the Secretary may require on returns of tax for subsequent taxable years, rules for the application of the provision to partnerships, S corporations, and other pass thru entities, including for the allocation of deferred deductions.

Effective date

The provision is effective for discharges in taxable years ending after December 31, 2008.

9. Modifications of rules for original issue discount on certain high yield obligations

(sec. 1232 of the conference agreement and sec. 163 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general, the issuer of a debt instrument with original issue discount may deduct the portion of such original issue discount equal to the aggregate daily portions of the original issue discount for days during the taxable year.96 However, in the case of an applicable high-yield discount obligation (an "AHYDO") issued by a corporate issuer: (1) no deduction is allowed for the "disqualified portion" of the original issue discount on such obligation, and (2) the remainder of the original issue discount on any such obligation is not allowable as a deduction until paid by the issuer.97

An AHYDO is any debt instrument if (1) the maturity date on such instrument is more than five years from the date of issue; (2) the yield to maturity on such instrument exceeds the sum of (a) the applicable Federal rate in effect under section 1274(d) for the calendar month in which the obligation is issued and five percentage points, and (3) such instrument has "significant original issue discount.98 An instrument is treated as having "significant original issue discount" if the aggregate amount of interest that would be includible in the gross income of the holder with respect to such instrument for periods before the close of any accrual period (as defined in section 1272(a)(5)) ending after the date five years after the date of issue, exceeds the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of interest to be paid under the instrument before the close of such accrual period, and (2) the product of the issue price of such instrument (as defined in sections 1273(b) and 1274(a)) and its yield to maturity.99

The disqualified portion of the original issue discount on an AHYDO is the lesser of (1) the amount of original issue discount with respect to such obligation or (2) the portion of the "total return" on such obligation which bears the same ratio to such total return as the "disqualified yield" (i.e., the excess of the yield to maturity on the obligation over the applicable Federal rate plus six percentage points) on such obligation bears to the yield to maturity on such obligation.100 The term "total return" means the amount which would have been the original issue discount of the obligation if interest described in section 1273(a)(2) were included in the 101 stated redemption to maturity.101 A corporate holder treats the disqualified portion of original issue discount as a stock distribution for purposes of the dividend received deduction.102

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

No provision.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement adds a provision that suspends the rules in section 163(e)(5) for certain obligations issued in a debt-for-debt exchange, including an exchange resulting from a significant modification of a debt instrument, after August 31, 2008, and before January 1, 2010.

In general, the suspension does not apply to any newly issued debt instrument (including any debt instrument issued as a result of a significant modification of a debt instrument) that is issued for an AHYDO. However, any newly issued debt instrument (including any debt instrument issued as a result of a significant modification of a debt instrument) for which the AHYDO rules are suspended under the provision is not treated as an AHYDO for purposes of a subsequent application of the suspension rule. Thus, for example, if a new debt instrument that would be an AHYDO under present law is issued in exchange for a debt instrument that is not an AHYDO, and the provision suspends application of section 163(e)(5), another new debt instrument, issued during the suspension period in exchange for the instrument with respect to which the rule in section 163(e)(5) was suspended, would be eligible for the relief provided by the provision despite the fact that it is issued for an instrument that is an AHYDO under present law.

In addition, the suspension does not apply to any newly issued debt instrument (including any debt instrument issued as a result of a significant modification of a debt instrument) that is (1) described in section 871(h)(4) (without regard to subparagraph (D) thereof) (i.e., certain contingent debt) or (2) issued to a person related to the issuer (within the meaning of section 108(e)(4)).

The provision provides authority to the Secretary to apply the suspension rule to periods after December 31, 2009, where the Secretary determines that such application is appropriate in light of distressed conditions in the debt capital markets. In addition, the provision grants authority to the Secretary to use a rate that is higher than the applicable Federal rate for purposes of applying section 163(e)(5) for obligations issued after December 31, 2009, in taxable years ending after such date if the Secretary determines that such higher rate is appropriate in light of distressed conditions in the debt capital markets.

Effective date

The temporary suspension of section 163(e)(5) applies to obligations issued after August 31, 2008, in taxable years ending after such date. The additional authority granted to the Secretary to use a rate higher than the applicable Federal rate for purposes of applying section 163(e)(5) applies to obligations issued after December 31, 2009, in taxable years ending after such date.

10. Special rules applicable to qualified small business stock for 2009 and 2010

(sec. 1241 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1241 of the conference agreement, and sec. 1202 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, individuals may exclude 50 percent (60 percent for certain empowerment zone businesses) of the gain from the sale of certain small business stock acquired at original issue and held for at least five years.103 The portion of the gain includible in taxable income is taxed at a maximum rate of 28 percent under the regular tax.104 A percentage of the excluded gain is an alternative minimum tax preference,105 the portion of the gain includible in alternative minimum taxable income is taxed at a maximum rate of 28 percent under the alternative minimum tax.

Thus, under present law, gain from the sale of qualified small business stock is taxed at effective rates of 14 percent under the regular tax106 and (i) 14.98 percent under the alternative minimum tax for dispositions before January 1, 2011; (ii) 19.98 percent under the alternative minimum tax for dispositions after December 31, 2010, in the case of stock acquired before January 1, 2001; and (iii) 17.92 percent under the alternative minimum tax for dispositions after December 31, 2010, in the case of stock acquired after December 31, 2006.107

The amount of gain eligible for the exclusion by an individual with respect to any corporation is the greater of (1) ten times the taxpayer's basis in the stock or (2) $10 million. In order to qualify as a small business, when the stock is issued, the gross assets of the corporation may not exceed $50 million. The corporation also must meet certain active trade or business requirements.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

Under the Senate amendment, the percentage exclusion for qualified small business stock sold by an individual is increased from 50 percent (60 percent for certain empowerment zone businesses) to 75 percent.

As a result of the increased exclusion, gain from the sale of qualified small business stock to which the provision applies is taxed at effective rates of seven percent under the regular tax108 and 12.88 percent under the alternative minimum tax.109

Effective date

The provision is effective for stock issued after the date of enactment and before January 1, 2011.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

11. Temporary reduction in recognition period for S corporation built-in gains tax

(sec. 1261 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1251 of the conference agreement, and sec. 1374 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

A "small business corporation" (as defined in section 1361(b)) may elect to be treated as an S corporation. Unlike C corporations, S corporations generally pay no corporate-level tax. Instead, items of income and loss of an S corporation pass though to its shareholders. Each shareholder takes into account separately its share of these items on its individual income tax return.110

A corporate level tax, at the highest marginal rate applicable to corporations (currently 35 percent) is imposed on an S corporation's gain that arose prior to the conversion of the C corporation to an S corporation and is recognized by the S corporation during the recognition period, i.e., the first 10 taxable years that the S election is in effect.111

Gains recognized in the recognition period are not built-in gains to the extent they are shown to have arisen while the S election was in effect or are offset by recognized built-in losses. The built-in gains tax also applies to gains with respect to net recognized built-in gain attributable to property received by an S corporation from a C corporation in a carryover basis transaction.112 The amount of the built-in gains tax is treated as a loss taken into account by the shareholders in computing their individual income tax.113

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment provides that, for any taxable year beginning in 2009 and 2010, no tax is imposed on an S corporation under section 1374 if the seventh taxable year in the corporation's recognition period preceded such taxable year. Thus, with respect to gain that arose prior to the conversion of a C corporation to an S corporation, no tax will be imposed under section 1374 after the seventh taxable year the S corporation election is in effect. In the case of built-in gain attributable to an asset received by an S corporation from a C corporation in a carryover basis transaction, no tax will be imposed under section 1374 if such gain is recognized after the date that is seven years following the date on which such asset was acquired.114

Effective date

The provision applies to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

12. Broadband internet access tax credit

(sec. 1271 of the Senate amendment)

 

Present Law

 

 

A taxpayer is allowed to recover, through annual depreciation deductions, the cost of certain property used in a trade or business or for the production of income. The amount of the depreciation deduction allowed with respect to tangible property for a taxable year is determined under the modified accelerated cost recovery system ("MACRS").115 Under MACRS, different types of property generally are assigned applicable recovery periods and depreciation methods. The recovery periods applicable to most tangible personal property (generally tangible property other than residential rental property and nonresidential real property) range from three to 25 years. The depreciation methods generally applicable to tangible personal property are the 200-percent and 150-percent declining balance methods, switching to the straight-line method for the taxable year in which the depreciation deduction would be maximized.

No credit is specifically designed under present law to encourage the development of qualified broadband expenditures.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The amendment provides an investment tax credit for "qualified broadband expenditures." Qualified broadband expenditures comprise both "current-generation" and "next-generation" broadband. The provision establishes a 10 percent credit for investment in current-generation broadband in rural and underserved areas. The provision establishes a 20 percent credit for investment in current-generation broadband in unserved areas. The provision establishes a 20 percent credit for investment in next-generation broadband in rural, underserved, unserved, and residential areas. The basis of qualified property must be reduced by the amount of credit received. To qualify for the credit, the qualified broadband equipment must be placed in service after December 31, 2008, and before January 1, 2011.

"Current-generation" broadband services are defined as the transmission of signals at a rate of at least 5 million bits per second to the subscriber and at a rate of at least 1 million bits per second from the subscriber or wireless technology transmission of signals at a rate of at least 3 million bits per second to the subscriber and at a rate of at least 768 kilobits per second from the subscriber. "Next-generation" broadband services are defined as the transmission of signals at a rate of at least 100 million bits per second to the subscriber and at a rate of at least 20 million bits per second from the subscriber.

Qualified broadband expenditures means the direct or indirect costs properly taken into account for the taxable year for the purchase or installation of qualified equipment (including upgrades) and the connection of the equipment to a qualified subscriber.

Qualified broadband expenditures include only the portion of the purchase price paid by the lessor, in the case of leased equipment, that is attributable to otherwise qualified broadband expenditures by the lessee. In the case of property that is originally placed in service by a person and that is sold to the taxpayer and leased back to such person by the taxpayer within three months after the date that the property was originally placed in service, the property is treated as originally placed in service by the taxpayer not earlier than the date that the property is used under the leaseback.

A qualified subscriber, with respect to current-generation broadband services, means any nonresidential subscriber maintaining a permanent place of business in a rural, underserved, or unserved area, or any residential subscriber residing in a rural, underserved, or unserved area that is not a saturated market. A qualified subscriber, with respect to next generation broadband services, means any nonresidential subscriber maintaining a permanent place of business in a rural, underserved, or unserved area, or any residential subscriber.

For this purpose, a rural area is a low-income community designated under section 45D which is defined as a population census tract located in a with either (1) a poverty rate of at least 20 percent or (2) median family income which does not exceed 80 percent of the greater of metropolitan area median family income or statewide median family income (for a non-metropolitan census tract, does not exceed 80 percent of statewide median family income).

An underserved area means a census tract located in an empowerment zone or enterprise community designated under section 1391, or the District of Columbia Enterprise Zone established under section 1400, or a renewal community designated under section 1400E, or a low-income community designated under section 45D.

An unserved area is an area without current-generation broadband service.

A saturated market, for this purpose, means any census tract in which, as of the date of enactment, current generation broadband services have been provided by a single provider to 85 percent or more of the total potential residential subscribers. The services must be usable at least a majority of the time during periods of maximum demand, and usable in a manner substantially the same as services provided through equipment not eligible for the deduction under this provision.

If current- or next-generation broadband services can be provided through qualified equipment to both qualified subscribers and to other subscribers, the provision provides that the expenditures with respect to the equipment are allocated among subscribers to determine the amount of qualified broad broadband expenditures that may be deducted under the provision.

Qualified equipment means equipment that provides current- or next-generation broadband services at least a majority of the time during periods of maximum demand to each subscriber, and in a manner substantially the same as such services are provided by the provider to subscribers through equipment with respect to which no deduction is allowed under the provision. Limitations are imposed under the provision on equipment depending on where it extends, and on certain packet switching equipment, and on certain multiplexing and demultiplexing equipment.

Expenditures generally are not taken into account for purposes of the credit under the provision with respect to property used predominantly outside the United States, used predominantly to furnish lodging, used by a tax-exempt organization (other than in a business whose income is subject to unrelated business income tax), or used by the United States or a political subdivision or by a possession, agency or instrumentality thereof or by a foreign person or entity. The basis of property is reduced by the cost of the property that is taken into account as a deduction under the provision. Recapture rules are provided. The credit is part of the general business credit.

Effective date

The provision is effective for property placed in service after December 31, 2008.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement does not include the Senate amendment provision.

 

C. Fiscal Relief for State and Local Governments

 

 

1. De minimis safe harbor exception for tax-exempt interest expense of financial institutions and modification of small issuer exception to tax-exempt interest expense allocation rules for financial institutions

(secs. 1501 and 1502 of the House bill, secs. 1501 and 1502 of the Senate amendment, secs. 1501 and 1502 of the conference agreement, and sec. 265 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Present law disallows a deduction for interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry obligations the interest on which is exempt from tax.116 In general, an interest deduction is disallowed only if the taxpayer has a purpose of using borrowed funds to purchase or carry tax-exempt obligations; a determination of the taxpayer's purpose in borrowing funds is made based on all of the facts and circumstances.117

Two-percent rule for individuals and certain nonfinancial corporations

In the absence of direct evidence linking an individual taxpayer's indebtedness with the purchase or carrying of tax-exempt obligations, the Internal Revenue Service takes the position that it ordinarily will not infer that a taxpayer's purpose in borrowing money was to purchase or carry tax-exempt obligations if the taxpayer's investment in tax-exempt obligations is "insubstantial."118 An individual's holdings of tax-exempt obligations are presumed to be insubstantial if during the taxable year the average adjusted basis of the individual's tax-exempt obligations is two percent or less of the average adjusted basis of the individual's portfolio investments and assets held by the individual in the active conduct of a trade or business.

Similarly, in the case of a corporation that is not a financial institution or a dealer in tax-exempt obligations, where there is no direct evidence of a purpose to purchase or carry tax-exempt obligations, the corporation's holdings of tax-exempt obligations are presumed to be insubstantial if the average adjusted basis of the corporation's tax-exempt obligations is two percent or less of the average adjusted basis of all assets held by the corporation in the active conduct of its trade or business.

Financial institutions

In the case of a financial institution, the Code generally disallows that portion of the taxpayer's interest expense that is allocable to tax-exempt interest.119 The amount of interest that is disallowed is an amount which bears the same ratio to such interest expense as the taxpayer's average adjusted bases of tax-exempt obligations acquired after August 7, 1986, bears to the average adjusted bases for all assets of the taxpayer.

Exception for certain obligations of qualified small issuers

The general rule in section 265(b), denying financial institutions' interest expense deductions allocable to tax-exempt obligations, does not apply to "qualified tax-exempt obligations."120 Instead, as discussed in the next section, only 20 percent of the interest expense allocable to "qualified tax-exempt obligations" is disallowed.121 A "qualified tax-exempt obligation" is a tax-exempt obligation that (1) is issued after August 7, 1986, by a qualified small issuer, (2) is not a private activity bond, and (3) is designated by the issuer as qualifying for the exception from the general rule of section 265(b).

A "qualified small issuer" is an issuer that reasonably anticipates that the amount of tax-exempt obligations that it will issue during the calendar year will be $10 million or less.122 The Code specifies the circumstances under which an issuer and all subordinate entities are aggregated.123 For purposes of the $10 million limitation, an issuer and all entities that issue obligations on behalf of such issuer are treated as one issuer. All obligations issued by a subordinate entity are treated as being issued by the entity to which it is subordinate. An entity formed (or availed of) to avoid the $10 million limitation and all entities benefiting from the device are treated as one issuer.

Composite issues (i.e., combined issues of bonds for different entities) qualify for the "qualified tax-exempt obligation" exception only if the requirements of the exception are met with respect to (1) the composite issue as a whole (determined by treating the composite issue as a single issue) and (2) each separate lot of obligations that is part of the issue (determined by treating each separate lot of obligations as a separate issue).124 Thus a composite issue may qualify for the exception only if the composite issue itself does not exceed $10 million, and if each issuer benefitting from the composite issue reasonably anticipates that it will not issue more than $10 million of tax-exempt obligations during the calendar year, including through the composite arrangement.

Treatment of financial institution preference items

Section 291(a)(3) reduces by 20 percent the amount allowable as a deduction with respect to any financial institution preference item. Financial institution preference items include interest on debt to tax-exempt obligations acquired after December 31, 1982, and before acquired on August 7, 1986.125 Section 265(b)(3) treats qualified tax-exempt obligations as if they were acquired on August 7, 1986. As a result, the amount allowable as a deduction by a financial institution with respect to interest incurred to carry a qualified tax-exempt obligation is reduced by 20 percent.

 

House Bill

 

 

Two-percent safe harbor for financial institutions

The provision provides that tax-exempt obligations issued during 2009 or 2010 and held by a financial institution, in an amount not to exceed two percent of the adjusted basis of the financial institution's assets, are not taken into account for the purpose of determining the portion of the financial institution's interest expense subject to the pro rata interest disallowance rule of section 265(b). For purposes of this rule, a refunding bond (whether a current or advance refunding) is treated as issued on the date of the issuance of the refunded bond (or in the case of a series of refundings, the original bond).

The provision also amends section 291(e) to provide that tax-exempt obligations issued during 2009 and 2010, and not taken into account for purposes of the calculation of a financial institution's interest expense subject to the pro rata interest disallowance rule, are treated as having been acquired on August 7, 1986. As a result, such obligations are financial institution preference items, and the amount allowable as a deduction by a financial institution with respect to interest incurred to carry such obligations is reduced by 20 percent.

Modifications to qualified small issuer exception

With respect to tax-exempt obligations issued during 2009 and 2010, the provision increases from $10 million to $30 million the annual limit for qualified small issuers.

In addition, in the case of "qualified financing issue" issued in 2009 or 2010, the provision applies the $30 million annual volume limitation at the borrower level (rather than at the level of the pooled financing issuer). Thus, for the purpose of applying the requirements of the section 265(b)(3) qualified small issuer exception, the portion of the proceeds of a qualified financing issue that are loaned to a "qualified borrower" that participates in the issue are treated as a separate issue with respect to which the qualified borrower is deemed to be the issuer.

A "qualified financing issue" is any composite, pooled or other conduit financing issue the proceeds of which are used directly or indirectly to make or finance loans to one or more ultimate borrowers all of whom are qualified borrowers. A "qualified borrower" means (1) a State or political subdivision of a State or (2) an organization described in section 501(c)(3) and exempt from tax under section 501(a). Thus, for example, a $100 million pooled financing issue that was issued in 2009 could qualify for the section 265(b)(3) exception if the proceeds of such issue were used to make four equal loans of $25 million to four qualified borrowers. However, if (1) more than $30 million were loaned to any qualified borrower, (2) any borrower were not a qualified borrower, or (3) any borrower would, if it were the issuer of a separate issue in an amount equal to the amount loaned to such borrower, fail to meet any of the other requirements of section 265(b)(3), the entire $100 million pooled financing issue would fail to qualify for the exception.

For purposes of determining whether an issuer meets the requirements of the small issuer exception, qualified 501(c)(3) bonds issued in 2009 or 2010 are treated as if they were issued by the 501(c)(3) organization for whose benefit they were issued (and not by the actual issuer of such bonds). In addition, in the case of an organization described in section 501(c)(3) and exempt from taxation under section 501(a), requirements for "qualified financing issues" shall be applied as if the section 501(c)(3) organization were the issuer. Thus, in any event, an organization described in section 501(c)(3) and exempt from taxation under section 501(a) shall be limited to the $30 million per issuer cap for qualified tax exempt obligations described in section 265(b)(3).

Effective Date

The provisions are effective for obligations issued after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

2. Temporary modification of alternative minimum tax limitations on tax-exempt bonds

(sec. 1503 of the House bill, sec. 1503 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1503 of the conference agreement, and secs. 56 and 57 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Present law imposes an alternative minimum tax ("AMT") on individuals and corporations. AMT is the amount by which the tentative minimum tax exceeds the regular income tax. The tentative minimum tax is computed based upon a taxpayer's alternative minimum taxable income ("AMTI"). AMTI is the taxpayer's taxable income modified to take into account certain preferences and adjustments. One of the preference items is tax-exempt interest on certain tax-exempt bonds issued for private activities (sec. 57(a)(5)). Also, in the case of a corporation, an adjustment based on current earnings is determined, in part, by taking into account 75 percent of items, including tax-exempt interest, that are excluded from taxable income but included in the corporation's earnings and profits (sec. 56(g)(4)(B)).

 

House Bill

 

 

The House bill provides that tax-exempt interest on private activity bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 is not an item of tax preference for purposes of the alternative minimum tax and interest on tax exempt bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 is not included in the corporate adjustment based on current earnings. For these purposes, a refunding bond is treated as issued on the date of the issuance of the refunded bond (or in the case of a series of refundings, the original bond).

Effective date

The provision applies to interest on bonds issued after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement provides that tax-exempt interest on private activity bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 is not an item of tax preference for purposes of the alternative minimum tax and interest on tax exempt bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 is not included in the corporate adjustment based on current earnings. For these purposes, a refunding bond is treated as issued on the date of the issuance of the refunded bond (or in the case of a series of refundings, the original bond).

The conference agreement also provides that tax-exempt interest on private activity bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 to currently refund a private activity bond issued after December 31, 2003, and before January 1, 2009, is not an item of tax preference for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. Also tax-exempt interest on bonds issued in 2009 and 2010 to currently refund a bond issued after December 31, 2003, and before January 1, 2009, is not included in the corporate adjustment based on current earnings.

Effective date

The provision applies to interest on bonds issued after December 31, 2008.

3. Temporary expansion of availability of industrial development bonds to facilities creating intangible property and other modifications

(sec. 1301 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1301 of the conference agreement, and sec. 144(a) of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Qualified small issue bonds (commonly referred to as "industrial development bonds" or "small issue IDBs") are tax-exempt bonds issued by State and local governments to finance private business manufacturing facilities (including certain directly related and ancillary facilities) or the acquisition of land and equipment by certain farmers. In both instances, these bonds are subject to limits on the amount of financing that may be provided, both for a single borrowing and in the aggregate. In general, no more than $1 million of small-issue bond financing may be outstanding at any time for property of a business (including related parties) located in the same municipality or county. Generally, this $1 million limit may be increased to $10 million if, in addition to outstanding bonds, all other capital expenditures of the business (including related parties) in the same municipality or county are counted toward the limit over a six-year period that begins three years before the issue date of the bonds and ends three years after such date. Outstanding aggregate borrowing is limited to $40 million per borrower (including related parties) regardless of where the property is located.

The Code permits up to $10 million of capital expenditures to be disregarded, in effect increasing from $10 million to $20 million the maximum allowable amount of total capital expenditures by an eligible business in the same municipality or county. However, no more than $10 million of bond financing may be outstanding at any time for property of an eligible business (including related parties) located in the same municipality or county. Other limits (e.g., the $40 million per borrower limit) also continue to apply.

A manufacturing facility is any facility which is used in the manufacturing or production of tangible personal property (including the processing resulting in a change in the condition of such property). Manufacturing facilities include facilities that are directly related and ancillary to a manufacturing facility (as described in the previous sentence) if (1) such facilities are located on the same site as the manufacturing facility and (2 not more than 25 percent of the net proceeds of the issue are used to provide such facilities.126

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

In general

For bonds issued after the date of enactment and before January 1, 2011, the provision expands the definition of manufacturing facilities to mean any facility that is used in the manufacturing, creation, or production of tangible property or intangible property (within the meaning of section 197(d)(1)(C)(iii)). For this purpose, intangible property means any patent, copyright, formula, process, design, knowhow, format, or other similar item. It is intended to include among other items, the creation of computer software, and intellectual property associated biotech and pharmaceuticals.

In lieu of the directly related and ancillary test of present law, the provision provides a special rule for bonds issued after the date of enactment and before January 1, 2011. For these bonds, the provision provides that facilities that are functionally related and subordinate to the manufacturing facility are treated as a manufacturing facility and the 25 percent of net proceeds restriction does not apply to such facilities.127 Functionally related and subordinate facilities must be located on the same site as the manufacturing facility.

Effective date

The provision is effective for bonds issued after the date of enactment and before January 1, 2011.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

4. Qualified school construction bonds

(sec. 1511 of the House bill, sec. 1521 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1521 of the conference agreement, and new sec. 54F of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Tax-exempt bonds

 

Interest on State and local governmental bonds generally is excluded from gross income for Federal income tax purposes if the proceeds of the bonds are used to finance direct activities of these governmental units or if the bonds are repaid with revenues of the governmental units. These can include tax-exempt bonds which finance public schools.128 An issuer must file with the Internal Revenue Service certain information about the bonds issued in order for that bond issue to be tax-exempt.129 Generally, this information return is required to be filed no later than the 15th day of the second month after the close of the calendar quarter in which the bonds were issued.

The tax exemption for State and local bonds does not apply to any arbitrage bond.130 An arbitrage bond is defined as any bond that is part of an issue if any proceeds of the issue are reasonably expected to be used (or intentionally are used) to acquire higher-yielding investments or to replace funds that are used to acquire higher yielding investments.131 In general, arbitrage profits may be earned only during specified periods (e.g., defined "temporary periods") before funds are needed for the purpose of the borrowing or on specified types of investments (e.g., "reasonably required reserve or replacement funds"). Subject to limited exceptions, investment profits that are earned during these periods or on such investments must be rebated to the Federal Government.

Qualified zone academy bonds

As an alternative to traditional tax-exempt bonds, State nd local governments were given the authority to issue "qualified zone academy bonds."132 A total of $400 million of qualified zone academy bonds is authorized to be issued annually in calendar years 1998 through 2009. The $400 million aggregate bond cap is allocated each year to the States according to their respective populations of individuals below the poverty line. Each State, in turn, allocates the credit authority to qualified zone academies within such State.

A taxpayer holding a qualified zone academy bond on the credit allowance date is entitled to a credit. The credit is includible in gross income (as if it were a taxable interest payment on the bond), and may be claimed against regular income tax and alternative minimum tax liability.

The Treasury Department sets the credit rate at a rate estimated to allow issuance of qualified zone academy bonds without discount and without interest cost to the issuer.133 The Secretary determines credit rates for tax credit bonds based on general assumptions about credit quality of the class of potential eligible issuers and such other factors as the Secretary deems appropriate. The Secretary may determine credit rates based on general credit market yield indexes and credit ratings. The maximum term of the bond is determined by the Treasury Department, so that the present value of the obligation to repay the principal on the bond is 50 percent of the face value of the bond.

"Qualified zone academy bonds" are defined as any bond issued by a State or local government, provided that (1) at least 95 percent of the proceeds are used for the purpose of renovating, providing equipment to, developing course materials for use at, or training teachers and other school personnel in a "qualified zone academy" and (2) private entities have promised to contribute to the qualified zone academy certain equipment, technical assistance or training, employee services, or other property or services with a value equal to at least 10 percent of the bond proceeds.

A school is a "qualified zone academy" if (1) the school is a public school that provides education and training below the college level, (2) the school operates a special academic program in cooperation with businesses to enhance the academic curriculum and increase graduation and employment rates, and (3) either (a) the school is located in an empowerment zone or enterprise community designated under the Code, or (b) it is reasonably expected that at least 35 percent of the students at the school will be eligible for free or reduced-cost lunches under the school lunch program established under the National School Lunch Act.

The arbitrage requirements which generally apply to interest-bearing tax-exempt bonds also generally apply to qualified zone academy bonds. In addition, an issuer of qualified zone academy bonds must reasonably expect to and actually spend 100 percent of the proceeds of such bonds on qualified zone academy property within the three years period that begins on the date of issuance. To the extent less than 100 percent of the proceeds are used to finance qualified zone academy property during the three years spending period, bonds will continue to qualify as qualified zone academy bonds if unspent proceeds are used within 90 days from the end of such three years period to redeem any nonqualified bonds. The three years spending period may be extended by the Secretary if the issuer establishes that the failure to meet the spending requirement is due to reasonable cause and the related purposes for issuing the bonds will continue to proceed with due diligence.

Two special arbitrage rules apply to qualified zone academy bonds. First, available project proceeds invested during the three-year period beginning on the date of issue are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions (i.e., yield restriction and rebate requirements). Available project proceeds are proceeds from the sale of an issue of qualified zone academy bonds, less issuance costs (not to exceed two percent) and any investment earnings on such proceeds. Thus, available project proceeds invested during the three-year spending period may be invested at unrestricted yields, but the earnings on such investments must be spent on qualified zone academy property. Second, amounts invested in a reserve fund are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions to the extent: (1) such fund is funded at a rate not more rapid than equal annual installments; (2) such fund is funded in a manner reasonably expected to result in an amount not greater than an amount necessary to repay the issue; and (3) the yield on such fund is not greater than the average annual interest rate of tax-exempt obligations having a term of 10 years or more that are issued during the month the qualified zone academy bonds are issued.

Issuers of qualified zone academy bonds are required to report issuance to the Internal Revenue Service in a manner similar to the information returns required for tax-exempt bonds.

 

House Bill

 

 

In general

The provision creates a new category of tax-credit bonds: qualified school construction bonds. Qualified school construction bonds must meet three requirements: (1) 100 percent of the available project proceeds of the bond issue is used for the construction, rehabilitation, or repair of a public school facility or for the acquisition of land on which such a bond-financed facility is to be constructed; (2) the bond is issued by a State or local government within which such school is located; and (3) the issuer designates such bonds as a qualified school construction bond.

National limitation

There is a national limitation on qualified school construction bonds of $11 billion for calendar years 2009 and 2010, respectively. Allocations of the national limitation of qualified school construction bonds are divided between the States and certain large school districts. The States receive 60 percent of the national limitation for a calendar year and the remaining 40 percent of the national limitation for a calendar year is allocated to certain of the largest school districts.

Allocation to the States

Generally allocations are made to the States under the 60 percent allocation according to their respective populations of children aged five through seventeen. However, the Secretary of the Treasury shall adjust the annual allocations among the States to ensure that for each State the sum of its allocations under the 60 percent allocation plus any allocations to large educational agencies within the States is not less than a minimum percentage. A State's minimum percentage for a calendar year is a product of 1.68 and the minimum percentage described in section 1124(d) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 for such State for the most recent fiscal year ending before such calendar year.

For allocation purposes, a State includes the District of Columbia and any possession of the United States. The provision provides a special allocation for possessions of the United States other than Puerto Rico under the 60 percent share of the national limitation for States. Under this special rule an allocation to a possession other than Puerto Rico is made on the basis of the respective populations of individuals below the poverty line (as defined by the Office of Management and Budget) rather than respective populations of children aged five through seventeen. This special allocation reduces the State allocation share of the national limitation otherwise available for allocation among the States. Under another special rule the Secretary of the Interior may allocate $200 million of school construction bonds for 2009 and 2010, respectively, to Indian schools. This special allocation for Indian schools is to be used for purposes of the construction, rehabilitation, and repair of schools funded by the Bureau of Indian Affairs. For purposes of such allocations Indian tribal governments are qualified issuers. The special allocation for Indian schools does not reduce the State allocation share of the national limitation otherwise available for allocation among the States.

If an amount allocated under this allocation to the States is unused for a calendar year it may be carried forward by the State to the next calendar year.

Allocation to lame school districts

The remaining 40 percent of the national limitation for a calendar year is allocated by the Secretary of the Treasury among local educational agencies which are large local educational agencies for such year. This allocation is made in proportion to the respective amounts each agency received for Basic Grants under subpart 2 of Part A of Title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 for the most recent fiscal year ending before such calendar year. Any unused allocation of any agency within a State may be allocated by the agency to such State. With respect to a calendar year, the term large local educational agency means any local educational agency if such agency is: (1) among the 100 local educational agencies with the largest numbers of children aged 5 through 17 from families living below the poverty level, or (2) one of not more than 25 local educational agencies (other than in 1, immediately above) that the Secretary of Education determines are in particular need of assistance, based on a low level of resources for school construction, a high level of enrollment growth, or other such factors as the Secretary of Education deems appropriate. If any amount allocated to large local educational agency is unused for a calendar year the agency may reallocate such amount to the State in which the agency is located.

The provision makes qualified school construction bonds a type of qualified tax credit bond for purposes of section 54A. In addition, qualified school construction bonds may be issued by Indian tribal governments only to the extent such bonds are issued for purposes that satisfy the present law requirements for tax-exempt bonds issued by Indian tribal governments (i.e., essential governmental functions and certain manufacturing purposes).

The provision requires 100 percent of the available project proceeds of qualified school construction bonds to be used within the three-year period that begins on the date of issuance. Available project proceeds are proceeds from the sale of the issue less issuance costs (not to exceed two percent) and any investment earnings on such sale proceeds. To the extent less than 100 percent of the available project proceeds are used to finance qualified purposes during the three-year spending period, bonds will continue to qualify as qualified school construction bonds if unspent proceeds are used within 90 days from the end of such three-year period to redeem bonds. The three-year spending period may be extended by the Secretary upon the issuer's request demonstrating that the failure to satisfy the three-year requirement is due to reasonable cause and the projects will continue to proceed with due diligence:

Qualified school construction bonds generally are subject to the arbitrage requirements of section 148. However, available project proceeds invested during the three-year spending period are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions (i.e., yield restriction and rebate requirements). In addition, amounts invested in a reserve fund are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions to the extent: (I) such fund is funded at a rate not more rapid than equal annual installments; (2) such fund is funded in a manner reasonably expected to result in an amount not greater than an amount necessary to repay the issue; and (3) the yield on such fund is not greater than the average annual interest rate of tax- exempt obligations having a term of 10 years or more that are issued during the month the qualified school construction bonds are issued.

The maturity of qualified school construction bonds is the term that the Secretary estimates will result in the present value of the obligation to repay the principal on such bonds being equal to 50 percent of the face amount of such bonds, using as a discount rate the average annual interest rate of tax-exempt obligations having a term of 10 years or more that are issued during the month the qualified school construction bonds are issued.

As with present-law tax credit bonds, the taxpayer holding qualified school construction bonds on a credit allowance date is entitled to a tax credit. The credit rate on the bonds is set by the Secretary at a rate that is 100 percent of the rate that would permit issuance of such bonds without discount and interest cost to the issuer. The amount of the tax credit is determined by multiplying the bond's credit rate by the face amount on the holder's bond. The credit accrues quarterly, is includible in gross income (as if it were an interest payment on the bond), and can be claimed against regular income tax liability and alternative minimum tax liability. Unused credits may be carried forward to succeeding taxable years. In addition, credits may be separated from the ownership of the underlying bond in a manner similar to the manner in which interest coupons can be stripped from interest-bearing bonds.

Issuers of qualified school construction bonds are required to certify that the financial disclosure requirements and applicable State and local law requirements governing conflicts of interest are satisfied with respect to such issue, as well as any other additional conflict of interest rules prescribed by the Secretary with respect to any Federal, State, or local government official directly involved with the issuance of qualified school construction bonds.

Effective date

The provision is effective for bonds issued after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

In general

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

National limitation

There is a national limitation on qualified school construction bonds of $5 billion for Calendar years 2009 and 2010, respectively. Also, allocations of the national limitation of qualified school construction bonds are divided between the States with no special allocations to certain large school districts.

Allocation to the States

The allocations are made to the States according to their respective populations of children aged five through seventeen. However, the Secretary of the Treasury shall adjust the annual allocations among the States to ensure that for each State is not less than a minimum percentage. A State's minimum percentage for a calendar year is calculated by dividing (1) the amount the State is eligible to receive under section 1124(d) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 for such State for the most recent fiscal year ending before such calendar year by (2) the amount all States are eligible to received under section 1124(d) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 for such fiscal year, and then multiplying the result by 100.

Allocation to large school districts

No portion of the national limitation for a calendar year is allocated by the Secretary of the Treasury among local educational agencies which are large local educational agencies for such year.

Effective Date

The provision is effective for obligations issued after the date of enactment.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

In general

The provision creates a new category of tax-credit bonds: qualified school construction bonds. Qualified school construction bonds must meet three requirements: (1) 100 percent of the available project proceeds of the bond issue is used for the construction, rehabilitation, or repair of a public school facility or for the acquisition of land on which such a bond-financed facility is to be constructed; (2) the bond is issued by a State or local government within which such school is located; and (3) the issuer designates such bonds as a qualified school construction bond.

National limitation

There is a national limitation on qualified school construction bonds of $11 billion for calendar years 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Allocation to the States

The national limitation is tentatively allocated among the States in proportion to respective amounts each such State is eligible to receive under section 1124 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 for the most recent fiscal year ending before such calendar year. The amount each State is allocated under the above formula is then reduced by the amount received by any local large educational agency within the State.

For allocation purposes, a State includes the District of Columbia and any possession of the United States. The provision provides a special allocation for possessions of the United States other than Puerto Rico under the national limitation for States. Under this special rule an allocation to a possession other than Puerto Rico is made on the basis of the respective populations of individuals below the poverty line (as defined by the Office of Management and Budget) rather than respective populations of children aged five through seventeen. This special allocation reduces the State allocation share of the national limitation otherwise available for allocation among the States. Under another special rule the Secretary of the Interior may allocate $200 million of school construction bonds for 2009 and 2010, respectively, to Indian schools. This special allocation for Indian schools is to be used for purposes of the construction, rehabilitation, and repair of schools funded by the Bureau of Indian Affairs. For purposes of such allocations Indian tribal governments are qualified issuers. The special allocation for Indian schools does not reduce the State allocation share of the national limitation otherwise available for allocation among the States.

If an amount allocated under this allocation to the States is unused for a calendar year it may be carried forward by the State to the next calendar year.

Allocation to large school districts

Forty percent of the national limitation is allocated among large local educational agencies in proportion to the respective amounts each agency received under section 1124 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 for the most recent fiscal year ending before such calendar year. Any unused allocation of any agency within a State may be allocated by the agency to such State. With respect to a calendar year, the term large local educational agency means any local educational agency if such agency is: (1) among the 100 local educational agencies with the largest numbers of children aged 5 through 17 from families living below the poverty level, or (2) one of not more than 25 local educational agencies (other than in 1, immediately above) that the Secretary of Education determines are in particular need of assistance, based on a low level of resources for school construction, a high level of enrollment growth, or other such factors as the Secretary of Education deems appropriate. If any amount allocated to large local educational agency is unused for a calendar year the agency may reallocate such amount to the State in which the agency is located.

Application of qualified tax credit bond rules

The provision makes qualified school construction bonds a type of qualified tax credit bond for purposes of section 54A. In addition, qualified school construction bonds may be issued by Indian tribal governments only to the extent such bonds are issued for purposes that satisfy the present law requirements for tax-exempt bonds issued by Indian tribal governments (i.e., essential governmental functions and certain manufacturing purposes).

The provision requires 100 percent of the available project proceeds of qualified school construction bonds to be used within the three-year period that begins on the date of issuance. Available project proceeds are proceeds from the sale of the issue less issuance costs (not to exceed two percent) and any investment earnings on such sale proceeds. To the extent less than 100 percent of the available project proceeds are used to finance qualified purposes during the three-year spending period, bonds will continue to qualify as qualified school construction bonds if unspent proceeds are used within 90 days from the end of such three-year period to redeem bonds. The three-year spending period may be extended by the Secretary upon the issuer's request demonstrating that the failure to satisfy the three-year requirement is due to reasonable cause and the projects will continue to proceed with due diligence.

Qualified school construction bonds generally are subject to the arbitrage requirements of section 148. However, available project proceeds invested during the three-year spending period are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions (i.e., yield restriction and rebate requirements). In addition, amounts invested in a reserve fund are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions to the extent: (1) such fund is funded at a rate not more rapid than equal annual installments; (2) such fund is funded in a manner reasonably expected to result in an amount not greater than an amount necessary to repay the issue; and (3) the yield on such fund is not greater than the average annual interest rate of tax-exempt obligations having a term of 10 years or more that are issued during the month the qualified school construction bonds are issued.

The maturity of qualified school construction bonds is the term that the Secretary estimates will result in the present value of the obligation to repay the principal on such bonds being equal to 50 percent of the face amount of such bonds, using as a discount rate the average annual interest rate of tax-exempt obligations having a term of 10 years or more that are issued during the month the qualified school construction bonds are issued.

As with present-law tax credit bonds, the taxpayer holding qualified school construction bonds on a credit allowance date is entitled to a tax credit. The credit rate on the bonds is set by the Secretary at a rate that is 100 percent of the rate that would permit issuance of such bonds without discount and interest cost to the issuer. The amount of the tax credit is determined by multiplying the bond's credit rate by the face amount on the holder's bond. The credit accrues quarterly, is includible in gross income (as if it were an interest payment on the bond), and can be claimed against regular income tax liability and alternative minimum tax liability. Unused credits may be carried forward to succeeding taxable years. In addition, credits may be separated from the ownership of the underlying bond in a manner similar to the manner in which interest coupons can be stripped from interest-bearing bonds.

Issuers of qualified school construction bonds are required to certify that the financial disclosure requirements and applicable State and local law requirements governing conflicts of interest are satisfied with respect to such issue, as well as any other additional conflict of interest rules prescribed by the Secretary with respect to any Federal, State, or local government official directly involved with the issuance of qualified school construction bonds.

Effective date

The provision is effective for obligations issued after the date of enactment.

5. Extend and expand qualified zone academy bonds

(sec. 1512 of the House bill, sec. 1522 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1522 of the conference agreement, and sec. 54E of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Tax-exempt bonds

Interest on State and local governmental bonds generally is excluded from gross income for Federal income tax purposes if the proceeds of the bonds are used to finance direct activities of these governmental units or if the bonds are repaid with revenues of the governmental units. These can include tax-exempt bonds which finance public schools.134 An issuer must file with the Internal Revenue Service certain information about the bonds issued in order for that bond issue to be tax-exempt.135 Generally, this information return is required to be filed no later the 15th day of the second month after the close of the calendar quarter in which the bonds were issued.

The tax exemption for State and local bonds does not apply to any arbitrage bond.136 An arbitrage bond is defined as any bond that is part of an issue if any proceeds of the issue are reasonably expected to be used (or intentionally are used) to acquire high fielding investments or to replace funds that are used to acquire higher yielding investments.137 In general, arbitrage profits may be earned only during specified periods (e.g., defined "temporary periods") before funds are needed for the purpose of the borrowing or on specified types of investments (e.g., "reasonably required reserve or replacement funds"). Subject to limited exceptions, investment profits that are earned during these periods or on such investments must be rebated to the Federal Government.

Qualified zone academy bonds

As an alternative to traditional tax-exempt bonds, State nd local governments were given the authority to issue "qualified zone academy bonds."138 total of $400 million of qualified zone academy bonds is authorized to be issued annually in calendar years 1998 through 2009. The $400 million aggregate bond cap is allocated each year to the States according to their respective populations of individuals below the poverty line. Each State, in turn, allocates the credit authority to qualified zone academies within such State.

A taxpayer holding a qualified zone academy bond on the credit allowance date is entitled to a credit. The credit is includible in gross income (as if it were a taxable interest payment on the bond), and may be claimed against regular income tax and alternative minimum tax liability.

The Treasury Department sets the credit rate at a rate estimated to allow issuance qualified zone academy bonds without discount and without interest cost to the issuer.139 The Secretary determines credit rates for tax credit bonds based on general assumptions about credit quality of the class of potential eligible issuers and such other factors as the Secretary deems appropriate. The Secretary may determine credit rates based on general credit market yield indexes and credit ratings. The maximum term of the bond is determined by the Treasury Department, so that the present value of the obligation to repay the principal on the bond is 50 percent of the face value of the bond.

"Qualified zone academy bonds" are defined as any bond issued by a State or local government, provided that (1) at least 95 percent of the proceeds are used for the purpose of renovating, providing equipment to, developing course materials for use at, or training teachers and other school personnel in a "qualified zone academy" and (2) private entities have promised to contribute to the qualified zone academy certain equipment, technical assistance or training, employee services, or other property or services with a value equal to at least 10 percent of the bond proceeds.

A school is a "qualified zone academy" if (1) the school is a public school that provides education and training below the college level, (2) the school operates a special academic program in cooperation with businesses to enhance the academic curriculum and increase graduation and employment rates, and (3) either (a) the school is located in an empowerment zone or enterprise community designated under the Code, or (b) it is reasonably expected that at least 35 percent of the students at the school will be eligible for free or reduced-cost lunches under the school lunch program established under the National School Lunch Act.

The arbitrage requirements which generally apply to interest-bearing tax-exempt bonds also generally apply to qualified zone academy bonds. In addition, an issuer of qualified zone academy bonds must reasonably expect to and actually spend 100 percent or more of the proceeds of such bonds on qualified zone academy property within the three-year period that begins on the date of issuance. To the extent less than 100 percent of the proceeds are used to finance qualified zone academy property during the three-year spending period, bonds will continue to qualify as qualified zone academy bonds if unspent proceeds are used within 90 days from the end of such three-year period to redeem any nonqualified bonds. The three-year spending period may be extended by the Secretary if the issuer establishes that the failure to meet the spending requirement is due to reasonable cause and the related purposes for issuing the bonds will continue to proceed with due diligence.

Two special arbitrage rules apply to qualified zone academy bonds. First, available project proceeds invested during the three-year period beginning on the date of issue are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions (i.e., yield restriction and rebate requirements). Available project proceeds are proceeds from the sale of an issue of qualified zone academy bonds, less issuance costs (not to exceed two percent) and any investment earnings on such proceeds. Thus, available project proceeds invested during the three-year spending period may be invested at unrestricted yields, but the earnings on such investments must be spent on qualified zone academy property. Second, amounts invested in a reserve fund are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions to the extent: (1) such fund is funded at a rate not more rapid than equal annual installments; (2) such fund is funded in a manner reasonably expected to result in an amount not greater than an amount necessary to repay the issue; and (3) the yield on such fund is not greater than the average annual interest rate of tax-exempt obligations having a term of 10 years or more that are issued during the month the qualified zone academy bonds are issued.

Issuers of qualified zone academy bonds are required to report issuance to the Internal Revenue Service in a manner similar to the information returns required for tax-exempt bonds.

 

House Bill

 

 

In general

The provision extends and expands the present-law qualified zone academy bond program. The provision authorizes issuance of up to $1.4 billion of qualified zone academy bonds annually for 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Effective date

The provision applies to obligations issued after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

6. Build America bonds

(sec. 1521 of the House bill, sec. 1531 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1531 of the conference agreement, and new secs. 54AA and 6431 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

Under present law, gross income does not include interest on State or local bonds. State and local bonds are classified generally as either governmental bonds or private activity bonds. Governmental bonds are bonds the proceeds of which are primarily used to finance governmental functions or which are repaid with governmental funds. Private activity bonds are bonds in which the State or local government serves as a conduit providing financing to nongovernmental persons (e.g., private businesses or individuals). The exclusion from income for State and local bonds does not apply to private activity bonds, unless the bonds are issued for certain permitted purposes ("qualified private activity bonds") and other Code requirements are met.

Private activity bonds

The Code defines a private activity bond as any bond that satisfies (1) the private business use test and the private security or payment test ("the private business test"); or (2) "the private loan financing test."140

 

Private business test

 

Under the private business test, a bond is a private activity bond if it is part of an issue in which:

 

1. More than 10 percent of the proceeds of the issue (including use of the bond-financed property) are to be used in the trade or business of any person other than a governmental unit ("private business use"); and

2. More than 10 percent of the payment of principal or interest on the issue is, directly or indirectly, secured by (a) property used or to be used for a private business use or (b) to be derived from payments in respect of property, or borrowed money, used or to be used for a private business use ("private payment test").141

 

A bond is not a private activity bond unless both parts of the private business test (i.e., the private business use test and the private payment test) are met. Thus, a facility that is 100 percent privately used does not cause the bonds financing such facility to be private activity bonds if the bonds are not secured by or paid with private payments. For example, land improvements that benefit a privately-owned factory may be financed with governmental bonds if the debt service on such bonds is not paid by the factory owner or other private parties.

 

Private loan financing test

 

A bond issue satisfies the private loan financing test if proceeds exceeding the lesser of $5 million or five percent of such proceeds are used directly or indirectly to finance loans to one or more nongovernmental persons. Private loans include both business and other (e.g., personal) uses and payments by private persons; however, in the case of business uses and payments, all private loans also constitute private business uses and payments subject to the private business test.

 

Arbitrage restrictions

 

The exclusion from income for interest on State and local bonds does not apply to any arbitrage bond.142 An arbitrage bond is defined as any bond that is part of an issue if any proceeds of the issue are reasonably expected to be used (or intentionally are used) to acquire higher yielding investments or to replace funds that are used to acquire higher yielding investments.143 In general, arbitrage profits may be earned only during specified periods (e.g., defined "temporary periods") before funds are needed for the purpose of the borrowing or on specified types of investments (e.g., "reasonably required reserve or replacement funds"). Subject to limited exceptions, investment profits that are earned during these periods or on such investments must be rebated to the Federal Government.

Qualified tax credit bonds

In lieu of interest, holders of qualified tax credit bonds receive a tax credit that accrues quarterly. The following bonds are qualified tax credit bonds: qualified forestry conservation bonds, new clean renewable energy bonds, qualified energy conservation bonds, and qualified zone academy bonds.144

Section 54A of the Code sets forth general rules applicable to qualified tax credit bonds. These rules include requirements regarding credit allowance dates, the expenditure of available project proceeds, reporting, arbitrage, maturity limitations, and financial conflicts of interest, among other special rules.

A taxpayer who holds a qualified tax credit bond on one or more credit allowance dates of the bond during the taxable year shall be allowed a credit against the taxpayer's income tax for the taxable year. In general, the credit amount for any credit allowance date is 25 percent of the annual credit determined with respect to the bond. The annual credit is determined by multiplying the applicable credit rate by the outstanding face amount of the bond. The applicable credit rate for the bond is the rate that the Secretary estimates will permit the issuance of the qualified tax credit bond with a specified maturiy or redemption date without discount and without interest cost to the qualified issuer.145 The Secretary determines credit rates for tax credit bonds based on general assumptions about credit quality of the class of potential eligible issuers and such other factors as the Secretary deems appropriate. The Secretary may determine credit rates based on general credit market yield indexes and credit ratings.

The credit is included in gross income and, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, may be stripped (a separation (including at issuance) of the ownership of a qualified tax credit bond and the entitlement to the credit with respect to such bond).

Section 54A of the Code requires that 100 percent of the available project proceeds of qualified tax credit bonds must be used within the three-year period that begins on the date of issuance. Available project proceeds are proceeds from the sale of the bond issue less issuance costs (not to exceed two percent) and any investment earnings on such sale proceeds. To the extent less than 100 percent of the available project proceeds are used to finance qualified projects during the three-year spending period, bonds will continue to qualify as qualified tax credit bonds if unspent proceeds are used within 90 days from the end of such three-year period to redeem bonds. The three-year spending period may be extended by the Secretary upon the issuer's request demonstrating that the failure to satisfy the three-year requirement is due to reasonable cause and the projects will continue to proceed with due diligence.

Qualified tax credit bonds generally are subject to the arbitrage requirements of section 148. However, available project proceeds invested during the three-year spending period are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions (i.e., yield restriction and rebate requirements). In addition, amounts invested in a reserve fund are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions to the extent: (1) such fund is funded at a rate not more rapid than equal annual installments; (2) such fund is funded in a manner reasonably expected to result in an amount not greater than an amount necessary to repay the issue; and (3) the yield on such fund is not greater than the average annual interest rate of tax-exempt obligations having a term of 10 years or more that are issued during the month the qualified tax credit bonds are issued.

The maturity of qualified tax credit bonds is the term that the Secretary estimates will result in the present value of the obligation to repay the principal on such bonds being equal to 50 percent of the face amount of such bonds, using as a discount rate the average annual interest rate of tax-exempt obligations having a term of 10 years or more that are issued during the month the qualified tax credit bonds are issued.

 

House Bill

 

 

In general

The provision permits an issuer to elect to have an otherwise tax-exempt bond treated as a "taxable governmental bond." A "taxable governmental bond" is any obligation (other than a private activity bond) if the interest on such obligation would be (but for this provision) excludable from gross income under section 103 and the issuer makes an irrevocable election to have the provision apply. In determining if an obligation would be tax-exempt under section 103, the credit (or the payment discussed below for qualified bonds) is not treated as a Federal guarantee. Further, the yield on a taxable governmental bond is determined without regard to the credit. A taxable governmental bond does not include any bond if the issue price has more than a de minimis amount of premium over the stated principal amount of the bond.

The holder of a taxable governmental bond will accrue a tax credit in the amount of 35 percent of the interest paid on the interest payment dates of the bond during the calendar year.146 The interest payment date is any date on which the holder of record of the taxable governmental bond is entitled to a payment of interest under such bond. The sum of the accrued credits is allowed against regular and alternative minimum tax. Unused credit may be carried forward to succeeding taxable years. The credit, as well as the interest paid by the issuer, is included in gross income and the credit may be stripped under rules similar to those provided in section 54A regarding qualified tax credit bonds. Rules similar to those that apply for S corporations, partnerships and regulated investment companies with respect to qualified tax credit bonds also apply to the credit.

Unlike the tax credit for bonds issued under section 54A, the credit rate would not be calculated by the Secretary, but rather would be set by law at 35 percent. The actual credit that a taxpayer may claim is determined by multiplying the interest payment that the taxpayer receives from the issuer (i.e., the bond coupon payment) by 35 percent. Because the credit that the taxpayer claims is also included in income, the Committee anticipates that State and local issuers will issue bonds paying interest at rates approximately equal to 74.1 percent of comparable taxable bonds. The Committee anticipates that if an issuer issues a taxable governmental bond with coupons at 74.1 percent of a comparable taxable bond's coupon that the issuer's bond should sell at par. For example, if a taxable bond of comparable risk pays a $1,000 coupon and sells at par, then if a State or local issuer issues an equal-sized bond with coupon of $741.00, such a bond should also sell at par. The taxpayer who acquires the latter bond will receive an interest payment of $741 and may claim a credit of $259 (35 percent of $741). The credit and the interest payment are both included in the taxpayer's income. Thus, the taxpayer's taxable income from this instrument would be $1,000. This is the same taxable income that the taxpayer would recognize from holding the comparable taxable bond. Consequently the issuer's bond should sell at the same price as would the taxable bond.

Special rule for qualified bonds issued during 2009 and 2010

A "qualified bond" is any taxable governmental bond issued as part of an issue if 100 percent of the available project proceeds of such issue are to be used for capital expenditures.147 The bond must be issued after the date of enactment of the provision and before January 1, 2011. The issuer must make an irrevocable election to have the special rule for qualified bonds apply.

Under the special rule for qualified bonds, in lieu of the tax credit to the holder, the-issuer is allowed a credit equal to 35 percent of each interest payment made under such bond.148 If in 2009 or 2010, the issuer elects to receive the credit, in the example above, for the State or local issuer's bond to sell at par, the issuer would have to issue the bond with a $1,000 interest coupon. The taxpayer who holds such a bond would include $1,000 on interest in his or her income. From the taxpayer's perspective the bond is the same the taxable bond in the example above and the taxpayer would be willing to pay par for the bond. However, under the provision the State or local issuer would receive a payment of $350 for each $1,000 coupon paid to bondholders. (The net interest cost to the issuer would be $650.)

The payment by the Secretary is to be made contemporaneously with the interest payment made by the issuer, and may be made either in advance or as reimbursement. In lieu of payment to the issuer, the payment may be made to a person making interest payments on behalf of the issuer. For purposes of the arbitrage rules, the yield on a qualified bond is reduced by the amount of the credit/payment.

Transitional coordination with State law

As noted above, interest on a taxable governmental bond and the related credit are includible in gross income to the holder for Federal tax purposes. The provision provides that until a State provides otherwise, the interest on any taxable governmental bond and the amount of any credit, determined with respect to such bond shall be treated as being exempt from Federal income tax for purposes of State income tax laws.

Effective date

The provision is effective for obligations issued after the date of enactment.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

In general

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill except that it renames these bonds "Build America Bonds."

The Senate amendment also restricts these bonds to obligations issued before January 1, 2011.

For bonds issued by small issuers,149 the credit rate is 40 percent instead of 35 percent.

Special rule for qualified bonds issued during 2009 and 2010

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill, except for bonds issued by small issuers, the credit rate is 40 percent instead of 35 percent.

Transitional coordination with State law

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

Effective date

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

In general

The conference agreement follows the House bill except that it renames these bonds "Build America Bonds."

The conference agreement restricts these bonds to obligations issued before January 1, 2011.

Special rule for qualified bonds issued during 2009 and 2010

The conference agreement follows the House bill, except that it allows for a reasonably required reserve fund to be funded from bond proceeds.150

Transitional coordination with State law

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

Effective date

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

7. Recovery zone bonds

(sec. 1531 of the House bill, sec. 1401 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1401 of the conference agreement, and new secs. 1400U-1, 1400U-2, and 1400U-3 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

Under present law, gross income does not include interest on State or local bonds. State and local bonds are classified generally as either governmental bonds or private activity bonds. Governmental bonds are bonds the proceeds of which are primarily used to finance governmental functions or which are repaid with governmental funds. Private activity bonds are bonds in which the State or local government serves as a conduit providing financing to nongovernmental persons (e.g., private businesses or individuals). The exclusion from income for State and local bonds does not apply to private activity bonds unless the bonds are issued for certain permitted purposes ("qualified private activity bonds") and other Code requirements are met.

Private activity bonds

The Code defines a private activity bond as any bond that satisfies (1) the private business use test and the private security or payment test ("the private business test"); or (2) "the private loan financing test."151

 

Private business test

 

Under the private business test, a bond is a private activity bond if it is part of an issue in which:

 

1. More than 10 percent of the proceeds of the issue (including use of the bond-financed property) are to be used in the trade or business of any person other than a governmental unit ("private business use"); and

2. More than 10 percent of the payment of principal or interest on the issue is, directly or indirectly, secured by (a) property used or to be used for a private business use or (b) to be derived from payments in respect of property, or borrowed money, used or to be used for a private business use ("private payment test").152

 

A bond is not a private activity bond unless both parts of the private business test (i.e., the private business use test and the private payment test) are met. Thus, a facility that is 100 percent privately used does not cause the bonds financing such facility to be private activity bonds if the bonds are not secured by or paid with private payments. For example, land improvements that benefit a privately-owned factory may be financed with governmental bonds if the debt service on such bonds is not paid by the factory owner or other private parties and such bonds are not secured by the property.

 

Private loan financing test

 

A bond issue satisfies the private loan financing test if proceeds exceeding the lesser of $5 million or five percent of such proceeds are used directly or indirectly to finance loans to one or more nongovernmental persons. Private loans include both business and other (e.g., personal) uses and payments to private persons; however, in the case of business uses and payments, all private loans also constitute private business uses and payments subject to the private business test.

 

Arbitrage restrictions

 

The exclusion from income for interest on State and local bonds does not apply to any arbitrage bond.153 An arbitrage bond is defined as any bond that is part of an issue if any proceeds of the issue are reasonably expected to be used (or intentionally are used) to acquire higher yielding investments or to replace funds that are used to acquire higher yielding investments.154 In general, arbitrage profits may be earned only during specified periods (e.g., defined "temporary periods") before funds are needed for the purpose of the borrowing or on specified types of investments (e.g., "reasonably required reserve or replacement funds"). Subject to limited exceptions, investment profits that are earned during these periods or on such investments must be rebated to the Federal Government.

Qualified private activity bonds

Qualified private activity bonds permit States or local governments to act as conduits providing tax-exempt financing for certain private activities. The definition of qualified private activity bonds includes an exempt facility bond, or qualified mortgage, veterans' mortgage, small issue, redevelopment, 501(c)(3), or student loan bond (sec. 141(e)).

The definition of an exempt facility bond includes bonds issued to finance certain transportation facilities (airports, ports, mass commuting, and high-speed intercity rail facilities); qualified residential rental projects; privately owned and/or operated utility facilities (sewage, water, solid waste disposal, and local district heating and cooling facilities, certain private electric and gas facilities, and hydroelectric dam enhancements); public/private educational facilities; qualified green building and sustainable design projects; and qualified highway or surface freight transfer facilities (sec. 142(a)).

In most cases, the aggregate volume of qualified private activity bonds is restricted by annual aggregate volume limits imposed on bonds issued by issuers within each State ("State volume cap"). For calendar year 2007, the State volume cap, which is indexed for inflation, equals $85 per resident of the State, or $256.24 million, if greater. Exceptions to the State volume cap are provided for bonds for certain governmentally owned facilities (e.g., airports, ports, high-speed intercity rail, and solid waste disposal) and bonds which are subject to separate local, State, or national volume limits (e.g., public/private educational facility bonds, enterprise zone facility bonds, qualified green building bonds, and qualified highway or surface freight transfer facility bonds).

Qualified private activity bonds generally are subject to restrictions on the use of proceeds for the acquisition of land and existing property. In addition, qualified private activity bonds generally are subject to restrictions on the use of proceeds to finance certain specified facilities (e.g., airplanes, skyboxes, other luxury boxes, health club facilities, gambling facilities, and liquor stores), and use of proceeds to pay costs of issuance (e.g., bond counsel and underwriter fees). Small issue and redevelopment bonds also are subject to additional restrictions on the use of proceeds for certain facilities (e.g., golf courses and massage parlors).

Moreover, the term of qualified private activity bonds generally may not exceed 120 percent of the economic life of the property being financed and certain public approval requirements (similar to requirements that typically apply under State law to issuance of governmental debt) apply under Federal law to issuance of private activity bonds.

Qualified tax credit bonds

In lieu of interest, holders of qualified tax credit bonds receive a tax credit that accrues quarterly. The following bonds are qualified tax credit bonds: qualified forestry conservation bonds, new clean renewable energy bonds, qualified energy conservation bonds, and qualified zone academy bonds.155

Section 54A of the Code sets forth general rules applicable to qualified tax credit bonds. These rules include requirements regarding the expenditure of available project proceeds, reporting, arbitrage, maturity limitations, and financial conflicts of interest, among other special rules.

A taxpayer who holds a qualified tax credit bond on one or more credit allowance dates of the bond during the taxable year shall be allowed a credit against the taxpayer's income tax for the taxable year. In general, the credit amount for any credit allowance date is 25 percent of the annual credit determined with respect to the bond. The annual credit is determined by multiplying the applicable credit rate by the outstanding face amount of the bond. The applicable credit rate for the bond is the rate that the Secretary estimates will permit the issuance of the qualified tax credit bond with a specified maturity or redemption date without discount and without interest cost to the qualified issuer.156 The Secretary determines credit rates for tax credit bonds based on general assumptions about credit quality of the class of potential eligible issuers and such other factors as the Secretary deems appropriate. The Secretary may determine credit rates based on general credit market yield indexes and credit ratings. The credit is included in gross income and, under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, may be stripped.

Section 54A of the Code requires that 100 percent of the available project proceeds of qualified tax credit bonds must be used within the three-year period that begins on the date of issuance. Available project proceeds are proceeds from the sale of the bond issue less issuance costs (not to exceed two percent) and any investment earnings on such sale proceeds. To the extent less than 100 percent of the available project proceeds are used to finance qualified projects during the three-year spending period, bonds will continue to qualify as qualified tax credit bonds if unspent proceeds are used within 90 days from the end of such three-year period to redeem bonds. The three-year spending period may be extended by the Secretary upon the issuer's request demonstrating that the failure to satisfy the three-year requirement is due to reasonable cause and the projects will continue to proceed with due diligence.

Qualified tax credit bonds generally are subject to the arbitrage requirements of section 148. However, available project proceeds invested during the three-year spending period are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions (i.e., yield restriction and rebate requirements). In addition, amounts invested in a reserve fund are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions to the extent: (1) such fund is funded at a rate not more rapid than equal annual installments; (2) such fund is funded in a manner reasonably expected to result in an amount not greater than an amount necessary to repay the issue; and (3) the yield on such fund is not greater than the average annual interest rate of tax-exempt obligations having a term of 10 years or more that are issued during the month the qualified tax credit bonds are issued.

The maturity of qualified tax credit bonds is the term that the Secretary estimates will result in the present value of the obligation to repay the principal on such bonds being equal to 50 percent of the face amount of such bonds, using as a discount rate the average annual interest rate of tax-exempt obligations having a term of 10 years or more that are issued during the month the qualified tax credit bonds are issued.

 

House Bill

 

 

In general

The provision permits an issuer to designate one or more areas as recovery zones. The area must have significant poverty, unemployment, general distress, or home foreclosures, or be any area for which a designation as an empowerment zone or renewal community is in effect. Issuers may issue recovery zone economic development bonds and recovery zone facility bonds with respect to these zones.

There is a national recovery zone economic development bond limitation of $10 billion. In addition, there is a separate national recovery zone facility bond limitation of $15 billion. The Secretary is to separately allocate the bond limitations among the States in the proportion that each State's employment decline bears to the national decline in employment (the aggregate 2008 State employment declines for all States). In turn each State is to reallocate its allocation among the counties (parishes) and large municipalities in such State in the proportion that each such county or municipality's 2008 employment decline bears to the aggregate employment declines for all counties and municipalities in such State. In calculating the local employment decline with respect to a county, the portion of such decline attributable to a large municipality is disregarded for purposes of determining the county's portion of the State employment decline and is attributable to the large municipality only.

For purposes of the provision "2008 State employment decline" means, with respect to any State, the excess (if any) of (i) the number of individuals employed in such State as determined for December 2007, over (ii) the number of individuals employed in such State as determined for December 2008. The term "large municipality" means a municipality with a population of more than 100,000.

Recovery Zone Economic Development Bonds

New section 54AA(h) of the House bill creates a special rule for qualified bonds (a type of taxable governmental bond) issued before January 1, 2011, that entitles the issuer of such bonds to receive an advance tax credit equal to 35 percent of the interest payable on an interest payment date. For taxable governmental bonds that are designated recovery zone economic development bonds, the applicable percentage is 55 percent.

A recovery zone economic development bond is a taxable governmental bond issued as part of an issue if 100 percent of the available project proceeds of such issue are to be used for one or more qualified economic development purposes and the issuer designates such bond for purposes of this section. A qualified economic development purpose means expenditures for purposes of promoting development or other economic activity in a recovery zone, including (1) capital expenditures paid or incurred with respect to property located in such zone, (2) expenditures for public infrastructure and construction of public facilities located in a recovery zone.

The aggregate face amount of bonds which may be designated by any issuer cannot exceed the amount of the recovery zone economic development bond limitation allocated to such issuer.

Recovery Zone Facility Bonds

The provision creates a new category of exempt facility bonds, "recovery zone facility bonds." A recovery zone facility bond means any bond issued as part of an issue if: (1) 95 percent or more of the net proceeds of such issue are to be used for recovery zone property and (2) such bond is issued before January 1, 2011, and (3) the issuer designates such bond as a recovery zone facility bond. The aggregate face amount of bonds which may be designated by any issuer cannot exceed the amount of the recovery zone facility bond limitation allocated to such issuer.

Under the provision, the term "recovery zone property" means any property subject to depreciation to which section 168 applies (or would apply but for section 179) if (1) such property was acquired by the taxpayer by purchase after the date on which the designation of the recovery zone took effect; (2) the original use of such property in the recovery zone commences with the taxpayer; and (3) substantially all of the use of such property is in the recovery zone and is in the active conduct of a qualified business by the taxpayer in such zone. The term "qualified business" means any trade or business except that the rental to others of real property located in a recovery zone shall be treated as a qualified business only if the property is not residential rental property (as defined in section 168(e)(2)) and does not include any trade or business consisting of the operation of any facility described in section 144(c)(6)(B) (i.e., any private or commercial golf course, country club, massage parlor, hot tub facility, suntan facility, racetrack or other facility used for gambling, or any store the principal purpose of which is the sale of alcoholic beverages for consumption off premises).

Subject to the following exceptions and modifications, issuance of recovery zone facility bonds is subject to the general rules applicable to issuance of qualified private activity bonds:

 

1. Issuance of the bonds is not subject to the aggregate annual State private activity bond volume limits (sec. 146);

2. The restriction on acquisition of existing property does not apply (sec. 147(d));

 

Effective date

The provision is effective for obligations issued after the date of enactment.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

In general

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill with a modification for allocating t e bonds between the States. Under the Senate amendment each State receives a minimum allocation of one percent of the national recovery zone economic development bond limitation and one percent of the national recovery zone facility bond limitation. The remainder of each bond limitation is separately allocated among the States in the proportion that each State's employment decline bears to the national decline in employment (the aggregate 2008 State employment declines for all States).

Recovery Zone Economic Development Bonds

New section 54AA(g) of the Senate amendment creates a special rule for qualified bonds type of Build America Bond) issued before January 1, 2011, that entitles the issuer of such bonds to receive an advance tax credit equal to 35 percent of the interest payable on an interest payment date. For Build America Bonds that are designated recovery zone economic development bonds, the applicable percentage is 40 percent. In other respects the Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

Recovery Zone Facility Bonds

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

Effective date

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

In general

The conference agreement follows the House bill, with a modification for allocating the bond limitations among the States. Under the conference agreement the national recovery zone economic development bond limitation and national recovery zone facility bond limitation are allocated among the States in the proportion that each State's employment decline bears to the national decline in employment (the aggregate 2008 State employment declines for all States).157 The Secretary is to adjust each State's allocation for a calendar year such that no State receives less than 0.9 percent of the national recovery zone economic development bond limitation and no less than 0.9 percent of the national recovery zone facility bond limitation. The conference agreement also permits a county or large municipality to waive all or part of its allocation of the State bond limitations to allow further allocation within that State. With respect to all other aspects of the allocation of the bond limitations, the conference agreement follows the House bill.

The conference agreement also provides that a "recovery zone" includes any area designated by the issuer as economically distressed by reason of the closure or realignment of a military installation pursuant to the Defense Base Closure and Realignment Act of 1990.

Recovery Zone Economic Development Bonds

The conference agreement follows the House bill, except the issuer of recovery zone economic development bonds is entitled to receive an advance tax credit equal to 45 percent of the interest payable on an interest payment date and the conference agreement allows for a reasonably required reserve fund to be funded from the proceeds of a recovery zone economic development bond.

Recovery Zone Facility Bonds

The conference agreement follows the House bill, except "recovery zone property" is defined as any property subject to depreciation to which section 168 applies (or would apply but for section 179) if (1) such property was constructed, reconstructed, renovated, or acquired by purchase by the taxpayer after the date on which the designation of the recovery zone took effect; (2) the original use of such property in the recovery zone commences with the taxpayer; and (3) substantially all of the use of such property is in the recovery zone and is in the active conduct of a qualified business by the taxpayer in such zone.

Effective date

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

8. Tribal economic development bonds

(sec. 1532 of the House bill, sec. 1402 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1402 of the conference agreement, and new sec. 7871(f) of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Under present law, gross income does not include interest on State or local bonds.158 State and local bonds are classified generally as either governmental bonds or private activity bonds. Governmental bonds are bonds the proceeds of which are primarily used to finance governmental facilities or the debt is repaid with governmental funds. Private activity bonds are bonds in which the State or local government serves as a conduit providing financing to nongovernmental persons. For these purposes, the term "nongovernmental person" includes the Federal government and all other individuals and entities other than States or local governments.159 Interest on private activity bonds is taxable, unless the bonds are issued for certain purposes permitted by the Code and other requirements are met.160

Although not States or subdivisions of States, Indian tribal governments are provided with a tax status similar to State and local governments for specified purposes under the Code.161 Among the purposes for which a tribal government is treated as a State is the issuance of tax-exempt bonds. Under section 7871(c), tribal governments are authorized to issue tax-exempt bonds only if substantially all of the proceeds are used for essential governmental functions.162

The term essential governmental function does not include any function that is not customarily performed by State and local governments with general taxing powers. Section 7871(c) further prohibits Indian tribal governments from issuing tax-exempt private activity bonds (as defined in section 141(a) of the Code) with the exception of certain bonds for manufacturing facilities.

 

House Bill

 

 

Tribal Economic Development Bonds

The provision allows Indian tribal governments to issue "tribal economic development bonds." There is a national bond limitation of $2 billion, to be allocated as the Secretary determines appropriate, in consultation with the Secretary of the Interior. Tribal economic development bonds issued by an Indian tribal government are treated as if such bond were issued by a State except that section 146 (relating to State volume limitations) does not apply.

A tribal economic development bond is any bond issued by an Indian tribal government (I) the interest on which would be tax-exempt if issued by a State or local government but would be taxable under section 7871(c), and (2) that is designated by the Indian tribal government as a tribal economic development bond. The aggregate face amount of bonds that may be designated by any Indian tribal government cannot exceed the amount of national tribal economic development bond limitation allocated to such government.

Tribal economic development bonds cannot be used to finance any portion of a building in which class II or class III gaming (as defined in section 4 of the Indian Gaming Regulatory Act) is conducted, or housed, or any other property used in the conduct of such gaming. Nor can tribal economic development bonds be used to finance any facility located outside of the Indian reservation.

Treasury study

The provision requires that the Treasury Department study the effects of tribal economic development bonds. One year after the date of enactment, a report is to be submitted to Congress providing the results of such study along with any recommendations, including whether the restrictions of section 7871(c) should be eliminated or otherwise modified.

Effective date

The provision applies to obligations issued after the date of enactment.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill except the Senate amendment defines a tribal economic development bond as any bond issued by an Indian tribal government (1) the interest on which would be tax-exempt if issued by a State or local government, and (2) that is designated by the Indian tribal government as a tribal economic development bond.

The Senate amendment also clarifies that for purposes of section 141 of the Code, use of bond proceeds by an Indian tribe, or instrumentality thereof, is treated as use by a State.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

9. Pass-through of credits on tax credit bonds held by regulated investment companies

(sec. 1541 of the conference agreement and new section 853A of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In lieu of interest, holders of qualified tax credit bonds receive a tax credit that accrues quarterly. The credit is treated as interest that is includible in gross income. The following bonds are qualified tax credit bonds: qualified forestry conservation bonds, new clean renewable energy bonds, qualified energy conservation bonds, and qualified zone academy bonds.163 The Code provides that in the case of a qualified tax credit bond held by a regulated investment company, the credit is allowed to shareholders of such company (and any gross income included with respect to such credit shall be treated as distributed to such shareholders) under procedures prescribed by the Secretary.164 The Secretary has not prescribed procedures for the pass through of the credit to regulated investment company shareholders.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

No provision.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement provides procedures for passing though credits on "tax credit bonds" to the shareholders of an electing regulated investment company. In general, an electing regulated investment company is not allowed any credits with respect to any tax credit bonds it holds during any year for which an election is in effect. The company is treated as having an amount of interest included in its gross income in an amount equal that which would have been included if no election were in effect, and a dividends paid deduction in the same amount is allowed to the company. Each shareholder of the electing regulated investment company is (1) required to include in gross income an amount equal to the shareholder's proportional share of the interest attributable to its credits and (2) allowed such proportional share as a credit against such shareholder's Federal income tax. In order to pass through tax credits to a shareholder, a regulated investment company is required to mail a written notice to such shareholder not later than 60 days after the close of the regulated investment company's taxable year, designating the shareholder's proportionate share of passed-through credits and the shareholder's gross income in respect of such credits.

A tax credit bond means a qualified tax credit bond as defined in section 54A(d), a build America bond (as defined in section 54AA(d)), and any other bond for which a credit is allowable under subpart H of part IV of subchapter A of the Code.

The provision gives the Secretary authority to prescribe the time and manner in which a regulated investment company makes the election to pass through credits on tax credit bonds. In addition, the provision requires the Secretary to prescribe such guidance as may be necessary to carry out the provision, including prescribing methods for determining a shareholder's proportionate share of tax credits.

Effective date

The provision is applicable to taxable years ending after the date of enactment.

10. Delay in implementation of withholding tax on government contractors

(sec. 1541 of the House bill, sec. 1511 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1511 of the conference agreement, and sec. 3402(t) of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

For payments made after December 31, 2010, the Code imposes a withholding requirement at a three-percent rate on certain payments to persons providing property or services made by the Government of the United States, every State, every political subdivision thereof, and every instrumentality of the foregoing (including multi-State agencies). The withholding requirement applies regardless of whether the government entity making such payment is the recipient of the property or services. Political subdivisions of States (or any instrumentality thereof) with less than $100 million of annual expenditures for property or services that would otherwise be subject to withholding are exempt from the withholding requirement.

Payments subject to the three-percent withholding requirement include any payment made in connection with a government voucher or certificate program which functions as a payment for property or services. For example, payments to a commodity producer under a government commodity support program are subject to the withholding requirement. Present law also imposes information reporting requirements on the payments that are subject to withholding requirement.

The three-percent withholding requirement does not apply to any payments made through a Federal, State, or local government public assistance or public welfare program for which eligibility is determined by a needs or income test. The three-percent withholding requirement also does not apply to payments of wages or to any other payment with respect to which mandatory (e.g., U.S.-source income of foreign taxpayers) or voluntary (e.g., unemployment benefits) withholding applies under present law. Although the withholding requirement applies to payments that are potentially subject to backup withholding under section 3406, it does not apply to those payments from which amounts are actually being withheld under backup withholding rules.

The three-percent withholding requirement also does not apply to the following: payments of interest; payments for real property; payments to tax-exempt entities or foreign governments; intra-governmental payments; payments made pursuant to a classified or confidential contract (as defined in section 6050M(e)(3)), and payments to government employees that are not otherwise excludable from the new withholding proposal with respect to the employees' services as employees.

 

House Bill

 

 

The provision repeals the three-percent withholding requirement on government payments.

Effective date

The provision is effective on the date of enactment.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The provision delays the implementation of the three percent withholding requirement by one year to apply to payments after December 31, 2011.

Effective date

The provision is effective on the date of enactment.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

11. Extend and modify the new markets tax credit

(sec. 1403 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1403 of the conference agreement, and sec. 45D of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Section 45D provides a new markets tax credit for qualified equity investments made to acquire stock in a corporation, or a capital interest in a partnership, that is a qualified community development entity ("CDE").165 The amount of the credit allowable to the investor (either the original purchaser or a subsequent holder) is (1) a five-percent credit for the year in which the equity interest is purchased from the CDE and for each of the following two years, and (2) a six-percent credit for each of the following four years. The credit is determined by applying the applicable percentage (five or six percent) to the amount paid to the CDE for the investment at its original issue, and is available for a taxable year to the taxpayer who holds the qualified equity investment on the date of the initial investment or on the respective anniversary date that occurs during the taxable year. The credit is recaptured if, at any time during the seven-year period that begins on the date of the original issue of the qualified equity investment, the issuing entity ceases to be a qualified CDE, the proceeds of the investment cease to be used as required, or the equity investment is redeemed.

A qualified CDE is any domestic corporation or partnership: (1) whose primary mission is serving or providing investment capital for low-income communities or low-income persons; (2) that maintains accountability to residents of low-income communities by providing them with representation on any governing board of or any advisory board to the CDE; and (3) that is certified by the Secretary as being a qualified CDE. A qualified equity investment means stock (other than nonqualified preferred stock) in a corporation or a capital interest in a partnership that is acquired directly from a CDE for cash, and includes an investment of a subsequent purchaser if such investment was a qualified equity investment in the hands of the prior holder. Substantially all of the investment proceeds must be used by the CDE to make qualified low-income community investments. For this purpose, qualified low-income community investments include: (1) capital or equity investments in, or loans to, qualified active low-income community businesses; (2) certain financial counseling and other services to businesses and residents in low-income communities; (3) the purchase from another CDE of any loan made by such entity that is a qualified low-income community investment; or (4) an equity investment in, or loan to, another CDE.

A "low-income community" is a population census tract with either (1) a poverty rate of at least 20 percent or (2) median family income which does not exceed 80 percent of the greater of metropolitan area median family income or statewide median family income (for a non-metropolitan census tract, does not exceed 80 percent of statewide median family income). In the case of a population census tract located within a high migration rural county, low-income is defined by reference to 85 percent (rather than 80 percent) of statewide median family income. For this purpose, a high migration rural county is any county that, during the 20-year period ending with the year in which the most recent census was conducted, has a net out-migration of inhabitants from the county of at least 10 percent of the population of the county at the beginning of such period.

The Secretary has the authority to designate "targeted populations" as low-income communities for purposes of the new markets tax credit. For this purpose, a "targeted population" is defined by reference to section 103(20) of the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 (12 U.S.C. 4702(20)) to mean individuals, or an identifiable group of individuals, including an Indian tribe, who (A) are low-income persons; or (B) otherwise lack adequate access to loans or equity investments. Under such Act, "low-income" means (1) for a targeted population within a metropolitan area, less than 80 percent of the area median family income; and (2) for a targeted population within a non-metropolitan area, less than the greater of 80 percent of the area median family income or 80 percent of the statewide non-metropolitan area median family income.166 Under such Act, a targeted population is not required to be within any census tract. In addition, a population census tract with a population of less than 2,000 is treated as a low-income community for purposes of the credit if such tract is within an empowerment zone, the designation of which is in effect under section 1391, and is contiguous to one or more low-income communities.

A qualified active low-income community business is defined as a business that satisfies, with respect to a taxable year, the following requirements: (1) at least 50 percent of the total gross income of the business is derived from the active conduct of trade or business activities in any low-income community; (2) a substantial portion of the tangible property of such business is used in a low-income community; (3) a substantial portion of the services performed for such business by its employees is performed in a low-income community; and (4) less than five percent of the average of the aggregate unadjusted bases of the property of such business is attributable to certain financial property or to certain collectibles.

The maximum annual amount of qualified equity investments is capped at $3.5 billion per year for calendar years 2006 through 2009. Lower caps applied for calendar years 2001 through 2005.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

For calendar years 2008 and 2009, the Senate amendment increases the maximum amount of qualified equity investments by $1.5 billion (to $5 billion for each year). The Senate amendment requires that the additional amount for 2008 be allocated to qualified CDEs that submitted an allocation application with respect to calendar year 2008 and either (1) did not receive an allocation for such calendar year, or (2) received an allocation for such calendar year in an amount less than the amount requested in the allocation application. The Senate amendment also provides alternative minimum tax relief for equity investment allocations subject to the 2009 annual limitation.

Effective date

The provision is effective on the date of enactment.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement generally follows the Senate amendment but does not provide for any alternative minimum tax relief.

 

D. Energy Incentives

 

 

1. Extension of the renewable electricity production credit

(sec. 1601 of the House bill, sec. 1101 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1101 of the conference agreement, and sec. 45 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

An income tax credit is allowed for the production of electricity from qualified energy resources at qualified facilities (the "renewable electricity production credit").167 Qualified energy resources comprise wind, closed-loop biomass, open-loop biomass, geothermal energy, solar energy, small irrigation power, municipal solid waste, qualified hydropower production, and marine and hydrokinetic renewable energy. Qualified facilities are, generally, facilities that generate electricity using qualified energy resources. To be eligible for the credit, electricity produced from qualified energy resources at qualified facilities must be sold by the taxpayer to an unrelated person.

Credit amounts and credit period

 

In general

 

The base amount of the electricity production credit is 1.5 cents per kilowatt-hour (indexed annually for inflation) of electricity produced. The amount of the credit was 2.1 cents per kilowatt-hour for 2008. A taxpayer may generally claim a credit during the 10-year period commencing with the date the qualified facility is placed in service. The credit is reduced for grants, tax-exempt bonds, subsidized energy financing, and other credits.

 

Credit phaseout

 

The amount of credit a taxpayer may claim is phased out as the market price of electricity exceeds certain threshold levels. The electricity production credit is reduced over a 3-cent phaseout range to the extent the annual average contract price per kilowatt-hour of electricity sold in the prior year from the same qualified energy resource exceeds 8 cents (adjusted for inflation; 11.8 cents for 2008).

 

Reduced credit periods and credit amounts

 

Generally, in the case of open-loop biomass facilities (including agricultural livestock waste nutrient facilities), geothermal energy facilities, solar energy facilities, small irrigation power facilities, landfill gas facilities, and trash combustion facilities placed in service before August 8, 2005, the 10-year credit period is reduced to five years, commencing on the date the facility was originally placed in service. However, for qualified open-loop biomass facilities (other than a facility described in section 45(d)(3)(A)(i) that uses agricultural livestock waste nutrients) placed in service before October 22, 2004, the five-year period commences on January 1, 2005. In the case of a closed-loop biomass facility modified to co-fire with coal, to co-fire with other biomass, or to co-fire with coal and other biomass, the credit period begins no earlier than October 22, 2004.

In the case of open-loop biomass facilities (including agricultural livestock waste nutrient facilities), small irrigation power facilities, landfill gas facilities, trash combustion facilities, and qualified hydropower facilities the otherwise allowable credit amount is 0.75 cent per kilowatt-hour, indexed for inflation measured after 1992 (1 cent per kilowatt-hour for 2008).

 

Other limitations on credit claimants and credit amounts

 

In general, in order to claim the credit, a taxpayer must own the qualified facility and sell the electricity produced by the facility to an unrelated party. A lessee or operator may claim the credit in lieu of the owner of the qualifying facility in the case of qualifying open-loop biomass facilities and in the case of closed-loop biomass facilities modified to co-fire with coal, to co-fire with other biomass, or to co-fire with coal and other biomass. In the case of a poultry waste facility, the taxpayer may claim the credit as a lessee or operator of a facility owned by a governmental unit.

For all qualifying facilities, other than closed-loop biomass facilities modified to co-fire with coal, to co-fire with other biomass, or to co-fire with coal and other biomass, the amount of credit a taxpayer may claim is reduced by reason of grants, tax-exempt bonds, subsidized energy financing, and other credits, but the reduction cannot exceed 50 percent of the otherwise allowable credit. In the case of closed-loop biomass facilities modified to co-fire with coal, to co-fire with other biomass, or to co-fire with coal and other biomass, there is no reduction in credit by reason of grants, tax-exempt bonds, subsidized energy financing, and other credits.

The credit for elecnicity produced from renewable resources is a component of the general business credit.168 Generally, the general business credit for any taxable year may not exceed the amount by which the taxpayer's net income tax exceeds the greater of the tentative minimum tax or 25 percent of so much of the net regular tax liability as exceeds $25,000. However, this limitation does not apply to section 45 credits for electricity or refined coal produced from a facility (placed in service after October 22, 2004) during the first four years of production beginning on the date the facility is placed in service.169 excess credits may be carried back one year and forward up to 20 years.

Qualified facilities

 

Wind energy facility

 

A wind energy facility is a facility that uses wind to produce electricity. To be a qualified facility, a wind energy facility must be placed in service after December 31, 1993, and before January 1, 2010.

 

Closed-loop biomass facility

 

A closed-loop biomass facility is a facility that uses any organic material from a plant which is planted exclusively for the purpose of being used at a qualifying facility to produce electricity. In addition, a facility can be a closed-loop biomass facility if it is a facility that is modified to use closed-loop biomass to co-fire with coal, with other biomass, or with both coal and other biomass, but only if the modification is approved under the Biomass Power for Rural Development Programs or is part of a pilot project of the Commodity Credit Corporation.

To be a qualified facility, a closed-loop biomass facility must be placed in service after December 31, 1992, and before January 1, 2011. In the case of a facility using closed-loop biomass but also co-firing the closed-loop biomass with coal, other biomass, or coal and other biomass, a qualified facility must be originally placed in service and modified to co-fire the closed-loop biomass at any time before January 1, 2011.

A qualified facility includes a new power generation unit placed in service after October 3, 2008, at an existing closed-loop biomass facility, but only to the extent of the increased amount of electricity produced at the existing facility by reason of such new unit.

 

Open-loop biomass (including agricultural livestock waste nutrients) facility

 

An open-loop biomass facility is a facility that uses open-loop biomass to produce electricity. For purposes of the credit, open-loop biomass is defined as (1) any agricultural livestock waste nutrients or (2) any solid, nonhazardous, cellulosic waste material or any lignin material that is segregated from other waste materials and which is derived from:
  • forest-related resources, including mill and harvesting residues, precommercial thinnings, slash, and brush;

  • solid wood waste materials, including waste pallets, crates, dunnage, manufacturing and construction wood wastes, and landscape or right-of-way tree trimmings; or

  • agricultural sources, including orchard tree crops, vineyard, grain, legumes, sugar, and other crop by-products or residues.

 

Agricultural livestock waste nutrients are defined as agricultural livestock manure and litter, including bedding material for the disposition of manure. Wood waste materials do not qualify as open-loop biomass to the extent they are pressure treated, chemically treated, or painted. In addition, municipal solid waste, gas derived from the biodegradation of solid waste, and paper which is commonly recycled do not qualify as open-loop biomass. Open-loop biomass does not include closed-loop biomass or any biomass burned in conjunction with fossil fuel (co-firing) beyond such fossil fuel required for start up and flame stabilization.

In the case of an open-loop biomass facility that uses agricultural livestock waste nutrients, a qualified facility is one that was originally placed in service after October 22, 2004, and before January 1, 2009, and has a nameplate capacity rating which is not less than 150 kilowatts. In the case of any other open-loop biomass facility, a qualified facility is one that was originally placed in service before January 1, 2011. A qualified facility includes a new power generation unit placed in service after October 3, 2008, at an existing open-loop biomass facility, but only to the extent of the increased amount of electricity produced at the existing facility by reason of such new unit.

 

Geothermal facility

 

A geothermal facility is a facility that uses geothermal energy to produce electricity. Geothermal energy is energy derived from a geothermal deposit that is a geothermal reservoir consisting of natural heat that is stored in rocks or in an aqueous liquid or vapor (whether or not under pressure). To be a qualified facility, a geothermal facility must be placed in service after October 22, 2004, and before January 1, 2011.

 

Solar facility

 

A solar facility is a facility that uses solar energy to produce electricity. To be a qualified facility, a solar facility must be placed in service after October 22, 2004, and before January 1, 2006.

 

Small irrigation facility

 

A small irrigation power facility is a facility that generates electric power through an irrigation system canal or ditch without any dam or impoundment of water. The installed capacity of a qualified facility must be at least 150 kilowatts but less than five megawatts. To be a qualified facility, a small irrigation facility must be originally placed in service after October 22, 2004, and before October 3, 2008. Marine and hydrokinetic renewable energy facilities, described below, subsume small irrigation power facilities after October 2, 2008.

 

Landfill gas facility

 

A landfill gas facility is a facility that uses landfill gas to produce electricity. Landfill gas is defined as methane gas derived from the biodegradation of municipal solid waste. To be a qualified facility, a landfill gas facility must be placed in service after October 22, 2004, and before January 1, 2011.

 

Trash combustion facility

 

Trash combustion facilities are facilities that use municipal solid waste (garbage) to produce steam to drive a turbine for the production of electricity. To be a qualified facility, a trash combustion facility must be placed in service after October 22, 2004, and before January 1, 2011. A qualified trash combustion facility includes a new unit, placed in service after October 22, 2004, that increases electricity production capacity at an existing trash combustion facility. A new unit generally would include a new burner/boiler and turbine. The new unit may share certain common equipment, such as trash handling equipment, with other pre-existing units at the same facility. Electricity produced at a new unit of an existing facility qualifies for the production credit only to the extent of the increased amount of electricity produced at the entire facility.

 

Hydropower facility

 

A qualifying hydropower facility is (1) a facility that produced hydroelectric power (a hydroelectric dam) prior to August 8, 2005, at which efficiency improvements or additions to capacity have been made after such date and before January 1, 2011, that enable the taxpayer to produce incremental hydropower or (2) a facility placed in service before August 8, 2005, that did not produce hydroelectric power (a nonhydroelectric dam) on such date, and to which turbines or other electricity generating equipment have been added after such date and before January 1, 2011.

At an existing hydroelectric facility, the taxpayer may claim credit only for the production of incremental hydroelectric power. Incremental hydroelectric power for any taxable year is equal to the percentage of average annual hydroelectric power produced at the facility attributable to the efficiency improvement or additions of capacity determined by using the same water flow information used to determine an historic average annual hydroelectric power production baseline for that facility. The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission will certify the baseline power production of the facility and the percentage increase due to the efficiency and capacity improvements.

Nonhydroelectric dams converted to produce electricity must be licensed by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and meet all other applicable environmental, licensing, and regulatory requirements.

For a nonhydroelectric dam converted to produce electric power before January 1, 2009, there must not be any enlargement of the diversion structure, construction or enlargement of a bypass channel, or the impoundment or any withholding of additional water from the natural stream channel.

For a nonhydroelectric dam converted to produce electric power after December 31, 2008, the nonhydroelectric dam must have been (1) placed in service before October 3, 2008, (2) operated for flood control, navigation, or water supply purposes and (3) did not produce hydroelectric power on October 3, 2008. In addition, the hydroelectric project must be operated so that the water surface elevation at any given location and time that would have occurred in the absence of the hydroelectric project is maintained, subject to any license requirements imposed under applicable law that change the water surface elevation for the purpose of improving environmental quality of the affected waterway. The Secretary, in consultation with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, shall certify if a hydroelectric project licensed at a nonhydroelectric dam meets this criteria.

 

Marine and hydrokinetic renewable energy facility

 

A qualified marine and hydrokinetic renewable energy facility is any facility that produces electric power from marine and hydrokinetic renewable energy, has a nameplate capacity rating of at least 150 kilowatts, and is placed in service after October 2, 2008, and before January 1, 2012. Marine and hydrokinetic renewable energy is defined as energy derived from (1) waves, tides, and currents in oceans, estuaries, and tidal areas; (2) free flowing water in rivers, lakes, and streams; (3) free flowing water in an irrigation system, canal, or other manmade channel, including projects that utilize nonmechanical structures to accelerate the flow of water for electric power production purposes; or (4) differentials in ocean temperature (ocean thermal energy conversion). The term does not include energy derived from any source that uses a dam, diversionary structure (except for irrigation systems, canals, and other man-made channels), or impoundment for electric power production.

Summary of credit rate and credit period by facility type

    TABLE 1.--SUMMARY OF SECTION 45 CREDIT FOR ELECTRICITY

 

          PRODUCED FROM CERTAIN RENEWABLE RESOURCES

 

 ------------------------------------------------------------

 

                                   Credit        Credit

 

                                   period        period

 

                                   for           for

 

                                   facilities    facilities

 

                                   placed in     placed in

 

                                   service       service

 

                                   on or         after

 

                                   before        August 8,

 

                      Credit       August 8,     2005

 

                      amount       2005          (years

 

                      for 2008     (years        from

 

 Eligible             (cents       from          placed-in-

 

 electricity          per          placed-in-    service

 

 production           kilowatt-    service       date)

 

 activity             hour)        date)

 

 ------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Wind................  2.1           10            10

 

 Closed-loop biomass.  2.1          110            10

 

 Open-loop biomass

 

   (including

 

   agricultural

 

   livestock

 

   waste nutrient

 

   facilities).......  1.0           25            10

 

 Geothermal..........  2.1            5            10

 

 Solar (pre-2006

 

   facilities only)..  2.1            5            10

 

 Small irrigation

 

   power.............  1.0            5            10

 

 Municipal solid

 

   waste (including

 

   landfill gas

 

   facilities and

 

   trash combustion

 

   facilities).......  1.0            5            10

 

 Qualified hydropower  1.0          N/A            10

 

 Marine and

 

   hydrokinetic......  1.0          N/A            10

 

 ------------------------------------------------------------

 

FOOTNOTES TO TABLE

 

 

1 In the case of certain co-firing closed-loop facilities, the credit period begins no earlier than October 22, 2004.

2 For certain facilities placed in service before October 22, 2004, the five-year credit period commences on January 1, 2005.

 

END OF FOOTNOTES TO TABLE

 

 

Taxation of cooperatives and their patrons

For Federal income tax purposes, a cooperative generally computes its income as if it were a taxable corporation, with one exception: the cooperative may exclude from its taxable income distributions of patronage dividends. Generally, a cooperative that is subject to the cooperative tax rules of subchapter T of the Code170 permitted a deduction for patronage dividends paid only to the extent of net income that is derived from transactions with patrons who are members of the cooperative.171 The availability of such deductions from taxable income has the effect of allowing the cooperative to be treated like a conduit with respect to profits derived from transactions with patrons who are members of the cooperative.

Eligible cooperatives may elect to pass any portion of the credit through to their patrons. An eligible cooperative is defined as a cooperative organization that is owned more than 50 percent by agricultural producers or entities owned by agricultural producers. The credit may be apportioned among patrons eligible to share in patronage dividends on the basis of the quantity or value of business done with or for such patrons for the taxable year. The election must be made on a timely filed return for the taxable year and, once made, is irrevocable for such taxable year.

 

House Bill

 

 

The provision extends for three years (generally, through 2013; through 2012 for wind facilities) the period during which qualified facilities producing electricity from wind, closed-loop biomass, open-loop biomass, geothermal energy, municipal solid waste, and qualified hydropower may be placed in service for purposes of the electricity production credit. The provision extends for two years (through 2013) the placed-in-service period for marine and hydrokinetic renewable energy resources.

The provision also makes a technical amendment to the definition of small irrigation power facility to clarify its integration into the definition of marine and hydrokinetic renewable energy facility.

Effective date

The extension of the electricity production credit is effective for property placed in service after the date of enactment. The technical amendment is effective as if included in section 102 of the Energy Improvement and Extension Act of 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

2. Election of investment credit in lieu of production tax credits

(sec. 1602 of the House bill, sec. 1102 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1102 of the conference agreement, and secs. 45 and 48 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Renewable electricity credit

An income tax credit is allowed for the production of electricity from qualified energy resources at qualified facilities.172 Qualified energy resources comprise wind, closed-loop biomass, open-loop biomass, geothermal energy, solar energy, small irrigation power, municipal solid waste, qualified hydropower production, and marine and hydrokinetic renewable energy. Qualified facilities are, generally, facilities that generate electricity using qualified energy resources. To be eligible for the credit, electricity produced from qualified energy resources at qualified facilities must be sold by the taxpayer to an unrelated person. The credit amounts, credit periods, definitions of qualified facilities, and other rules governing this credit are described more fully in section D.1 of this document.

Energy credit

An income tax credit is also allowed for certain energy property placed in service. Qualifying property includes certain fuel cell property, solar property, geothermal power production property, small wind energy property, combined heat and power system property, and geothermal heat pump property.173 The amounts of credit, definitions of qualifying property, and other rules governing this credit are described more fully in section D.3 of this document.

 

House Bill

 

 

The House bill allows the taxpayer to make an irrevocable election to have certain qualified facilities placed in service in 2009 and 2010 be treated as energy property eligible for a 30 percent investment credit under section 48. For this purpose, qualified facilities are facilities otherwise eligible for the section 45 production tax credit (other than refined coal, Indian coal, and solar facilities) with respect to which no credit under section 45 has been allowed. A taxpayer electing to treat a facility as energy property may not claim the production credit under section 45.

Effective date

The provision applies to facilities placed in service after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is similar to the House bill, but with a modification with respect to the placed in service period that determines eligibility for the election. Under the Senate amendment, facilities are eligible if placed in service during the extension period of section 45 as provided in the Senate amendment (generally, through 2013; through 2012 for wind facilities), and with respect to which no credit under section 45 has been allowed.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement generally follows the Senate amendment. Property eligible for the credit is tangible personal or other tangible property (not including a building or its structural components), and with respect to which depreciation or amortization is allowable but only if such property is used as an integral part of the qualified facility. For example, in the case of a wind facility, the conferees intend that only property eligible for five-year depreciation under section 168(e)(3)(b)(vi) is treated as credit-eligible energy property under the election.

3. Modification of energy credit174

(sec. 1603 of the House bill, sec. 1103 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1103 of the conference agreement, and sec. 48 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

A nonrefundable, 10-percent business energy credit175 is allowed for the cost of new property that is equipment that either (1) uses solar energy to generate electricity, to heat or cool a structure, or to provide solar process heat, or (2) is used to produce, distribute, or use energy derived from a geothermal deposit, but only, in the case of electricity generated by geothermal power, up to the electric transmission stage. Property used to generate energy for the purposes of heating a swimming pool is not eligible solar energy property.

The energy credit is a component of the general business credit.176 An unused general business credit generally may be carried back one year and carried forward 20 years.177 The taxpayer's basis in the property is reduced by one-half of the amount of the credit claimed. For projects whose construction time is expected to equal or exceed two years, the credit may be claimed as progress expenditures are made on the project, rather than during the year the property is placed in service. The credit is allowed against the alternative minimum tax for credits determined in taxable years beginning after October 3, 2008.

Property financed by subsidized energy financing or with proceeds from private activity bonds is subject to a reduction in basis for purposes of claiming the credit. The basis reduction is proportional to the share of the basis of the property that is financed by the subsidized financing or proceeds. The term "subsidized energy financing" means financing provided under a Federal, State, or local program a principal purpose of which is to provide subsidized financing for projects designed to conserve or produce energy.

Special rules for solar energy property

The credit for solar energy property is increased to 30 percent in the case of periods prior to January 1, 2017. Additionally, equipment that uses fiber-optic distributed sunlight to illuminate the inside of a structure is solar energy property eligible for the 30-percent credit.

Fuel cells and microturbines

The energy credit applies to qualified fuel cell power plants, but only for periods prior to January 1, 2017. The credit rate is 30 percent.

A qualified fuel cell power plant is an integrated system composed of a fuel cell stack assembly and associated balance of plant components that (1) converts a fuel into electricity using electrochemical means, and (2) has an electricity-only generation efficiency of greater than 30 percent and a capacity of at least one-half kilowatt. The credit may not exceed $1,500 for each 0.5 kilowatt of capacity.

The energy credit applies to qualifying stationary microturbine power plants for periods prior to January 1, 2017. The credit is limited to the lesser of 10 percent of the basis of the property or $200 for each kilowatt of capacity.

A qualified stationary microturbine power plant is an integrated system comprised of a gas turbine engine, a combustor, a recuperator or regenerator, a generator or alternator, and associated balance of plant components that converts a fuel into electricity and thermal energy. Such system also includes all secondary components located between the existing infrastructure for fuel delivery and the existing infrastructure for power distribution, including equipment and controls for meeting relevant power standards, such as voltage, frequency and power factors. Such system must have an electricity-only generation efficiency of not less than 26 percent at International Standard Organization conditions and a capacity of less than 2,000 kilowatts.

Geothermal heat pump property

The energy credit applies to qualified geothermal heat pump property placed in service prior to January 1, 2017. The credit rate is 10 percent. Qualified geothermal heat pump property is equipment that uses the ground or ground water as a thermal energy source to heat a structure or as a thermal energy sink to cool a structure.

Small wind property

The energy credit applies to qualified small wind energy property placed in service prior to January 1, 2017. The credit rate is 30 percent. The credit is limited to $4,000 per year with respect to all wind energy property of any taxpayer. Qualified small wind energy property is property that uses a qualified wind turbine to generate electricity. A qualifying wind turbine means a wind turbine of 100 kilowatts of rated capacity or less.

Combined heat and power property

The energy credit applies to combined heat and power ("CHP") property placed in service prior to January 1, 2017. The credit rate is 10 percent.

CHP property is property: (1) that uses the same energy source for the simultaneous or sequential generation of electrical power, mechanical shaft power, or both, in combination with the generation of steam or other forms of useful thermal energy (including heating and cooling applications); (2) that has an electrical capacity of not more than 50 megawatts or a mechanical energy capacity of no more than 67,000 horsepower or an equivalent combination of electrical and mechanical energy capacities; (3) that produces at least 20 percent of its total useful energy in the form of thermal energy that is not used to produce electrical or mechanical power, and produces at least 20 percent of its total useful energy in the form of electrical or mechanical power (or a combination thereof); and (4) the energy efficiency percentage of which exceeds 60 percent. CHP property does not include property used to transport the energy source to the generating facility or to distribute energy produced by the facility.

The otherwise allowable credit with respect to CHP property is reduced to the extent the property has an electrical capacity or mechanical capacity in excess of any applicable limits. Property in excess of the applicable limit (15 megawatts or a mechanical energy capacity of more than 20,000 horsepower or an equivalent combination of electrical and mechanical energy capacities) is permitted to claim a fraction of the otherwise allowable credit. The fraction is equal to the applicable limit divided by the capacity of the property. For example, a 45 megawatt property would be eligible to claim 15/45ths, or one third, of the otherwise allowable credit. Again, no credit is allowed if the property exceeds the 50 megawatt or 67,000 horsepower limitations described above.

Additionally, the provision provides that systems whose fuel source is at least 90 percent open-loop biomass and that would qualify for the credit but for the failure to meet the efficiency standard are eligible for a credit that is reduced in proportion to the degree to which the system fails to meet the efficiency standard. For example, a system that would otherwise be required to meet the 60-percent efficiency standard, but which only achieves 30-percent efficiency, would be permitted a credit equal to one-half of the otherwise allowable credit (i.e., a 5-percent credit).

 

House Bill

 

 

The House bill eliminates the credit cap applicable to qualified small wind energy property. The House bill also removes the rule that reduces the basis of the property for purposes of claiming the credit if the property is financed in whole or in part by subsidized energy financing or with proceeds from private activity bonds.

Effective date

The provision applies to periods after December 31, 2008, under rules similar to the rules of section 48(m) of the Code (as in effect on the day before the enactment of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990).

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

4. Grants for specified energy property in lieu of tax credits

(secs. 1604 and 1721 of the House bill, secs. 1104 and 1603 of the conference agreement, and secs. 45 and 48 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Renewable electricity production credit

An income tax credit is allowed for the production of electricity from qualified energy resources at qualified facilities (the "renewable electricity production credit").178 Qualified energy resources comprise wind, closed-loop biomass, open-loop biomass, geothermal energy, solar energy, small irrigation power, municipal solid waste, qualified hydropower production, and marine and hydrokinetic renewable energy. Qualified facilities are, generally, facilities that generate electricity using qualified energy resources. To be eligible for the credit, electricity produced from qualified energy resources at qualified facilities must be sold by the taxpayer to an unrelated person. The credit amounts, credit periods, definitions of qualified facilities, and other rules governing this credit are described more fully in section D.1 of this document.

Energy credit

An income tax credit is also allowed for certain energy property placed in service. Qualifying property includes certain fuel cell property, solar property, geothermal power production property, small wind mew property, combined heat and power system property, and geothermal heat pump property.179 The amounts of credit, definitions of qualifying property, and other rules governing this credit are described more fully in section D.3 of this document.

 

House Bill

 

 

The provision authorizes the Secretary of Energy to provide a grant to each person who places in service during 2009 or 2010 energy property that is either (1) an electricity production facility otherwise eligible for the renewable electricity production credit or (2) qualifying property otherwise eligible for the energy credit. In general, the grant amount is 30 percent of the basis of the property that would (1) be eligible for credit under section 48 or (2) comprise a section 45 credit-eligible facility. For qualified microturbine, combined heat and power system, and geothermal heat pump property, the amount is 10 percent of the basis of the property.

It is intended that the grant provision mimic the operation of the credit under section 48. For example, the amount of the grant is not includable in gross income. However, the basis of the property is reduced by fifty percent of the amount of the grant. In addition, some or all of each grant is subject to recapture if the grant eligible property is disposed of by the grant recipient within five years of being placed in service.180

Nonbusiness property and property that would not otherwise be eligible for credit under section 48 or part of a facility that would be eligible for credit under section 45 is not eligible for a grant under the provision. The grant may be paid to whichever party would have been entitled to a credit under section 48 or section 45, as the case may be.

Under the provision, if a grant is paid, no renewable electricity credit or energy credit may be claimed with respect to the grant eligible property. In addition, no grant may be awarded to any Federal, State, or local government (or any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof) or any section 501(c) tax-exempt entity.

The provision appropriates to the Secretary of Energy the funds necessary to make the grants. No grant may be made unless the application for the grant has been received before October 1, 2011.

Effective date

The provision is effective on date of enactment.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

No provision.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement generally follows the House bill with the following modifications. The conference agreement clarifies that qualifying property must be depreciable or amortizable to be eligible for a grant. The conference agreement also permits taxpayers to claim the credit with respect to otherwise eligible property that is not placed in service in 2009 and 2010 so long as construction begins in either of those years and is completed prior to 2013 (in the case of wind facility property), 2014 (in the case of other renewable power facility property eligible for credit under section 45), or 2017 (in the case of any specified energy property described in section 48). The conference agreement also provides that the grant program be administered by the Secretary of the Treasury.

5. Expand new clean renewable energy bonds

(sec. 1611 of the House bill, sec. 1111 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1111 of the conference agreement, and sec. 54C of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

New Clean Renewable Energy Bonds

New clean renewable energy bonds ("New CREBs") may be issued by qualified issuers to finance qualified renewable energy facilities.181 Qualified renewable energy facilities are facilities that: (1) qualify for the tax credit under section 45 (other than Indian coal and refined coal production facilities), without regard to the placed-in-service date requirements of that section; and (2) are owned by a public power provider, governmental body, or cooperative electric company.

The term "qualified issuers" includes: (1) public power providers; (2) a governmental body; (3) cooperative electric companies; (4) a not-for-profit electric utility that has received a loan or guarantee under the Rural Electrification Act; and (5) clean renewable energy bond lenders. The term "public power provider" means a State utility with a service obligation, as such terms are defined in section 217 of the Federal Power Act (as in effect on the date of the enactment of this paragraph). A "governmental body" means any State or Indian tribal government, or any political subdivision thereof. The term "cooperative electric company" means a mutual or cooperative electric company (described in section 501(c)(12) or section 1381(a)(2)(C)). A clean renewable energy bond lender means a cooperative that is owned by, or has outstanding loans to, 100 or more cooperative electric companies and is in existence on February 1, 2002 (including any affiliated entity which is controlled by such lender).

There is a national limitation for New CREBs of $800 million. No more than one third of the national limit may be allocated to projects of public power providers, governmental bodies, or cooperative electric companies. Allocations to governmental bodies and cooperative electric companies may be made in the manner the Secretary determines appropriate. Allocations to projects of public power providers shall be made, to the extent practicable, in such manner that the amount allocated to each such project bears the same ratio to the cost of such project as the maximum allocation limitation to projects of public power providers bears to the cost of all such projects.

New CREBs are a type of qualified tax credit bond for purposes of section 54A of the Code. As such, 100 percent of the available project proceeds of New CREBs must be used within the three-year period that begins on the date of issuance. Available project proceeds are proceeds from the sale of the bond issue less issuance costs (not to exceed two percent) and any investment earnings on such sale proceeds. To the extent less than 100 percent of the available project proceeds are used to finance qualified projects during the three-year spending period, bonds will continue to qualify as New CREBs if unspent proceeds are used within 90 days from the end of such three-year period to redeem bonds. The three-year spending period may be extended by the Secretary upon the qualified issuer's request demonstrating that the failure to satisfy the three-year requirement is due to reasonable cause and the projects will continue to proceed with due diligence.

New CREBs generally are subject to the arbitrage requirements of section 148. However, available project proceeds invested during the three-year spending period are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions (i.e., yield restriction and rebate requirements). In addition, amounts invested in a reserve fund are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions to the extent: (1) such fund is funded at a rate not more rapid than equal annual installments; (2) such fund is funded in a manner reasonably expected to result in an amount not greater than an amount necessary to repay the issue; and (3) the yield on such fund is not greater than the average annual interest rate of tax-exempt obligations having a term of 10 years or more that are issued during the month the New CREBs are issued.

As with other tax credit bonds, a taxpayer holding New CREBs on a credit allowance date is entitled to a tax credit. However, the credit rate on New CREBs is set by the Secretary at a rate that is 70 percent of the rate that would permit issuance of such bonds without discount and interest cost to the issuer.182 The Secretary determines credit rates for tax credit bonds based on general assumptions about credit quality of the class of potential eligible issuers and such other factors as the Secretary deems appropriate. The Secretary may determine credit rates based on general credit market yield indexes and credit ratings.183

The amount of the tax credit is determined by multiplying the bond's credit rate by the face amount of the holder's bond. The credit accrues quarterly, is includible in gross income (as if it were an interest payment on the bond), and can be claimed against regular income tax liability and alternative minimum tax liability. Unused credits may be carried forward to succeeding taxable years. In addition, credits may be separated from the ownership of the underlying bond similar to how interest coupons can be stripped for interest-bearing bonds.

An issuer of New CREBs is treated as meeting the "prohibition on financial conflicts of interest" requirement in section 54A(d)(6) if it certifies that it satisfies (i) applicable State and local law requirements governing conflicts of interest and (ii) any additional conflict of interest rules prescribed by the Secretary with respect to any Federal, State, or local government official directly involved with the issuance of New CREBs.

 

House Bill

 

 

In general

The provision expands the New CREBs program. The provision authorizes issuance of up to an additional $1.6 billion of New CREBs.

Effective date

The provision applies to obligations issued after the date of enactment.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

6. Expand qualified energy conservation bonds

(sec. 1612 of the House bill, sec. 1112 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1112 of the conference agreement, and sec. 54D of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Qualified energy conservation bonds may be used to finance qualified conservation purposes.

The term "qualified conservation purpose" means:

 

1. Capital expenditures incurred for purposes of reducing energy consumption in publicly owned buildings by at least 20 percent; implementing green community programs; rural development involving the production of electricity from renewable energy resources; or any facility eligible for the production tax credit under section 45 (other than Indian coal and refined coal production facilities);

2. Expenditures with respect to facilities or grants that support research in: (a) development of cellulosic ethanol or other nonfossil fuels; (b) technologies for the capture and sequestration of carbon dioxide produced through the use of fossil fuels; (c) increasing the efficiency of existing technologies for producing nonfossil fuels; (d) automobile battery technologies and other technologies to reduce fossil fuel consumption in transportation; and (E) technologies to reduce energy use in buildings;

3. Mass commuting facilities and related facilities that reduce the consumption of energy, including expenditures to reduce pollution from vehicles used for mass commuting;

4. Demonstration projects designed to promote the commercialization of: (a) green building technology; (b) conversion of agricultural waste for use in the production of fuel or otherwise; (c) advanced battery manufacturing technologies; (D) technologies to reduce peak-use of electricity; and (d) technologies for the capture and sequestration of carbon dioxide emitted from combusting fossil fuels in order to produce electricity; and

5. Public education campaigns to promote energy efficiency (other than movies, concerts, and other events held primarily for entertainment purposes).

 

There is a national limitation on qualified energy conservation bonds of $800 million. Allocations of qualified energy conservation bonds are made to the States with sub-allocations to large local governments. Allocations are made to the States according to their respective populations, reduced by any sub-allocations to large local governments (defined below) within the States. Sub-allocations to large local governments shall be an amount of the national qualified energy conservation bond limitation that bears the same ratio to the amount of such limitation that otherwise would be allocated to the State in which such large local government is located as the population of such large local government bears to the population of such State. The term "large local government" means: any municipality or county if such municipality or county has a population of 100,000 or more. Indian tribal governments also are treated as large local governments for these purposes (without regard to population).

Each State or large local government receiving an allocation of qualified energy conservation bonds may further allocate issuance authority to issuers within such State or large local government. However, any allocations to issuers within the State or large local government shall be made in a manner that results in not less than 70 percent of the allocation of qualified energy conservation bonds to such State or large local government being used to designate bonds that are not private activity bonds (i.e., the bond cannot meet the private business tests or the private loan test of section 141).

Qualified energy conservations bonds are a type of qualified tax credit bond for purposes of section 54A of the Code. As a result, 100 percent of the available project proceeds of qualified energy conservation bonds must be used for qualified conservation purposes. In the case of qualified conservation bonds issued as private activity bonds, 100 percent of the available project proceeds must be used for capital expenditures. In addition, qualified energy conservation bonds only maybe issued by Indian tribal governments to the extent such bonds are issued for purposes that satisfy the present law requirements for tax-exempt bonds issued by Indian tribal governments (i.e., essential governmental functions and certain manufacturing purposes).

Under present law, 100 percent of the available project proceeds of qualified energy conservation bonds to be used within the three-year period that begins on the date of issuance. Available project proceeds are proceeds from the sale of the issue less issuance costs (not to exceed two percent) and any investment earnings on such sale proceeds. To the extent less than 100 percent of the available project proceeds are used to finance qualified conservation purposes during the three-year spending period, bonds will continue to qualify as qualified energy conservation bonds if unspent proceeds are used within 90 days from the end of such three-year period to redeem bonds. The three-year spending period may be extended by the Secretary upon the issuer's request demonstrating that the failure to satisfy the three-year requirement is due to reasonable cause and the projects will continue to proceed with due diligence.

Qualified energy conservation bonds generally are subject to the arbitrage requirements of section 148. However, available project proceeds invested during the three-year spending period are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions (i.e., yield restriction and rebate requirements). In addition, amounts invested in a reserve fund are not subject to the arbitrage restrictions to the extent: (1) such fund is funded at a rate not more rapid than equal annual installments; (2) such fund is funded in a manner reasonably expected to result in an amount not greater than an amount necessary to repay the issue; and (3) the yield on such fund is not greater than the average annual interest rate of tax-exempt obligations having a term of 10 years or more that are issued during the month the qualified energy conservation bonds are issued.

The maturity of qualified energy conservation bonds is the term that the Secretary estimates will result in the present value of the obligation to repay the principal on such bonds being equal to 50 percent of the face amount of such bonds, using as a discount rate the average annual interest rate of tax-exempt obligations having a term of 10 years or more that are issued during the month the qualified energy conservation bonds are issued.

As with other tax credit bonds, the taxpayer holding qualified energy conservation bonds on a credit allowance date is entitled to a tax credit. The credit rate on the bonds is set by the Secretary at a rate that is 70 percent of the rate that would permit issuance of such bonds without discount and interest cost to the issuer.184 The Secretary determines credit rates for tax credit bonds based on general assumptions about credit quality of the class of potential eligible issuers and such other factors as the Secretary deems appropriate. The Secretary may determine credit rates based on general credit market yield indexes and credit ratings.185 The amount of the tax credit is determined by multiplying the bond's credit rate by the face amount on the holder's bond. The credit accrues quarterly, is includible in gross income (as if it were an interest payment on the bond), and can be claimed against regular income tax liability and alternative minimum tax liability. Unused credits may be carried forward to succeeding taxable years. In addition, credits may be separated from the ownership of the underlying bond similar to how interest coupons can be stripped for interest-bearing bonds.

Issuers of qualified energy conservation bonds are required to certify that the financial disclosure requirements that applicable State and local law requirements governing conflicts of interest are satisfied with respect to such issue, as well as any other additional conflict of interest rules prescribed by the Secretary with respect to any Federal, State, or local government official directly involved with the issuance of qualified energy conservation bonds.

 

House Bill

 

 

In general

The provision expands the present-law qualified energy conservation bond program. The provision authorizes issuance of an additional $2.4 billion of qualified energy conservation bonds. The provision expands eligibility for these tax credit bonds to include loans and grants for capital expenditures as part of green community programs. For example, this expansion will enable States to issue these tax credit bonds to finance loans and/or grants to individual homeowners to retrofit existing housing. The use of bond proceeds for such loans and grants will not cause such bond to be treated as a private activity bond for purposes of the private activity bond restrictions contained in the qualified energy conservation bond provisions.

Effective date

The provision is effective for bonds issued after the date of enactment.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

In general

The provision expands the present-law qualified energy conservation bond program. The provision authorizes issuance of an additional $2.4 billion of qualified energy conservation bonds. The provision clarifies that capital expenditures to implement green community programs, includes grants, loans and other repayment mechanisms for capital expenditures to implement such programs.

Effective date

The provision is effective for bonds issued after the date of enactment.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

In general

The provision expands the present-law qualified energy conservation bond program. The provision authorizes issuance of an additional $2.4 billion of qualified energy conservation bonds. Also, the provision clarifies that capital expenditures to implement green community programs includes grants, loans and other repayment mechanisms to implement such programs. For example, this expansion will enable States to issue these tax credit bonds to finance retrofits of existing private buildings through loans and/or grants to individual homeowners or businesses, or through other repayment mechanisms. Other repayment mechanisms can include periodic fees assessed on a government bill or utility bill that approximates the energy savings of energy efficiency or conservation retrofits. Retrofits can include heating, cooling, lighting, water-saving, storm water-reducing, or other efficiency measures.

Finally, the provision clarifies that any bond used for the purpose of providing grants, loans or other repayment mechanisms for capital expenditures to implement green community programs is not treated as a private activity bond for purposes of determining whether the requirement that not less than 70 percent of allocations within a State or large local government be used to designate bonds that are not private activity bonds (sec. 54D(e)(3)) has been satisfied.

Effective date

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

7. Modification to high-speed intercity rail facility bonds

(sec. 1504 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1504 of the conference agreement, and sec. 142(i) of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

Under present law, gross income does not include interest on State or local bonds. State and local bonds are classified generally as either governmental bonds or private activity bonds. Governmental bonds are bonds the proceeds of which are primarily used to finance governmental functions or which are repaid with governmental funds. Private activity bonds are bonds in which the State or local government serves as a conduit providing financing to nongovernmental persons (e.g., private businesses or individuals). The exclusion from income for State and local bonds does not apply to private activity bonds unless the bonds are issued for certain permitted purposes ("qualified private activity bonds") and other Code requirements are met.

High-speed rail

An exempt facility bond is a type of qualified private activity bond. Exempt facility bonds can be issued for high-speed intercity rail facilities. A facility qualifies as a high-speed intercity rail facility if it is a facility (other than rolling stock) for fixed guideway rail transportation of passengers and their baggage between metropolitan statistical areas. The facilities must use vehicles that are reasonably expected to operate at speeds in excess of 150 miles per hour between scheduled stops and the facilities must be made available to members of the general public as passengers. If the bonds are to be issued for a nongovernmental owner of the facility, such owner must irrevocably elect not to claim depreciation or credits with respect to the property financed by the net proceeds of the issue.

The Code imposes a special redemption requirement for these types of bonds. Any proceeds not used within three years of the date of issuance of the bonds must be used within the following six months to redeem such bonds.

Seventy-five percent of the principal amount of the bonds issued for high-speed rail facilities is exempt from the volume limit. If all the property to be financed by the net proceeds of the issue is to be owned by a governmental unit, then such bonds are completely exempt from the volume limit.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

In general

The provision modifies the requirement that high-speed intercity rail transportation facilities use vehicles that are reasonably expected to operate at speeds in excess of 150 miles per hour.

Effective date

The provision is effective for obligations issued after the date of enactment.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

8. Extension and modification of credit for nonbusiness energy property

(sec. 1621 of the House bill, sec. 1121 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1121 of the conference agreement, and sec. 25C of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Section 25C provides a 10-percent credit for the purchase of qualified energy efficiency improvements to existing homes. A qualified energy efficiency improvement is any energy efficiency building envelope component (1) that meets or exceeds the prescriptive criteria for such a component established by the 2000 International Energy Conservation Code as supplemented and as in effect on August 8, 2005 (or, in the case of metal roofs with appropriate pigmented coatings, meets the Energy Star program requirements); (2) that is installed in or on a dwelling located in the United States and owned and used by the taxpayer as the taxpayer's principal residence; (3) the original use of which commences with the taxpayer; and (4) that reasonably can be expected to remain in use for at least five years. The credit is nonrefundable.

Building envelope components are: (1) insulation materials or systems which are specifically and primarily designed to reduce the heat loss or gain for a dwelling; (2) exterior windows (including skylights) and doors; and (3) metal or asphalt roofs with appropriate pigmented coatings or cooling granules that are specifically and primarily designed to reduce the heat gain for a dwelling.

Additionally, section 25C provides specified credits for the purchase of specific energy efficient property. The allowable credit for the purchase of certain property is (1) $50 for each advanced main air circulating fan, (2) $150 for each qualified natural gas, propane, or oil furnace or hot water boiler, and (3) $300 for each item of qualified energy efficient property.

An advanced main air circulating fan is a fan used in a natural gas, propane, or oil furnace originally placed in service by the taxpayer during the taxable year, and which has an annual electricity use of no more than two percent of the total annual energy use of the furnace (as determined in the standard Department of Energy test procedures).

A qualified natural gas, propane, or oil furnace or hot water boiler is a natural gas, propane, or oil furnace or hot water boiler with an annual fuel utilization efficiency rate of at least 95.

Qualified energy-efficient property is: (1) an electric heat pump water heater which yields energy factor of at least 2.0 in the standard Department of Energy test procedure, (2) an electric heat pump which has a heating seasonal performance factor (HSPF) of at least 9, a seasonal energy efficiency ratio (SEER) of at least 15, and an energy efficiency ratio (EER) of at least 13, (3) a central air conditioner with energy efficiency of at least the highest efficiency tier established by the Consortium for Energy Efficiency as in effect on Jan. 1, 2006,186 (4) a natural gas, propane, or oil water heater which has an energy factor of at least 0.80 or thermal efficiency of at least 90 percent, and (5) biomass fuel property.

Biomass fuel property is a stove that bums biomass fuel to heat a dwelling unit located in the United States and used as a principal residence by the taxpayer, or to heat water for such dwelling unit, and that has a thermal efficiency rating of at least 75 percent. Biomass fuel is any plant-derived fuel available on a renewable or recurring basis, including agricultural crops and trees, wood and wood waste and residues (including wood pellets), plants (including aquatic plants, grasses, residues, and fibers.

Under section 25C, the maximum credit for a taxpayer with respect to the same dwelling for all taxable years is $500, and no more than $200 of such credit may be attributable to expenditures on windows.

The taxpayer's basis in the property is reduced by the amount of the credit. Special proration rules apply in the case of jointly owned property, condominiums, and tenant-stockholders in cooperative housing corporations. If less than 80 percent of the property is used for nonbusiness purposes, only that portion of expenditures that is used for nonbusiness purposes is taken into account.

For purposes of determining the amount of expenditures made by any individual with respect to any dwelling unit, there shall not be taken into account expenditures which are made from subsidized energy financing. The term "subsidized energy financing" means financing provided under a Federal, State, or local program a principal purpose of which is to provide subsidized financing for projects designed to conserve or produce energy.

The credit applies to expenditures made after December 31, 2008 for property placed in service after December 31, 2008, and prior to January 1, 2010.

 

House Bill

 

 

The House bill raises the 10 percent credit rate to 30 percent. Additionally, all energy property otherwise eligible for the $50, $100, or $150 credits is instead eligible for a 30 percent credit on expenditures for such property.

The House bill additionally extends the provision for one year, through December 31, 2010. Finally, the $500 lifetime cap (and the $200 lifetime cap with respect to windows) is eliminated and replaced with an aggregate cap of $1,500 in the case of property placed in service after December 31, 2008 and prior to January 1, 2011.

The present law rule related to subsidized energy financing is eliminated.

Effective date

The provision is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is similar to the House bill, but modifies the efficiency standards for qualifying property.

Specifically, the Senate amendment updates the building insulation requirements to follow the prescriptive criteria of the 2009 International Energy Conservation Code.

Additionally, qualifying exterior windows, doors, and skylights must have a U-factor at or below 0.30 and a seasonal heat gain coefficient ("SHGC") at or below 0.30.

Electric heat pumps must achieve the highest efficiency tier of Consortium for Energy Efficiency, as in effect on January 1, 2009. These standards are a SEER greater than or equal to 15, EER greater than or equal to 12.5, and HSPF greater than or equal to 8.5 for split heat pumps, and SEER greater than or equal to 14, EER greater than or equal to 12, and HSPF greater than or equal to 8.0 for packaged heat pumps.

Central air conditioners must achieve the highest efficiency tier of Consortium for Energy Efficiency, as in effect on January 1, 2009. These standards are a SEER greater than or equal to 16 and EER greater than or equal to 13 for split systems, and SEER greater than or equal to 14 and EER greater than or equal to 12 for packaged systems.

Natural gas, propane, or oil water heaters must have an energy factor greater than or equal to 0.82 or a thermal efficiency of greater than or equal to 90 percent. Natural gas, propane, or oil water boilers must achieve an annual fuel utilization efficiency rate of at least 90. Qualified oil furnaces must achieve an annual fuel utilization efficiency rate of at least 90.

Lastly, the requirement that biomass fuel property have a thermal efficiency rating of at least 75 percent is modified to be a thermal efficiency rating of at least 75 percent as measured using a lower heating value.

Effective date

The provision is generally effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008. The provisions that alter the efficiency standards of qualifying property, other than biomass fuel property, apply to property placed in service after December 31, 2009. The modification with respect to biomass fuel property is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment, with the exception that the new efficiency standards for qualifying property, other than those for biomass fuel property, apply to property placed in service after the date of enactment.

9. Credit for residential energy efficient property

(sec. 1622 of the House bill, sec. 1122 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1122 of the conference agreement, and sec. 25D of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Section 25D provides a personal tax credit for the purchase of qualified solar electric property and qualified solar water heating property that is used exclusively for purposes other than heating swimming pools and hot tubs. The credit is equal to 30 percent of qualifying expenditures, with a maximum credit of $2,000 with respect to qualified solar water heating property. There is no cap with respect to qualified solar electric property.

Section 25D also provides a 30 percent credit for the purchase of qualified geothermal heat pump property, qualified small wind energy property, and qualified fuel cell power plants. The credit for geothermal heat pump property is capped at $2,000, the credit for qualified small wind energy property is limited to $500 with respect to each half kilowatt of capacity, not to exceed $4,000, and the credit for any fuel cell may not exceed $500 for each 0.5 kilowatt of capacity.

The credit with respect to all qualifying property may be claimed against the alternative minimum tax.

Qualified solar electric property is property that uses solar energy to generate electricity for use in a dwelling unit. Qualifying solar water heating property is property used to heat water for use in a dwelling unit located in the United States and used as a residence if at least half of the energy used by such property for such purpose is derived from the sun.

A qualified fuel cell power plant is an integrated system comprised of a fuel cell stack assembly and associated balance of plant components that (1) converts a fuel into electricity using electrochemical means, (2) has an electricity-only generation efficiency of greater than 30 percent. The qualified fuel cell power plant must be installed on or in connection with a dwelling unit located in the United States and used by the taxpayer as a principal residence.

Qualified small wind energy property is property that uses a wind turbine to generate electricity for use in a dwelling unit located in the U.S. and used as a residence by the taxpayer.

Qualified geothermal heat pump property means any equipment which (1) uses the ground or ground water as a thermal energy source to heat the dwelling unit or as a thermal energy sink to cool such dwelling unit, (2) meets the requirements of the Energy Star program which are in effect at the time that the expenditure for such equipment is made, and (3) is installed on or in connection with a dwelling unit located in the United States and used as a residence by the taxpayer.

The credit is nonrefundable, and the depreciable basis of the property is reduced by the amount of the credit. Expenditures for labor costs allocable to onsite preparation, assembly, or original installation of property eligible for the credit are eligible expenditures.

Special proration rules apply in the case of jointly owned property, condominiums, and tenant-stockholders in cooperative housing corporations. If less than 80 percent of the property is used for nonbusiness purposes, only that portion of expenditures that is used for nonbusiness purposes is taken into account.

For purposes of determining the amount of expenditures made by any individual with respect to any dwelling unit, there shall not be taken into account expenditures which are made from subsidized energy financing. The term "subsidized energy financing" means financing provided under a Federal, State, or local program a principal purpose of which is to provide subsidized financing for projects designed to conserve or produce energy.

The credit applies to property placed in service prior to January 1, 2017.

 

House Bill

 

 

The House bill eliminates the credit caps for solar hot water, geothermal, and wind property and eliminates the reduction in credits for property using subsidized energy financing.

Effective date

The provision applies to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill and the Senate amendment.

10. Temporary increase in credit for alternative fuel vehicle refueling property

(sec. 1623 of the House bill, sec. 1123 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1123 of the conference agreement, and sec. 30C of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Taxpayers may claim a 30-percent credit for the cost of installing qualified clean-fuel vehicle refueling property to be used in a trade or business of the taxpayer or installed at the principal residence of the taxpayer.187 The credit may not exceed $30,000 per taxable year per location, in the case of qualified refueling property used in a trade or business and $1,000 per taxable year per location, in the case of qualified refueling property installed on property which is used as a principal residence.

Qualified refueling property is property (not including a building or its structural components) for the storage or dispensing of a clean-burning fuel or electricity into the fuel tank or battery of a motor vehicle propelled by such fuel or electricity, but only if the storage or dispensing of the fuel or electricity is at the point of delivery into the fuel tank or battery of the motor vehicle. The use of such property must begin with the taxpayer.

Clean-burning fuels are any fuel at least 85 percent of the volume of which consists of ethanol, natural gas, compressed natural gas, liquefied natural gas, liquefied petroleum gas, or hydrogen. In addition, any mixture of biodiesel and diesel fuel, determined without regard to any use of kerosene and containing at least 20 percent biodiesel, qualifies as a clean fuel.

Credits for qualified refueling property used in a trade or business are part of the general business credit and may be carried back for one year and forward for 20 years. Credits for residential qualified refueling property cannot exceed for any taxable year the difference between the taxpayer's regular tax (reduced by certain other credits) and the taxpayer's tentative minimum tax. Generally, in the case of qualified refueling property sold to a tax-exempt entity, the taxpayer selling the property may claim the credit.

A taxpayer's basis in qualified refueling property is reduced by the amount of the credit. In addition, no credit is available for property used outside the United States or for which an election to expense has been made under section 179.

The credit is available for property placed in service after December 31, 2005, and (except in the case of hydrogen refueling property) before January 1, 2011. In the case of hydrogen refueling property, the property must be placed in service before January 1, 2015.

 

House Bill

 

 

For property placed in service in 2009 or 2010, the provision increases the maximum credit available for business property to $200,000 for qualified hydrogen refueling property and to $50,000 for other qualified refueling property. For nonbusiness property, the maximum credit is increased to $2,000. In addition, the credit rate is increased from 30 percent to 50 percent, except in the case of hydrogen refueling property.

Effective date

The provision is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill, except that it adds interoperability, public access, and other standards to qualified refueling property that is used for recharging electric or hybrid-electric motor vehicles.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill.

11. Recovery period for depreciation of smart meters

(sec. 1124 of the Senate amendment)

 

Present Law

 

 

A taxpayer generally must capitalize the cost of property used in a trade or business and recover such cost over time through annual deductions for depreciation or amortization. Tangible property generally is depreciated under the modified accelerated cost recovery system ("MACRS"), which determines depreciation by applying specific recovery periods, placed-in-service conventions, and depreciation methods to the cost of various types of depreciable property.188 The class lives of assets placed in service after 1986 are generally set forth in Revenue Procedure 87-56.189 Present law provides a 10-year recovery period190 and the 150-percent declining balance method191 be used for smart meters.

A qualified smart electric meter means any time-based meter and related communication equipment which is placed in service by a taxpayer who is a supplier of electric energy or a provider of electric energy services and which is capable of being used by the taxpayer as part of a system that (1) measures and records electricity usage data on a time-differentiated basis in at least 24 separate time segments per day; (2) provides for the exchange of information between the supplier or provider and the customer's smart electric meter in support of time-based rates or other forms of demand response; and (3) provides data to such supplier or provider so that the supplier or provider can provide energy usage information to customers electronically; and (4) provides all commercial and residential customers of such supplier or provider with net metering.192 The term "net metering" means allowing a customer a credit, if any, as complies with applicable Federal and State laws and regulations, for providing electricity to the supplier or provider.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The provision provides a 5-year recovery period and 200 percent declining balance method for any qualified smart electric meter placed in service before January 1, 2011.

Effective date

The provision is effective for property placed in service after the date of enactment.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement does not include the Senate amendment provision.

12. Energy research credit

(sec. 1631 of the House bill and sec. 1131 of the Senate amendment)

 

Present Law

 

 

General rule

A taxpayer may claim a research credit equal to 20 percent of the amount by which the taxpayer's qualified research expenses for a taxable year exceed its base amount for that year.193 Thus, the research credit is generally available with respect to incremental increases in qualified research.

A 20-percent research tax credit is also available with respect to the excess of (1) 100 percent of corporate cash expenses (including grants or contributions) paid for basic research conducted by universities (and certain nonprofit scientific research organizations) over (2) the sum of (a) the greater of two minimum basic research floors plus (b) an amount reflecting any decrease in nonresearch giving to universities by the corporation as compared to such giving during a fixed-base period, as adjusted for inflation. This separate credit computation is commonly referred to as the university basic research credit.194

Finally, a research credit is available for a taxpayer's expenditures on research undertaken by an energy research consortium. This separate credit computation is commonly referred to as the energy research credit. Unlike the other research credits, the energy research credit applies to all qualified expenditures, not just those in excess of a base amount.

The research credit, including the university basic research credit and the energy research credit, expires for amounts paid or incurred after December 31, 2009.195

Computation of allowable credit

Except for energy research payments and certain university basic research payments made by corporations, the research tax credit applies only to the extent that the taxpayer's qualified research expenses for the current taxable year exceed its base amount. The base amount for the current year generally is computed by multiplying the taxpayer's fixed-base percentage by the average amount of the taxpayer's gross receipts for the four preceding years. If a taxpayer both incurred qualified research expenses and had gross receipts during each of at least three years from 1984 through 1988, then its fixed-base percentage is the ratio that its total qualified research expenses for the 1984-1988 period bears to its total gross receipts for that period (subject to a maximum fixed-base percentage of 16 percent). All other taxpayers (so-called start-up firms) are assigned a fixed-base percentage of three percent.196

In computing the credit, a taxpayer's base amount cannot be less than 50 percent of its current-year qualified research expenses.

To prevent artificial increases in research expenditures by shifting expenditures among commonly controlled or otherwise related entities, a special aggregation rule provides that all members of the same controlled group of corporations are treated as a single taxpayer.197 Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary, special rules apply for computing the credit when a major portion of a trade or business (or unit thereof) changes hands, under which qualified research expenses and gross receipts for periods prior to the change of ownership of a trade or business are treated as transferred with the trade or business that gave rise to those expenses and receipts for purposes of recomputing a taxpayer's fixed-based percentage.198

Alternative incremental research credit regime

Taxpayers are allowed to elect an alternative incremental research credit regime.199 If a taxpayer elects to be subject to this alternative regime, the taxpayer is assigned a three-tiered fixed-base percentage (that is lower than the fixed-base percentage otherwise applicable under present law) and the credit rate likewise is reduced.

Generally, for amounts paid or incurred prior to 2007, under the alternative incremental credit regime, a credit rate of 2.65 percent applies to the extent that a taxpayer's current-year research expenses exceed a base amount computed by using a fixed-base percentage of one percent (i.e., the base amount equals one percent of the taxpayer's average gross receipts for the four preceding years) but do not exceed a base amount computed by using a fixed-base percentage of 1.5 percent. A credit rate of 3.2 percent applies to the extent that a taxpayer's current-year research expenses exceed a base amount computed by using a fixed-base percentage of 1.5 percent but do not exceed a base amount computed by using a fixed-base percentage of two percent. A credit rate of 3.75 percent applies to the extent that a taxpayer's current-year research expenses exceed a base amount computed by using a fixed-base percentage of two percent. Generally, for amounts paid or incurred after 2006, the credit rat listed above are increased to three percent, four percent, and five percent, respectively.200

An election to be subject to this alternative incremental credit regime can be made for any taxable year beginning after June 30, 1996, and such an election applies to that taxable year and all subsequent years unless revoked with the consent of the Secretary of the Treasury. The alternative incremental credit regime terminates for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

Alternative simplified credit

Generally, for amounts paid or incurred after 2006, taxpayers may elect to claim an alternative simplified credit for qualified research expenses.201 The alternative simplified research credit is equal to 12 percent (14 percent for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008) of qualified research expenses that exceed 50 percent of the average qualified research expenses for the three preceding taxable years. The rate is reduced to six percent if a taxpayer has no qualified research expenses in any one of the three preceding taxable years.

An election to use the alternative simplified credit applies to all succeeding taxable years unless revoked with the consent of the Secretary. An election to use the alternative simplified credit may not be made for any taxable year for which an election to use the alternative incremental credit is in effect. A transition rule applies which permits a taxpayer to elect to use the alternative simplified credit in lieu of the alternative incremental credit if such election is made during the taxable year which includes January 1, 2007. The transition rule applies only to the taxable year which includes that date.

Eligible expenses

Qualified research expenses eligible for the research tax credit consist of: (1) in-house expenses of the taxpayer for wages and supplies attributable to qualified research; (2) certain time-sharing costs for computer use in qualified research; and (3) 65 percent of amounts paid or incurred by the taxpayer to certain other persons for qualified research conducted on the taxpayer's behalf (so-called contract research expenses).202 Notwithstanding the limitation for contract research expenses, qualified research expenses include 100 percent of amounts paid or incurred by the taxpayer to an eligible small business, university, or Federal laboratory for qualified energy research.

To be eligible for the credit, the research not only has to satisfy the requirements of present-law section 174 (described below) but also must be undertaken for the purpose of discovering information that is technological in nature, the application of which is intended to be useful in the development of a new or improved business component of the taxpayer, and substantially all of the activities of which constitute elements of a process of experimentation for functional aspects, performance, reliability, or quality of a business component. Research does not qualify for the credit if substantially all of the activities relate to style, taste, cosmetic, or seasonal design factors.203 In addition, research does not qualify for the credit: (1) if conducted after the beginning of commercial production of the business component; (2) if related to the adaptation of an existing business component to a particular customer's requirements; (3) if related to the duplication of an existing business component from a physical examination of the component itself or certain other information; or (4) if related to certain efficiency surveys, management function or technique, market researcNimarket testing, or market development, routine data collection or routine quality control.204 Research does not qualify for the credit if it is conducted outside the United States, Puerto Rico, or any U.S. possession.

Relation to deduction

Under section 174, taxpayers may elect to deduct currently the amount of certain research or experimental expenditures paid or incurred in connection with a trade or business, notwithstanding the general rule that business expenses to develop create an asset that has a useful life extending beyond the current year must be capitalized.205 However, deductions allowed to a taxpayer under section 174 (or any other section) are reduced by an amount equal to 100 percent of the taxpayer's research tax credit determined for the taxable year.206 Taxpayers may alternatively elect to claim a reduced research tax credit amount under section 41 in lieu of reducing deductions otherwise allowed.207

 

House Bill

 

 

The House bill creates a new 20 percent credit for all qualified energy research expenses paid or incurred in 2009 or 2010. Qualified energy research expenses are qualified research expenses related to the fields of fuel cells and battery technology, renewable energy, energy conservation technology, efficient transmission and distribution of electricity, and carbon capture and sequestration.

Effective date

The provision is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill, except that it adds expenses related to renewable fuels research to the list of qualified energy research expenses.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement does not include either the House bill or the Senate amendment provision.

13. Modification of credit for carbon dioxide sequestration

(sec. 1141 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1131 of the conference agreement, and sec. 45Q of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

A credit of $20 per metric ton is available for qualified carbon dioxide captured by a taxpayer at a qualified facility and disposed of by such taxpayer in secure geological storage (including storage at deep saline formations and unminable coal seams under such conditions as the Secretary may determine).208 In addition, a credit of $10 per metric ton is available for qualified carbon dioxide that is captured by the taxpayer at a qualified facility and used by such taxpayer as a tertiary injectant (including carbon dioxide augmented waterflooding and immiscible carbon dioxide displacement) in a qualified enhanced oil or natural gas recovery project. Both credit amounts are adjusted for inflation after 2009.

Qualified carbon dioxide is defined as carbon dioxide captured from an industrial source that (1) would otherwise be released into the atmosphere as an industrial emission of greenhouse gas, and (2) is measured at the source of capture and verified at the point or points of injection. Qualified carbon dioxide includes the initial deposit of captured carbon dioxide used as a tertiary injectant but does not include carbon dioxide that is recaptured, recycled, and re-injected as part of an enhanced oil or natural gas recovery project process. A qualified enhanced oil or natural gas recovery project is a project that would otherwise meet the definition of an enhanced oil recovery project under section 43, if natural gas projects were included within that definition.

A qualified facility means any industrial facility (1) which is owned by the taxpayer, (2) at which carbon capture equipment is placed in service, and (3) which captures not less than 500,000 metric tons of carbon dioxide during the taxable year. The credit applies only with respect to qualified carbon dioxide captured and sequestered or injected in the United States209 or one of its possessions.210

Except as provided in regulations, credits are attributable to the person that captures and physically or contractually ensures the disposal, or use as a tertiary injectant, of the qualified carbon dioxide. Credits are subject to recapture, as provided by regulation, with respect to any qualified carbon dioxide that ceases to be recaptured, disposed of, or used as a tertiary injectant in a manner consistent with the rules of the provision.

The credit is part of the general business credit. The credit sunsets at the end of the calendar year in which the Secretary, in consultation with the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, certifies that 75 million metric tons of qualified carbon dioxide have been captured and disposed of or used as a tertiary injectant.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The provision requires that carbon dioxide used as a tertiary injectant and otherwise eligible for a $10 per metric ton credit must be sequestered by the taxpayer in permanent geological storage in order to qualify for such credit. The Senate amendment also clarifies that the term permanent geological storage includes oil and gas reservoirs in addition to unminable coal seams and deep saline formations. In addition, the Senate amendment requires that the Secretary of the Treasury consult with the Secretary of Energy and the Secretary of the Interior, in addition to the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, in promulgating regulations relating to the permanent geological storage of carbon dioxide.

Effective date

The provision is effective for carbon dioxide captured after the date of enactment.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

14. Modification of the plug-in electric drive motor vehicle credit

(secs. 1151 and 1152 of the Senate amendment, secs. 1141 through 1144 of the conference agreement, and secs. 30B and 30D of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Alternative motor vehicle credit

A credit is available for each new qualified fuel cell vehicle, hybrid vehicle, advanced lean burn technology vehicle, and alternative fuel vehicle placed in service by the taxpayer during the taxable year.211 In general, the credit amount varies depending upon the type of technology used, the weight class of the vehicle, the amount by which the vehicle exceeds certain fuel economy standards, and, for some vehicles, the estimated lifetime fuel savings. The credit generally is available for vehicles purchased after 2005. The credit terminates after 2009, 2010, or 2014, depending on the type of vehicle. The alternative motor vehicle credit is not allowed against the alternative minimum tax.

Plug-in electric drive motor vehicle credit

A credit is available for each qualified plug-in electric drive motor vehicle placed in service. A qualified plug-in electric drive motor vehicle is a motor vehicle that has at least four wheels, is manufactured for use on public roads, meets certain emissions standards (except for certain heavy vehicles), draws propulsion using a traction battery with at least four kilowatt-hours of capacity, and is capable of being recharged from an external source of electricity.

The base amount of the plug-in electric drive motor vehicle credit is $2,500, plus another $417 for each kilowatt-hour of battery capacity in excess of four kilowatt-hours. The maximum credit for qualified vehicles weighing 10,000 pounds or less is $7,500. This maximum amount increases to $10,000 for vehicles weighing more than 10,000 pounds but not more than 14,000 pounds, to $12,500 for vehicles weighing more than 14,000 pounds but not more than 26,000 pounds, and to $15,000 for vehicle weighing more than 26,000 pounds.

In general, the credit is available to the vehicle owner, including the lessor of a vehicle subject to lease. If the qualified vehicle is used by certain tax-exempt organizations, governments, or foreign persons and is not subject to a lease, the seller of the vehicle may claim the credit so long as the seller clearly discloses to the user in a document the amount that is allowable as a credit. A vehicle must be used predominantly in the United States to qualify for the credit.

Once a total of 250,000 credit-eligible vehicles have been sold for use in the United States, the credit phases out over four calendar quarters. The phaseout period begins in the second calendar quarter following the quarter during which the vehicle cap has been reached. Taxpayers may claim one-half of the otherwise allowable credit during the first two calendar quarters of the phaseout period and twenty-five percent of the otherwise allowable credit during the next two quarters. After this, no credit is available. Regardless of the phase-out limitation, no credit is available for vehicles purchased after 2014.

The basis of any qualified vehicle is reduced by the amount of the credit. To the extent a vehicle is eligible for credit as a qualified plug-in electric drive motor vehicle, it is not eligible for credit as a qualified hybrid vehicle under section 30B. The portion of the credit attributable to vehicles of a character subject to an allowance for depreciation is treated as part of the general business credit; the nonbusiness portion of the credit is allowable to the extent of the excess of the regular tax over the alternative minimum tax (reduced by certain other credits) for the taxable year.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

Credit for electric drive low-speed vehicles, motorcycles, and three-wheeled vehicles

The Senate amendment creates a new 10-percent credit for low-speed vehicles, motorcycles, and three-wheeled vehicles that would otherwise meet the criteria of a qualified plug-in electric drive motor vehicle but for the fact that they are low-speed vehicles or do not have at least four wheels. The maximum credit for such vehicles is $4,000. Basis reduction and other rules similar to those found in section 30 apply under the provision. The new credit is part of the general business credit. The new credit is not available for vehicles sold after December 31, 2011.

Credit for converting a vehicle into a plug-in electric drive motor vehicle

The Senate amendment also creates a new 10-percent credit, up to $4,000, for the cost of converting any motor vehicle into a qualified plug-in electric drive motor vehicle. To be eligible for the credit, a qualified plug-in traction battery module must have a capacity of at least 2.5 kilowatt-hours. In the case of a leased traction battery module, the credit may be claimed by the lessor but not the lessee. The credit is not available for conversions made after December 31, 2012.

Modification of plug-in electric drive motor vehicle credit

The Senate amendment modifies the plug-in electric drive motor vehicle credit by increasing the 250,000 vehicle limitation to 500,000. It also modifies the definition of qualified plug-in electric drive motor vehicle to exclude low-speed vehicles.

Effective date

The Senate amendment is generally effective for vehicles sold after December 31, 2009. The credit for plug-in vehicle conversion is effective for property placed in service after December 31, 2008, in taxable years beginning after such date.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment with substantial modifications.

Credit for electric drive low-speed vehicles, motorcycles, and three-wheeled vehicles

With respect to electric drive low-speed vehicles, motorcycles, and three-wheeled vehicles, the conference agreement follows the Senate amendment with the following modifications. Under the conference agreement, the maximum credit available is $2,500. The conference agreement also makes other technical changes.

Credit for converting a vehicle into a plug-in electric drive motor vehicle

With respect to plug-in vehicle conversions, the conference agreement follows the Senate amendment but increases the minimum capacity of a qualified battery module to four kilowatt-hours, changes the effective date to property placed in service after the date of enactment, and eliminates the credit for plug-in conversions made after December 31, 2011. The conference agreement also removes the rule permitting lessors of battery modules to claim the plug-in conversion credit.

Modification of the plug-in electric drive motor vehicle credit

The conference agreement modifies the plug-in electric drive motor vehicle credit by limiting the maximum credit to $7,500 regardless of vehicle weight. The conference agreement also eliminates the credit for low speed plug-in vehicles and for plug-in vehicles weighing 14,000 pounds or more.

The conference agreement replaces the 250,000 total plug-in vehicle limitation with a 200,000 plug-in vehicles per manufacturer limitation. The credit phases out over four calendar quarters beginning in the second calendar quarter following the quarter in which the manufacturer limit is reached. The conference agreement also makes other technical changes.

The changes to the plug-in electric drive motor vehicle credit are effective for vehicles acquired after December 31, 2009.

Treatment of alternative motor vehicle credit as a personal credit allowed against the alternative minimum tax

The conference agreement provides that the alternative motor vehicle credit is a personal credit allowed against the alternative minimum tax. The provision is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

15. Parity for qualified transportation fringe benefits

(sec. 1251 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1151 of the conference agreement, and sec. 132 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

Qualified transportation fringe benefits provided by an employer are excluded from an employee's gross income for income tax purposes and from an employee's wages for payroll tax purposes.212 Qualified transportation fringe benefits include parking, transit passes, vanpool benefits, and qualified bicycle commuting reimbursements. Up to $230 (for 2009) per month of employer-provided parking is excludable from income. Up to $120 (for 2009) per month of employer-provided transit and vanpool benefits are excludable from gross income. These amounts are indexed annually for inflation, rounded to the nearest multiple of $5. No amount is includible in the income of an employee merely because the employer offers the employee a choice between cash and qualified transportation fringe benefits. Qualified transportation fringe benefits also include a cash reimbursement by an employer to an employee. However, in the case of transit passes, a cash reimbursement is considered a qualified transportation fringe benefit only if a voucher or similar item which may be exchanged only for a transit pass is not readily available for direct distribution by the employer to the employee.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The provision increases the monthly exclusion for employer-provided transit and vanpool benefits to the same level as the exclusion for employer-provided parking.

Effective date

The provision is effective for months beginning on or after date of enactment. The proposal does not apply to tax years beginning after December 31, 2010.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

16. Credit for investment in advanced energy property

(sec. 1302 of the Senate amendment, sec. 1302 of the conference agreement, and new sec. 48C of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

An income tax credit is all wed for the production of electricity from qualified energy resources at qualified facilities.213 Qualified energy resources comprise wind, closed-loop biomass, open-loop biomass, geothermal energy, solar energy, small irrigation power, municipal solid waste, qualified hydropower production, and marine and hydrokinetic renewable energy. Qualified facilities are, generally, facilities that generate electricity using qualified energy resources.

An income tax credit is also allowed for certain energy property placed in service. Qualifying property includes certain fuel cell property, solar property, geothermal power production property, small wind energy property, combined heat and power system property, and geothermal heat pump property.214

In addition to these, numerous other credits are available to taxpayers to encourage renewable energy production and energy conservation, including, among others, credits for certain biofuels, plug-in electric vehicles, and energy efficient appliances, and for improvements to heating, air conditioning, and insulation.

No credit is specifically designed under present law to encourage the development of a domestic manufacturing base to support the industries described above.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment establishes a 30 percent credit for investment in qualified property used in a qualified advanced energy manufacturing project. A qualified advanced energy project is a project that re-equips, expands, or establishes a manufacturing facility for the production: (1) property designed to be used to produce energy from the sun, wind, or geothermal deposits (within the meaning of section 613(e)(2)), or other renewable resources; (2) fuel cells, microturbines, or an energy storage system for use with electric or hybrid-electric motor vehicles; (3) electric grids to support the transmission of intermittent sources of renewable energy, including storage of such energy; (4) property designed to capture and sequester carbon dioxide; (5) property designed to refine or blend renewable fuels (but not fossil fuels) or to produce energy conservation technologies (including energy-conserving lighting technologies and smart grid technologies; or (6) other advanced energy property designed to reduce greenhouse gas emissions as may be determined by the Secretary.

Qualified property must be depreciable (or amortizable) property used in a qualified advanced energy project. Qualified property does not include property designed to manufacture equipment for use in the refining or blending of any transportation fuel other than renewable fuels. The basis of qualified property must be reduced by the amount of credit received.

Credits are available only for projects certified by the Secretary of Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of Energy. The Secretary of Treasury must establish a certification program no later than 180 days after date of enactment, and may allocate up to $2 billion in credits.

In selecting projects, the Secretary may consider only those projects where there is a reasonable expectation of commercial viability. In addition, the Secretary must consider other selection criteria, including which projects (1) will provide the greatest domestic job creation; (2) will provide the greatest net impact in avoiding or reducing air pollutants or anthropogenic emissions of greenhouse gases; (3) have the greatest readiness for commercial employment, replication, and further commercial use in the United States, (4) will provide the greatest benefit in terms of newness in the commercial market; (5) have the lowest levelized cost of generated or stored energy, or of measured reduction in energy consumption or greenhouse gas emission; and (6) have the shortest project time from certification to completion.

Each project application must be submitted during the three-year period beginning on the date such certification program is established. An applicant for certification has two years from the date the Secretary accepts the application to provide the Secretary with evidence that the requirements for certification have been met. Upon certification, the applicant has five years from the date of issuance of the certification to place the project in service. Not later than six years after the date of enactment of the credit, the Secretary is required to review the credit allocations and redistribute any credits that were not used either because of a revoked certification or because of an insufficient quantity of credit applications.

Effective date

The provision is effective on the date of enactment.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment with the following modifications. The conference agreement increases by $300 million (to $2.3 billion) the amount of credits that may be allocated by the Secretary. The conference agreement expands the list of qualifying advance energy projects to include projects designed to manufacture any new qualified plug-in electric drive motor vehicle (as defined by section 30D(c)), any specified vehicle (as defined by section 30D(f)(2)), or any component which is designed specifically for use with such vehicles, including any electric motor, generator, or power control unit. The conference agreement also replaces the third and fourth project selection criteria with a requirement that the Secretary, in addition to the remaining criteria, consider projects that have the greatest potential for technological innovation and commercial deployment.

In addition, the conference agreement shortens to two years the period during which project applications may be submitted, shortens to one year the period during which the project applicants must provide evidence that the certification requirements have been met, and shortens to three years the period during which certified projects must be placed in service. The conference agreement also shortens the period after which the Secretary must review the credit allocations from six to four years. Finally, the conference agreement clarifies that only tangible personal property and other tangible property (not including a building or its structural components) is credit-eligible.

17. Incentives for manufacturing facilities producing plug-in electric drive motor vehicles and components

(sec. 1303 of the Senate amendment)

 

Present Law

 

 

Depreciation rules

A taxpayer is allowed to recover through annual depreciation deductions the cost of certain property used in a trade or business or for the production of income. The amount of the depreciation deduction allowed with respect to tangible property for a taxable year is determined under the modified accelerated cost recovery system ("MACRS"). Under MACRS, different types of property generally are assigned applicable recovery periods and depreciation methods. The recovery periods applicable to most tangible personal property range from 3 to 25 years. The depreciation methods generally applicable to tangible personal property are the 200-percent and 150-percent declining balance methods, switching to the straight-line method for the taxable year in which the taxpayer's depreciation deduction would be maximized.

Bonus depreciation

For property placed in service in calendar year 2009, an additional first-year depreciation deduction is available equal to 50 percent of the adjusted basis of qualified property.215 The additional first-year depreciation deduction is allowed for both regular tax and alternative minimum tax ("AMT") purposes.216 Certain other rules and limitations apply.

Election to claim additional research or minimum tax credits in lieu of claiming bonus depreciation

Corporations otherwise eligible for bonus depreciation under section 168(k) may elect to claim additional research or minimum tax credits in lieu of claiming depreciation under section 168(k) for "eligible qualified property" placed in service after March 31, 2008.217 A corporation making the election forgoes the depreciation deductions allowable under section 168(k) and instead increases the limitation under section 38(c) on the use of research credits or section 53(c) on the use of minimum tax credits.218 The increases in the allowable credits are treated as refundable for purposes of this provision. The depreciation for qualified property is calculated for both regular tax and AMT purposes using the straight-line method in place of the method that would otherwise be used absent the election under this provision.

The research credit or minimum tax credit limitation is increased by the bonus depreciation amount, which is equal to 20 percent of bonus depreciation219 for certain eligible qualified property that could be claimed absent an election under this provision. Generally, eligible qualified property included in the calculation is bonus depreciation property that meets the following requirements: (1) the original use of the property must commence with the taxpayer after March 31, 2008; (2) the taxpayer must purchase the property either (a) after March 31, 2008, and before January 1, 2009, only if no binding written contract for the acquisition is in effect before April 1, 2008,220 or (b) pursuant to a binding written contract which was entered into after March 31, 2008, and before January 1, 2009;221 and (3) the property must be placed in service after March 31, 2008, and before January 1, 2009 (January 1, 2010 for certain longer-lived and transportation property).

The bonus depreciation amount is limited to the lesser of: (1) $30 million, or (2) six percent of the sum of research credit carryforwards from taxable years beginning before January 1, 2006 and minimum tax credits allocable to the adjusted minimum tax imposed for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2006. All corporations treated as a single employer under section 52(a) are treated as one taxpayer for purposes of the limitation, as well as for electing the application of this provision.

Credit for plug-in vehicles

A credit is available for each qualified plug-in electric drive motor vehicle placed in service. A qualified plug-in electric drive motor vehicle is a motor vehicle that has at least four wheels, is manufactured for use on public roads, meets certain emissions standards (except for certain heavy vehicles), draws propulsion using a traction battery with at least four kilowatt-hours of capacity, and is capable of being recharged from an external source of electricity.

The base amount of the plug-in electric drive motor vehicle credit is $2,500, plus another $417 for each kilowatt-hour of battery capacity in excess of four kilowatt-hours. The maximum credit for qualified vehicles weighing 10,000 pounds or less is $7,500. This maximum amount increases to $10,000 for vehicles weighing more than 10,000 pounds but not more than 14,000 pounds, to $12,500 for vehicles weighing more than 14,000 pounds but not more than 26,000 pounds, and to $15,000 for vehicle weighing more than 26,000 pounds.

In general, the credit is available to the vehicle owner, including the lessor of a vehicle subject to lease. If the qualified vehicle is used by certain tax-exempt organizations, governments, or foreign persons and is not subject to a lease, the seller of the vehicle may claim the credit so long as the seller clearly discloses to the user in a document the amount that is allowable as a credit. A vehicle must be used predominantly in the United States to qualify for the credit.

Once a total of 250,000 credit-eligible vehicles have been sold for use in the United States, the credit phases out over four calendar quarters. The phaseout period begins in the second calendar quarter following the quarter during which the vehicle cap has been reached. Taxpayers may claim one-half of the otherwise allowable credit during the first two calendar quarters of the phaseout period and twenty-five percent of the otherwise allowable credit during the next two quarters. After this, no credit is available. Regardless of the phase-out limitation, no credit is available for vehicles purchased after 2014.

The basis of any qualified vehicle is reduced by the amount of the credit. To the extent a vehicle is eligible for credit as a qualified plug-in electric drive motor vehicle, it is not eligible for credit as a qualified hybrid vehicle under section 30B. The portion of the credit attributable to vehicles of a character subject to an allowance for depreciation is treated as part of the general business credit; the nonbusiness portion of the credit is allowable to the extent of the excess of the regular tax over the AMT (reduced by certain other credits) for the taxable year.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment permits taxpayers to elect to expense one hundred percent of the cost of any electric drive motor vehicle manufacturing facility property placed in service before 2012 and fifty percent of the cost of such property placed in service after 2011 and before 2015. For purposes of this election, qualified property is property which is a facility or a portion of a facility used for the production of any new qualified plug-in electric drive motor vehicle222 or any eligible component. Eligible components are any battery, any electric motor or generator, or any power control unit which is designed specifically for use with a new qualified plug-in electric drive motor vehicle.

The original use of any qualified property must begin with the taxpayer. In the case of dual use property, the amount of cost eligible to be expensed is reduced by the total cost of the facility multiplied by the percentage of property expected to be produced that is not qualified property.

The Senate amendment permits taxpayers to waive this election in favor of a loan equal to thirty-five percent of the amount eligible to be expensed under the general provision. The loan is in the form of a senior note, with a 20-year term and an interest rate payable at the applicable Federal rate, issued by the taxpayer to the Secretary of Treasury and secured by the qualified manufacturing property. Upon repayment of the loan, the taxpayer's tax liability a limitations are increased for the research credit223 and the alternative minimum tax credit224 by the amount of the loan.

Effective date

The provision is effective for taxable years beginning after the date of enactment.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement does not include the Senate amendment provision.

 

E. Other Provisions

 

 

1. Application of certain labor standards to projects financed with certain tax-favored bonds

(sec. 1701 of the House bill, sec. 1901 of the Senate amendment, and sec. 1601 of the conference agreement)

 

Present Law

 

 

The United States Code (Subchapter IV of Chapter 31 of Title 40) applies a prevailing wage requirement to certain contracts to which the Federal Government is a party.

 

House Bill

 

 

The provision provides that Subchapter IV of Chapter 31 of Title 40 of the U.S. Code shall apply to projects financed with the proceeds of:

 

1. any qualified clean renewable energy bond (as defined in sec. 54C of the Code) issued after the date of enactment;

2. any qualified energy conservation bond (as defined in sec. 54D of the Code) issued after the date of enactment; ;

3. any qualified zone academy bond (as defined in sec. 54E of the Code) issued after the date of enactment;

4. any qualified school construction bond (as defined in sec. 54F of the Code); and

5. any recovery zone economic development bond (as defined in sec. 1400U-2 of the Code).

 

Effective date

The provision is effective on the date of enactment.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill except it makes a technical correction to change "qualified clean renewable energy bond" to "new clean renewable energy bond."

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate amendment.

2. Increase in the public debt limit

(sec. 1902 of the Senate amendment and sec. 1604 of the conference agreement)

 

Present Law

 

 

The statutory limit on the public debt is $11,315,000,000,000.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment increases the statutory limit on the public debt by $825,000,000,000 to $12,140,000,000,000.

Effective date

The provision is effective on the date of enactment.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement increases the statutory limit on the public debt by $789,000,000,000 to $12,104,000,000,000.

Effective date

The provision is effective on the date of enactment.

3. Failure to redeem certain securities from the United States

(sec. 6021 of the Senate amendment)

 

Present Law

 

 

An employer generally may deduct reasonable compensation for personal services as an ordinary and necessary business expense. Section 162(m) (relating to remuneration expenses for certain executives that are in excess of $1 million) and section 280G (relating to excess parachute payments) provide explicit limitations on the deductibility of certain compensation expenses in the case of corporate employers, and section 4999 imposes an additional tax of 20 percent on the recipient of an excess parachute payment. The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA") limits the amount of payments that may be deducted as reasonable compensation by certain financial institutions that receive financial assistance from the United States pursuant to the troubled asset relief program ("TARP") established under EESA by modifying the section 162(m) and section 280G limits. EESA also provided non-tax rules relating to the compensation that is payable by such a financial institution (the "TARP executive compensation rules").

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

In general

The provision amends the TARP executive compensation rules to limit payment of "excessive bonuses" to "covered individuals" by financial institutions whose preferred stock was purchased by the United States using funds provided under TARP. Excessive bonuses are defined as the portion of an "applicable bonus payment" made to a covered individual in excess of $100,000.

An applicable bonus payment is any bonus payment that is (1) paid, or payable, for services performed by a covered individual in a tax year of the financial institution ending in 2008, and (2) the amount of which was communicated to the covered individual at some time between January 1, 2008, and January 31, 2009, or was based on a resolution of the financial institution's board of directors and adopted before the end of the financial institution's 2008 taxable year. For purposes of determining an applicable bonus, any bonus payments that relate to a taxable year prior to 2008, but which are wholly or partially contingent on the performance of services in the 2008 taxable year, are disregarded. In addition, any conditions on 2008 bonuses that require the covered individual to perform services in a subsequent taxable year are also disregarded (e.g., if a 2008 bonus is dependent on the performance of services in 2009, the bonus is still considered to be an applicable bonus if it meets all of the other requirements for such status).

The definition of bonus includes discretionary payments for services provided that are in addition to amounts payable for regular services performed and is payable are cash or property other than (1) the stock of the financial institution or (2) an interest in a troubled asset (within the meaning of EESA) held directly or indirectly by the financial institution. Bonuses do not include commissions, welfare and fringe benefits, or expense reimbursements.

A covered individual is any directoA, officer, or other employee of a financial institution or its controlled group of corporations.225

Stock redemption

If a financial institution pays one or more excessive bonuses to one or more covered individuals, the financial institution must redeem from the government an amount of preferred stock equal to the aggregate amount of all excessive bonuses paid or payable to such covered individual or individuals. The redemption obligation exists notwithstanding any otherwise applicable restrictions on the redeemability of the preferred stock. The preferred stock must be redeemed by the later of: 120 days after date of enactment (for excessive bonuses that had already been paid) or the day before the excessive bonus (or a portion thereof) is paid.

Excise tax

An excise tax is imposed on any financial institution that pays one or more excessive bonuses but does not redeem its preferred stock from the government in a timely manner. The tax is equal to 35 percent of the amount of preferred stock that the financial institution should have redeemed from the government (i.e., the amount of the excessive bonus). For example, if a financial institution granted a 2008 bonus of $1 million to its chief executive officer, and the financial institution did not redeem $900,000 worth of preferred stock from the United States, it must pay a tax of $315,000 ($1 million minus $100,000 times 35 percent). Once a financial institution pays the 35 percent tax, the institution is no longer required to redeem from the government an amount of preferred stock equal to the amount of the excessive bonus. That is, a financial institution that pays an excessive bonus must either redeem stock or pay an excise tax on that bonus but it will not be required to do both for any single bonus.

Payment of the excise tax does not have any effect on otherwise applicable agreements to redeem preferred stock purchased by the Federal Government using funds provided by TARP.

Effective Date

The provision applies to a failure to redeem preferred stock that occurs after the date of enactment.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement does not include the Senate amendment provision.

 

F. Trade Related Provisions

 

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

2. CUSTOMS AND BORDER PROTECTION COLLECTIONS227

 

I. OVERVIEW

 

The conference report prevents U.S. Customs and Border Protection ("CBP") from collecting over $92 million in antidumping and countervailing duties that CBP collected on imports from Canada and Mexico between 2001 and 2005, and later distributed to U.S. companies that petitioned the U.S. Government for relief.

 

II. HOUSE BILL

 

No provision

 

III. SENATE AMENDMENT

 

Section 1801 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, as passed by the Senate, has four sections. First, it prohibits the Secretary of Homeland Security, or any other person, from requiring repayment of, or in any other way recouping, duties that were (1) distributed pursuant to the Continued Dumping and Subsidy Offset Act of 2000 ("CDSOA"); (2) assessed and paid on imports of goods from Canada and Mexico; and (3) distributed on or after January 1, 2001, and before January 1, 2006. Second, it prohibits CBP from offsetting any current or future duty distributions on goods from countries other than Canada and Mexico in an attempt to recoup duties described above. Third, the provision requires CBP to refund any such duty repayments or recoupments it has already received. Further, it requires CBP to fully distribute any duties it is withholding as an offset against current or future duty distributions. Fourth, the provision clarifies that CBP is not prohibited from collecting payments resulting from (1) false statements or other misconduct by a recipient of a duty payment or (2) re-liquidation of entries with respect to which duty payments were made.

 

IV. CONFERENCE REPORT

 

The conferees adopted the Senate provision. The conferees do not intend this provision to amend the antidumping or countervailing duty laws of the United States.

 

TITLE II OF DIVISION B

 

ASSISTANCE FOR UNEMPLOYED WORKERS AND STRUGGLING FAMILIES

 

 

Conference Document

 

 

H.R. 1

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Assistance for Unemployed Workers and Struggling Families

 

 

Short Title (House bill Section 2000; Senate bill Section 2000; Conference agreement Section 2000)

 

Subtitle A--Unemployment Insurance

 

Extension of Emergency Unemployment Compensation Program Benefits (House bill Sec. 2001; Senate bill Sec. 2001; Conference agreement Sec. 2001)

Increase in Unemployment Compensation Benefits (House bill Sec. 2002; Senate bill Sec. 2002; Conference agreement Sec. 2002)

Special Transfers for Unemployment Compensation Modernization (House bill Sec. 2003; Senate bill Sec. 2003; Conference agreement Sec. 2003)

Temporary Assistance for States with Advances (House bill n.a.; Senate bill Sec. 2004; Conference agreement Sec. 2004)

Full Federal Funding of Extended Unemployment Compensation for a Limited Period (House bill n.a.; Senate bill n.a.; Conference agreement Sec. 2005)

Temporary Increase in Extended Unemployment Benefits under the Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act. (House bill n.a.; Senate bill n.a.; Conference agreement Sec. 2006)

* * * * * * *

 

 

One-Time Emergency Payments to Certain Social Security, Supplemental Security Income, Railroad Retirement, Veterans Beneficiaries, and Certain Government Retirees (House bill Sec. 2102; Senate bill Sec. 1601; Conference agreement sections 2201 and 2202)

 

 

Assistance for Unemployed Workers and Struggling Families

 

 

Short Title

(House bill Section 2000; Senate bill Section 2000; Conference agreement Section 2000)

 

Current Law

 

 

No provision.

 

House Bill

 

 

The "Assistance for Unemployed Workers and Struggling Families Act."

 

Senate Bill

 

 

Same as the House bill.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement is the same as the House and Senate bills.

 

Subtitle A--Unemployment Insurance

 

 

Extension of Emergency Unemployment Compensation Program Benefits

(House bill Sec. 2001; Senate bill Sec. 2001; Conference agreement Sec. 2001)

 

Current Law

 

 

Title IV, Emergency Unemployment Compensation, of the Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2008 (Public Law 110-252; 26 U.S.C.3304 note) as amended by the Unemployment Compensation Act of 2008 (Public Law 110-449) created a temporary emergency unemployment compensation program (EUC08). The program ends on the week ending on or before March 31, 2009. No compensation under the program is payable for any week beginning after August 27, 2009. Funds in the extended unemployment compensation account (EUCA) of the unemployment trust fund (UTF) are used for financing EUC08 payments. State administration funds are made from the employment security administration account (ESAA). Compensation for EUC08 payments to former employees of non-profits and governments are from the general fund of the Treasury.

 

House Bill

 

 

The duration of the EUC08 program would extend through the week ending on or before December 31, 2009. No benefits would be payable for any week beginning after May 31, 2010. The extension would be financed through the general fund of the Treasury. The funds would not need to be repaid.

 

Senate Bill

 

 

Same provision.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement includes the identical provisions of the House and Senate bills.

Increase in Unemployment Compensation Benefits

(House bill Sec. 2002; Senate bill Sec. 2002; Conference agreement Sec. 2002)

 

Current Law

 

 

No such provision. Federal law does not provide formulas, floors, or ceilings of regular weekly State unemployment compensation amounts. In general, the States set weekly benefit amounts as a fraction of the individual's average weekly wage up to some State-determined maximum. Some States include dependents' allowances in addition to the underlying benefit.

 

House Bill

 

 

The provision would create an additional, federally-funded $25 weekly benefit that would be available to all individuals receiving regular unemployment compensation (UC) benefits. All the provisions of section 2002 would also apply to regular UC, extended benefits (EB), and EUC08 benefits. It would require States to not take the additional compensation into consideration when determining regular UC benefits (including any dependants' allowances). The additional benefit would be payable either at the same time and in the same manner as any regular UC payable for the week involved or payable separately but on the same weekly basis as any regular compensation otherwise payable. States would not be allowed to alter the method governing the computation of UC under State law in such a manner that the weekly benefit amount would be less than the benefit amount that would have been payable under State law as of December 31, 2008. Funding for the additional benefit would be appropriated from the general fund of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation. The funds would not be required to be repaid.

States would pay the additional compensation to individuals once the State entered into an agreement with the Labor Secretary and ending before January 1, 2010. The additional compensation would be "grandfathered" for individuals who had not exhausted the right to regular compensation as of January 1, 2010. No additional compensation would be payable for any week beginning after June 30, 2010.

The additional benefit would be disregarded in considering the amount of income of any individual for any purposes under Medicaid and SCHIP.

 

Senate Bill

 

 

Same provision.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement includes the identical provisions of the House and Senate bills.

Special Transfers for Unemployment Compensation Modernization

(House bill Sec. 2003; Senate bill Sec. 2003; Conference agreement Sec. 2003)

 

Current Law

 

 

Section 903 of the Social Security Act (SSA) describes the set of conditions under which funds are transferred to eligible State unemployment accounts from the federal accounts in the Unemployment Trust Fund (UTF) when those federal account balances exceed certain levels. Transfers of excess funds in the UTF to State accounts are called Reed Act distributions. No Reed Act distributions are expected in the next 5 years.

Section 903(a)(2)(B) of the SSA describes the manner in which the distribution of Reed Act funds occurs. Funds are distributed to the State UTF accounts based on the State's share of estimated federal unemployment taxes (excluding reduced credit payments) made by the State's employers.

Unemployment Insurance Policy Letter 44-97, which interpreted section 5401 of P.L. 105-33, the Balanced Budget Act of 1997, says that States are not required to offer an alternative base period (ABP) in determining eligibility for UC benefits.

While federal laws and regulations provide broad guidelines on UC coverage, eligibility, and benefit determination, the specifics of regular UC benefits are determined by each State through State laws and regulations.

 

House Bill

 

 

The House bill would provide a special transfer of UTF funds from the federal unemployment account (FUA) of up to $7 billion to the State accounts within the UTF as "incentive payments" for changing or already having in place certain State UC laws. The maximum incentive payment allowable for a State would be calculated using the methods required by the Reed Act if a distribution were to have occurred on October 1, 2008.

One-third of the maximum payment would be contingent on State law calculating the base period by either:

 

(A) allowing use of a base period that includes the most recently completed calendar quarter before the start of the benefit year for the purpose of determining UC eligibility; or

(B) providing that, in the case of an individual who would not otherwise be UC-eligible under State law, eligibility shall be determined using a base period that includes the most recently completed calendar quarter.

 

The remaining 2/3 of the incentive payment would be contingent on qualifying for the first 1/3 payment and the applicable State law containing at least two of the following four provisions:

 

(A) No denial of UC under State law provisions relating to availability for work, active search for work, or refusal to accept work solely because the individual is seeking only part-time work. States may exclude an individual if the majority of the weeks of work in the individual's base period do not include part-time work. The Labor Secretary would define part-time.

(B) No UC disqualification for separation from employment if it is for compelling family reasons. These reasons must include (i) domestic violence, (ii) illness or disability of an immediate family member, and (iii) the need to accompany a spouse to a place from where it is impractical to commute and due to a change in location of the spouse's employment. The Labor Secretary would define immediate family member.

(C) Weekly UC continues for individuals who have exhausted all rights to regular benefits but are enrolled and making satisfactory progress in a State-approved training program or in a job training program authorized under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998. The benefit must be for at least an additional 26 weeks and be equivalent to the previously calculated UC benefit (including dependents' allowances) for the most recent benefit year. The training program must prepare the individual for entry into a "high-demand" occupation.

(D) UC Dependents' allowances are provided to all individuals with a dependent (as defined by State law) at a level equal to at least $15 per dependent per week. The aggregate limit on dependents' allowances must be not less than the lesser of $50 or 50% of the weekly benefit amount for the benefit year.

 

Within 60 days after enactment, the Labor Secretary may prescribe (by regulation or otherwise) information required in relation to the compliance of the modernization requirements. The Labor Secretary would have 30 days after receiving a complete application to determine if modernization incentives are payable to the State.

The Labor Secretary, while determining if State law meets the requirements for an incentive payment, would disregard any State law provisions that are not currently effective as permanent law or are subject to a discontinuation under certain circumstances. Once the Treasury Secretary has been notified of the certification of the incentive payment, the appropriate transfer to the State account would occur within seven days. State law provisions which are to take effect within 12 months after the date of their certification would be considered to be in effect for the purposes of certification. States must be eligible for certification under section 303 [of the Social Security Act] and under section 3304 of the Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) [section 3304 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986].

Applications submitted before enactment or after the latest date necessary (as determined by the Labor Secretary) will not be considered in order to ensure that all incentive payments are made before October 1, 2011. Incentive payments may be used only for the payment of UC benefits and dependents' allowances. An exception is made if the State appropriates the funds for administrative expenses. Funds that satisfy this exception may be used for the administration of UC law and for public employment offices.

The Treasury Secretary would be required reserve $7 billion for incentive payments in the Federal Unemployment Account (FUA) of the UTF. Any amount so reserved for which the Secretary of the Treasury has not received a certification under the proposed paragraph (4)(B) of the bill by the deadline determined by the Secretary of Labor shall become unrestricted regarding its use as part of the FUA upon the close of fiscal year 2011.

The bill would transfer a total of $500 million from the federal employment security administration account (ESAA) to the States' accounts in the UTF within 30 days of enactment. Each State's transfers would be calculated using the methods required by the Reed Act if a distribution were to have occurred on October 1, 2008. Any amount transferred to a State account as a result of this $500 million transfer would be required to be used by the State agency of such State only in (A) payment of expenses incurred through carrying out of the purposes in State law required to receive the incentive payments, (B) improved outreach to individuals who might be eligible for regular UC by virtue of the changes in State law, (C) improvement of unemployment benefit and unemployment tax operations, including responding to increased demand for unemployment compensation, and (D) staff-assisted reemployment services for UC claimants.

 

Senate Bill

 

 

Same as the House bill, except that the Senate bill does not explicitly give the Secretary of Labor the ability to define part-time work.

The Senate bill would require that all payments be made before October 1, 2010 (rather than October 1, 2011) except in those States where the first day of the first regularly scheduled session of the State legislature following enactment begins after December 31, 2010. Those States' payments would be made before October 1, 2011.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the House bill with two exceptions.

If in a training program (option C under the qualifying conditions of the remaining 2/3 incentive payment), the agreement would allow States to not pay UC benefit if the individual is receiving stipends or other training allowances. Under the same training program option, the agreement would also allow States to opt to take any deductible income (as determined under State law) into account and offset the UC payment.

Temporary Assistance for States with Advances

(House bill n.a.; Senate bill Sec. 2004; Conference agreement Sec. 2004)

 

Current Law

 

 

Section 1202(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1322(b)) requires that States are charged interest on new loans that are not repaid by the end of the fiscal year in which they were obtained. The interest rate on the loans is the same rate as that paid by the federal government on State reserves in the UTF for the quarter ending December 31 of the preceding year, but not higher than 10% per annum. States may not pay the interest directly or indirectly from funds in their State account with the UTF.

Section 1202(b)(2) allows a State to borrow funds without interest from the FUA during the year if the State repays the loans by September 30 of the calendar year in which the advances were made. No loans may be made in October, November, or December of the calendar year of such an interest-free loan. Otherwise, the "interest-free" loan will accrue interest charges.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Bill

 

 

The Senate bill would temporarily waive interest payments and the accrual of interest on advances to State unemployment funds by amending section 1202(b) of the Social Security Act. The interest payments that come due from the time of enactment of the proposal until December 31, 2010 would be deemed to have been made by the State. No interest on advances accrue during the period.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate bill.

Full Federal Funding of Extended Unemployment Compensation for a Limited Period

(House bill n.a.; Senate bill n.a.; Conference agreement Sec. 2005)

 

Current Law

 

 

The Extended Benefit (EB) program, established by the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of 1970 (EUCA), P.L. 91-373 (26 U.S.C. 3304, note), may extend receipt of unemployment benefits (extended benefits) at the State level if certain economic situations exist within the State.

Extended benefits (EB) are funded half (50%) by the federal government through its account for that purpose in the UTF; States fund the other half (50%) through their State accounts in the UTF.

Individual eligibility for EB payments, among other matters, requires that the worker has exhausted all rights to regular UC benefits and be within the State-determined benefit year (generally within 52 weeks of first claiming regular UC eligibility) when a State's EB program becomes active on account of economic conditions.

States that do not require a one-week UC waiting period, or have an exception for any reason to the waiting period, must pay 100% of the first week of EB (rather than 50%). P.L. 110- 449, the Unemployment Compensation Extension Act of 2008, suspended this waiting week requirement from the time of its enactment until the week ending on or before December 8, 2009.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement would temporarily alter Federal-State funding ratios. Extended benefits would be 100% federally financed from the date of enactment through January 1, 2010.

The agreement also would temporarily allow States to ignore benefit year calculations but instead base EB eligibility upon having qualified for and exhausted EUC08 benefits, disregarding benefit year calculations as long as the EB period fell between the date of enactment and before January 1, 2010.

The agreement would allow States to opt to grandfather those workers who received EUC08 payments and exhausted them on or after January 1, 2010. Those workers would be eligible to receive EB payments based on EUC08 exhaustion and disregarding benefit year determinations until the week ending on or before June 1, 2010.

The agreement would continue the temporary suspension of the waiting week requirement for federal funding until the week ending before May 30, 2010.

Temporary Increase in Extended Unemployment Benefits under the Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act.

(House bill n.a.; Senate bill n.a.; Conference agreement Sec. 2006)

 

Current Law

 

 

The Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act (45 U.S.C. 351-369) provides up to 26 weeks of normal unemployment benefits for railroad employees. It also provides up to 13 weeks of extended benefits for railroad employees with 10 or more years of service.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement would temporarily increase the duration of extended unemployment benefits for railroad workers. The agreement would add an additional 13 weeks to the maximum amount of time railroad workers may receive extended unemployment benefits, allowing for up to 26 weeks of extended benefits in addition to the 26 weeks of normal benefits provided under current law.

The agreement would apply to all qualifying railroad employees, regardless of their years of service (i.e., it would apply to those with fewer than 10 years of service, who do not qualify for extended benefits under current law). The provision would apply to employees who received normal unemployment benefits during the benefit year beginning July 1, 2008 and ending June 30, 2009. No extended benefits under this bill would begin after December 31, 2009.

The agreement would appropriate $20 million from the general fund of the Treasury to cover the cost of the additional extended unemployment benefits. Subsection 2006(b) would provide an additional $80,000 for administering the additional benefits. If the additional extended benefits were to reach $20 million in cost before December 31,2009, the additional benefits would terminate.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

One-Time Emergency Payments to Certain Social Security, Supplemental Security Income, Railroad Retirement, Veterans Beneficiaries, and Certain Government Retirees

 

 

(House Bill Sec. 2102; Senate bill Sec. 1601; Conference agreement sections 2201 and 2209)

Section 2201. Economic Recovery Payments to Recipients of Social Security, Supplement Security Income, Railroad Retirement Benefits, and Veterans Disability Compensation or Pension benefits.

 

Current Law

 

 

Title II of the Social Security Act authorizes cash benefits for retired and disabled workers and their dependents and survivors under the Old Age and Survivors Insurance (OASI) and Disability Insurance (DI) programs. Title XVI of the Social Security Act authorizes monthly cash benefits for blind and disabled persons and persons age 65 or over who have limited income and resources under the Supplemental Security Income (SSI) program.

The Railroad Retirement Act of 1974 authorizes cash benefits for retired and disabled railroad workers and their dependents and survivors.

Title 38 of the United States Code authorizes cash benefits for certain veterans and their dependents and survivors.

Current law does not authorize any one-time emergency payments for any of these programs.

Under Title II of the Social Security Act, a person is eligible for Social Security benefits only if he or she has insured status as the result of sufficient employment that was covered by the Social Security system and for which Social Security payroll taxes were paid. Federal employees hired before 1983 were covered by the Civil Service Retirement System (CSRS) and, unless they were eligible for the CSRS-Offset or elected to enroll in the Federal Employees Retirement System (FERS), they are not eligible for Social Security benefits on the basis of their federal service. In addition, some state and local government employees are not covered by the Social Security system and thus are not eligible for Social Security benefits on the basis of their public service.

Current law does not authorize any one-time tax credit for government retirees who are not eligible for Social Security benefits.

 

House Bill

 

 

The House bill authorizes a one-time emergency payment to be made to SSI recipients. This payment must be made by the Social Security Administration (SSA) at the earliest practical date and no more than 120 days after enactment of the law. The amount of this one-time emergency payment would be equal to the average monthly amount of federal SSI benefits paid to an individual (approximately $456) or a married couple (approximately $637) in the most recent month for which data are available.

To be eligible for the one-time emergency payment, a person must be eligible for an SSI benefit, other than a personal needs allowance, for at least one day during the month of the payment. A person who was eligible for an SSI benefit, other than a personal needs allowance, for at least one day during the two-month period preceding the month of the emergency payment and their SSI eligibility ended during the two-month period solely because their income exceeded the SSI income guidelines is also eligible for the one-time emergency payment.

Only persons who are determined by the Commissioner of Social Security in calendar year 2009 to fall into one of the categories described above are eligible for the emergency payment. Thus, a person who is awarded SSI benefits anytime after 2009 would not be eligible for the emergency payment, even if he or she is awarded benefits retroactive to a date before the date of the emergency payment.

The one-time emergency payment would be protected from garnishment and assignment and would not be considered income in the month of receipt and the following 6 months for the purposes of determining eligibility of the recipient (or the recipient's spouse or family) for any means-tested program funded entirely or in part with federal funds.

The House bill provides an appropriation of such sums as may be necessary to carry out this section, including any administrative costs associated with the payment.

 

Senate Bill

 

 

The Senate bill provides for a one-time economic recovery payment of $300 to adult Social Security (Old Age and Survivors Insurance and Disability Insurance) and Railroad Retirement beneficiaries, Supplemental Security Income (SSI) recipients, and veterans receiving compensation or pension benefits from the Department of Veterans Affairs.

The economic recovery payment would be made by the Secretary of the Treasury after eligible beneficiaries are identified by the Social Security Administration (SSA), the Railroad Retirement Board, and the Department of Veterans Affairs. Payments are to be made at the earliest practicable date and in no event later than 120 days after enactment.

To be eligible for the economic recovery payment, a person must have been during the three-month period prior to the month of the enactment: an adult Social Security Old Age and Survivors Insurance (OASI) or Disability Insurance (DI) beneficiary (including adults eligible for child's benefits on the basis of as disability that began before the age of 22, persons eligible under transitional insured status, and persons eligible under special rules for uninsured persons over the age of 72), an adult Railroad Retirement or disability beneficiary (including dependents, survivors, and disabled adult children), a veterans pension or compensation beneficiary, or an SSI recipient (excluding persons who only receive a personal needs allowance).

The Senate bill requires that economic recovery payment recipients live in the United States or its territories. The Senate bill prohibits any person from receiving more than one economic recovery payment regardless of whether the individual is entitled to, or eligible for, more than one benefit or cash payment under this section.

The Senate bill prohibits the payment of an economic recovery payment to any Social Security beneficiary or person eligible for Social Security benefits paid by the Railroad Retirement Board, or SSI recipient, if, for the most recent month of the three-month period prior to enactment the person's benefits were not payable due to his or her status as a prisoner, inmate in a public institute, illegal alien, or fugitive felon.

The bill prohibits an economic recovery payment to any veterans compensation or pension beneficiary if, for the most recent month of the three-month period prior to enactment, the person's benefits were not payable due to his or her status as a prisoner or fugitive felon. It also prohibits the payment of an economic recovery payment to any person who dies before the date he or she is certified as eligible to receive a payment.

The bill limits the applicability of the economic recovery payments to retroactive beneficiaries by providing that no payment may be made for any reason after December 31, 2010.

The economic recovery payment would not be considered income in the month of receipt and the following 9 months for the purposes of determining eligibility of the recipient (or the recipient's spouse or family) for any means-tested program funded entirely or in part with federal funds. The payment would not be considered income for the purposes of taxation and would be protected from garnishment and assignment. However, the payment could be used to collect debts owed to the federal government. Electronic payments and payments to representative payees and fiduciaries would be authorized.

The Senate bill provides additional appropriations for the period from fiscal year 2009 through fiscal year 2011 in the amounts of: $57,000,000 to the Department of the Treasury; $90,000,000 to the SSA; $1,000,000 to the Railroad Retirement Board; and $7,200,000 to the Department of Veterans Affairs for administrative expenses associated with the one-time economic recovery payment. Of the money appropriated to the Department of Veterans Affairs, $100,000 shall be for the Information Systems Technology Account and $7,100,000 for general expenses related to the administration of the economic recovery payment. It also appropriates to the Department of the Treasury such sums as may be necessary for making economic recovery payments.

The Senate bill provides that the amount of a person's Making Work Pay tax credit authorized by Section 1001 of Division A of the Senate bill would be offset by the amount of any economic recovery payment that person receives.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement follows the Senate bill, with some modifications. The conference agreement directs the Secretary of the Treasury to disburse a onetime Economic Recovery Payment of $250 to adults who were eligible for Social Security benefits, Railroad Retirement benefits, or veteran's compensation or pension benefits; or individuals who were eligible for Supplemental Security Income (SSI) benefits (excluding individuals who receive SSI while in a Medicaid institution). Only individuals who were eligible for one of the four programs for any of the three months prior to the month of enactment shall receive an Economic Recovery Payment.

The provision stipulates that Economic Recovery Payments will only be made to individuals whose address of record is in 1 of the 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Guam, the United States Virgin Islands, American Samoa, or the Northern Mariana Islands.

An individual shall only receive one $250 Economic Recovery Payment under this section regardless of whether the individual is eligible for a benefit from more than one of the four federal programs.If the individual is also eligible for the "Making Work Pay" credit from Section 1001, that credit shall be reduced by the Economic Recovery Payment made under this section.

Individuals who are otherwise eligible for an Economic Recovery Payment will not receive a payment if their federal program benefits have been suspended because they are in prison, a fugitive, a probation or parole violator, have committed fraud, or are no longer lawfully present in the United States.

The provision directs the Commissioner of Social Security, the Railroad Retirement Board, and the Secretary of Veterans Affairs to provide the Secretary of the Treasury with information and data to send the payments to eligible individuals and to disburse the payments.

The provision provides that the Economic Recovery Payments shall not be taken into account as income, or taken into account as resources for the month of receipt and the following 9 months, for purposes of determining the eligibility of such individual or any other individual for benefits or assistance, or the amount or extent of benefits or assistance, under any Federal program or under any State or local program financed in whole or in part with Federal funds.

The provision provides that Economic Recovery Payments shall not be considered gross income for income tax purposes and that the payments are protected by the assignment and garnishment provisions of the four federal benefit programs. The payments will be subject to the Treasury Offset Program.

The provision stipulates that if an individual who is eligible for an Economic Recovery Payment has a representative payee, the payment shall be made to the representative payee and the entire payment shall only be used for the benefit of the individual who is entitled to the Economic Recovery Payment.

The provision appropriates the following amounts for FY2009 through FY2011: to the Secretary of the Treasury, $131 million for administrative costs to carry out the provisions of this section and the new Section 36A (the Making Work Pay credit); to the Commissioner of Social Security, such funds as are necessary to make the payments and $90 million to carry out the provisions of this section; to the Railroad Retirement Board, such funds as are necessary to make the payments and $1.4 million to carry out the provisions of this section; and to the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, such funds as are necessary to make the payments, $100,000 for the Information Systems Technology account and $7,100,000 to the General Operating Expenses account.

The Secretary of the Treasury shall commence making payments as soon as possible, but no later than 120 days after the date of enactment. No Economic Recovery Payments shall be made after December 31, 2010.

Section 2202. Special Credit for Certain Government Retirees.

 

Current Law

 

 

No provision.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement creates a $250 credit ($500 for a joint return where both spouses are eligible) against income taxes owed for tax year 2009 for individuals who receive a government pension or annuity from work not covered by Social Security, and were not eligible to receive a payment under section 2201. If the individual is also eligible for the "Making Work Pay" credit from Section 1001, that credit shall be reduced by the credit made under this section. Each tax return on which this credit is claimed must include the social security number of the taxpayer (in the case of a joint return, the social security number of at least one spouse). The provision states that the credit under this section shall be a refundable credit.

The provision provides that any credit or refund allowed or made by this provision shall not be taken into account as income and shall not be taken into account as resources for the month of receipt and the following two months for purposes of determining the eligibility of such individual or any other individual for benefits or assistance, or the amount or extent of benefits or assistance, under any Federal program or under any State or local program financed in whole or in part with Federal funds.

The provision is effective on the date of enactment.

 

TITLE III--HEALTH INSURANCE ASSISTANCE

 

 

A. Assistance for COBRA Continuation Coverage

 

 

(sec. 3002(a) of the House bill, sec. 3001 of the Senate amendment, sec. 3001 of the conference agreement, and sec. 4980B and new secs. 139C, 6432, and 6720C of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

The Code contains rules that require certain group health plans to offer certain individuals ("qualified beneficiaries") the opportunity to continue to participate for a specified period of time in the group health plan ("continuation coverage") after the occurrence of certain events that otherwise would have terminated such participation ("qualifying events").228 These continuation coverage rules are often referred to as "COBRA continuation coverage" or "COBRA," which is a reference to the acronym for the law that added the continuation coverage rules to the Code.229

The Code imposes an excise tax on a group health plan if it fails to comply with the COBRA continuation coverage rules with respect to a qualified beneficiary. The excise tax with respect to a qualified beneficiary generally is equal to $100 for each day in the noncompliance period with respect to the failure. A plan's noncompliance period generally begins on the date the failure first occurs and ends when the failure is corrected. Special rules apply that limit the amount of the excise tax if the failure would not have been discovered despite the exercise of reasonable diligence or if the failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect.

In the case of a multiemployer plan, the excise tax generally is imposed on the group health plan. A multiemployer plan is a plan to which more than one employer is required to contribute, that is maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements between one or more employee organizations and more than one employer, and that satisfies such other requirements as the Secretary of Labor may prescribe by regulation. In the case of a plan other than a multiemployer plan (a "single employer plan"), the excise tax generally is imposed on the employer.

Plans subject to COBRA

A group health plan is defined as a plan of, or contributed to by, an employer (including a self-employed person) or employee organization to provide health care (directly or otherwise) to the employees, former employees, the employer, and others associated or formerly associated with the employer in a business relationship, or their families. A group health plan includes a self-insured plan. The term group health plan does not, however, include a plan under which substantially all of the coverage is for qualified long-term care services.

The following types of group health plans are not subject to the Code's COBRA rules: (1) a plan established and maintained for its employees by a church or by a convention or association of churches which is exempt from tax under section 501 (a "church plan"); (2) a plan established and maintained for its employees by the Federal government, the government of any State or political subdivision thereof, or by any instrumentality of the foregoing (a "governmental plan")230 and (3) a plan maintained by an employer that normally employed fewer than 20 employees on a typical business day during the preceding calendar year231 (a "small employer plan").

Qualifying events and qualified beneficiaries

A qualifying event that gives rise to COBRA continuation coverage includes, with respect to any covered employee, the following events which would result in a loss of coverage of a qualified beneficiary under a group health plan (but for COBRA continuation coverage): (1) death of the covered employee; (2) the termination (other than by reason of such employee's gross misconduct), or a reduction in hours, of the covered employee's employment; (3) divorce or legal separation of the covered employee; (4) the covered employee becoming entitled to Medicare benefits under title XVIII of the Social Security Act; (5) a dependent child ceasing to be a dependent child under the generally applicable requirements of the plan; and (6) a proceeding in a case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code commencing on or after July 1, 1986, with respect to the employer from whose employment the covered employee retired at any time.

A "covered employee" is an individual who is (or was) provided coverage under the group health plan on account of the performance of services by the individual for one or more persons maintaining the plan and includes a self-employed individual. A "qualified beneficiary" means, with respect to a covered employee, any individual who on the day before the qualifying event for the employee is a beneficiary under the group health plan as the spouse or dependent child of the employee. The term qualified beneficiary also includes the covered employee in the case of a qualifying event that is a termination of employment or reduction in hours.

Continuation coverage requirements

Continuation coverage that must be offered to qualified beneficiaries pursuant to COBRA must consist of coverage which, as of the time coverage is being provided, is identical to the coverage provided under the plan to similarly situated non-COBRA beneficiaries under the plan with respect to whom a qualifying event has not occurred. If coverage under a plan is modified for any group of similarly situated non-COBRA beneficiaries, the coverage must also be modified in the same manner for qualified beneficiaries. Similarly situated non-COBRA beneficiaries means the group of covered employees, spouses of covered employees, or dependent children of covered employees who (i) are receiving coverage under the group health plan for a reason other than pursuant to COBRA, and (ii) are the most similarly situated to the situation of the qualified beneficiary immediately before the qualifying event, based on all of the facts and circumstances.

The maximum required period of continuation coverage for a qualified beneficiary (i.e., the minimum period for which continuation coverage must be offered) depends upon a number of factors, including the specific qualifying event that gives rise to a qualified beneficiary's right to elect continuation coverage. In the case of a qualifying event that is the termination, or reduction of hours, of a covered employee's employment, the minimum period of coverage that must be offered to the qualified beneficiary is coverage for the period beginning with the loss of coverage on account of the qualifying event and ending on the date that is 18 months232 after the date of the qualifying event. If coverage under a plan is lost on account of a qualifying event but the loss of coverage actually occurs at a later date, the minimum coverage period may be extended by the plan so that it is measured from the date when coverage is actually lost.

The minimum coverage period for a qualified beneficiary generally ends upon the earliest to occur of the following events: (1) the date on which the employer ceases to provide any group health plan to any employee, (2) the date on which coverage ceases under the plan by reason of a failure to make timely payment of any premium required with respect to the qualified beneficiary, and (3) the date on which the qualified beneficiary first becomes (after the date of election of continuation coverage) either (i) covered under any other group health plan (as an employee or otherwise) which does not include any exclusion or limitation with respect to any preexisting condition of such beneficiary or (ii) entitled to Medicare benefits under title XVIII of the Social Security Act. Mere eligibility for another group health plan or Medicare benefits is not sufficient to terminate the minimum coverage period. Instead, the qualified beneficiary must be actually covered by the other group health plan or enrolled in Medicare. Coverage under another group health plan or enrollment in Medicare does not terminate the minimum coverage period if such other coverage or Medicare enrollment begins on or before the date that continuation coverage is elected.

Election of continuation coverage

The COBRA rules specify a minimum election period under which a qualified beneficiary is entitled to elect continuation coverage. The election period begins not later than the date on which coverage under the plan terminates on account of the qualifying event, and ends not earlier than the later of 60 days or 60 days after notice is given to the qualified beneficiary of the qualifying event and the beneficiary's election rights.

Notice requirements

A group health plan is required to give a general notice of COBRA continuation coverage rights to employees and their spouses at the time of enrollment in the group health plan.

An employer is required to give notice to the plan administrator of certain qualifying events (including a loss of coverage on account of a termination of employment or reduction in hours) generally within 30 days of the qualifying event. A covered employee or qualified beneficiary is required to give notice to the plan administrator of certain qualifying events within 60 days after the event. The qualifying events giving rise to an employee or beneficiary notification requirement are the divorce or legal separation of the covered employee or a dependent child ceasing to be a dependent child under the terms of the plan. Upon receiving notice of a qualifying event from the employer, covered employee, or qualified beneficiary, the plan administrator is then required to give notice of COBRA continuation coverage rights within 14 days to all qualified beneficiaries with respect to the event.

Premiums

A plan may require payment of a premium for any period of continuation coverage. The amount of such premium generally may not exceed 102 percent233 of the "applicable premium" for such period and the premium must be payable, at the election of the payor, in monthly installments.

The applicable premium for any period of continuation coverage means the cost to the plan for such period of coverage for similarly situated non-COBRA beneficiaries with respect to whom a qualifying event has not occurred, and is determined without regard to whether the cost is paid by the employer or employee. The determination of any applicable premium is made for a period of 12 months (the "determination period") and is required to be made before the beginning of such 12 month period.

In the case of a self-insured plan, the applicable premium for any period of continuation coverage of qualified beneficiaries is equal to a reasonable estimate of the cost of providing coverage during such period for similarly situated non-COBRA beneficiaries which is determined on an actuarial basis and takes into account such factors as the Secretary of Treasury prescribes in regulations. A self-insured plan may elect to determine the applicable premium on the basis of an adjusted cost to the plan for similarly situated non-COBRA beneficiaries during the preceding determination period.

A plan may not require payment of any premium before the day which is 45 days after the date on which the qualified beneficiary made the initial election for continuation coverage. A plan is required to treat any required premium payment as timely if it is made within 30 days after the date the premium is due or within such longer period as applies to, or under, the plan.

Other continuation coverage rules

Continuation coverage rules which are parallel to the Code's continuation coverage rules apply to group health plans under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).234 ERISA generally permits the Secretary of Labor and plan participants to bring a civil action to obtain appropriate equitable relief to enforce the continuation coverage rules of ERISA, and in the case of a plan administrator who fails to give timely notice to a participant or beneficiary with respect to COBRA continuation coverage, a court may hold the plan administrator liable to the participant or beneficiary in the amount of up to $110 a day from the date of such failure.

Although the Federal government and State and local governments are not subject to the Code and ERISA's continuation coverage rules, other laws impose similar continua ion coverage requirements with respect to plans maintained by such governmental employers.235 In addition, many States have enacted laws or promulgated regulations that provide continuation coverage rights that are similar to COBRA continuation coverage rights in the case of a loss of group health coverage. Such State laws, for example, may apply in the case of a loss of coverage under a group health plan maintained by a small employer.

 

House Bill

 

 

Reduced COBRA premium

The provision provides that, for a period not exceeding 12 months, an assistance eligible individual is treated as having paid any premium required for COBRA continuation coverage under a group health plan if the individual pays 35 percent of the premium.236 Thus, if the assistance eligible individual pays 35 percent of the premium, the group health plan must treat the individual as having paid the full premium required for COBRA continuation coverage, and the individual is entitled to a subsidy for 65 percent of the premium. An assistance eligible individual is any qualified beneficiary who elects COBRA continuation coverage and satisfies two additional requirements. First, the qualifying event with respect to the covered employee for that qualified beneficiary must be a loss of group health plan coverage on account of an involuntary termination of the covered employee's employment. However, a termination of employment for gross misconduct does not qualify (since such a termination under present law does not qualify for COBRA continuation coverage). Second, the qualifying event must occur during the period beginning September 1, 2008 and ending with December 31, 2009 and the qualified beneficiary must be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage during that period and elect such coverage.

An assistance eligible individual can be any qualified beneficiary associated with the relevant covered employee (e.g., a dependent of an employee who is covered immediately prior to a qualifying event), and such qualified beneficiary can independently elect COBRA (as provided under present law COBRA rules) and independently receive a subsidy. Thus, the subsidy for an assistance eligible individual continues after an intervening death of the covered employee.

Under the provision, any subsidy provided is excludible from the gross income of the covered employee and any assistance eligible individuals. However, for purposes of determining the gross income of the employer and any welfare benefit plan of which the group health plan is a part, the amount of the premium reduction is intended to be treated as an employee contribution to the group health plan. Finally, under the provision, notwithstanding any other provision of law, the subsidy is not permitted to be considered as income or resources in determining eligibility for, or the amount of assistance or benefits under, any public benefit provided under Federal or State law (including the law of any political subdivision).

Eligible COBRA continuation coverage

Under the provision, continuation coverage that qualifies for the subsidy is not limited to coverage required to be offered under the Code's COBRA rules but also includes continuation coverage required under State law that requires continuation coverage comparable to the continuation coverage required under the Code's COBRA rules for group health plans not subject to those rules (e.g., a small employer plan) and includes continuation coverage requirements that apply to health plans maintained by the Federal government or a State government. Comparable continuation coverage under State law does not include every State law right to continue health coverage, such as a right to continue coverage with no rules that limit the maximum premium that can be charged with respect to such coverage. To be comparable, the right generally must be to continue substantially similar coverage as was provided under the group health plan (or substantially similar coverage as is provided to similarly situated beneficiaries) at a monthly cost that is based on a specified percentage of the group health plan's cost of providing such coverage.

The cost of coverage under any group health plan that is subject to the Code's COBRA rules (or comparable State requirements or continuation coverage requirement under health plans maintained by the Federal government or any State government) is eligible for the subsidy, except contributions to a health flexible spending account.

Termination of eligibility for reduced premiums

The assistance eligible individual's eligibility for the subsidy terminates with the first month beginning on or after the earlier of (1) the date which is 12 months after the first day of the first month for which the subsidy applies, (2) the end of the maximum required period of continuation coverage for the qualified beneficiary under the Code's COBRA rules or the relevant State or Federal law (or regulation), or (3) the date that the assistance eligible individual becomes eligible for Medicare benefits under title XVIII of the Social Security Act or health coverage under another group health plan (including, for example, a group health plan maintained by the new employer of the individual or a plan maintained by the employer of the individual's spouse). However, eligibility for coverage under another group health plan does not terminate eligibility for the subsidy if the other group health plan provides only dental, vision, counseling, or referral services (or a combination of the foregoing), is a health flexible spending account or health reimbursement arrangement, or is coverage for treatment that is furnished in an on-site medical facility maintained by the employer and that consists primarily of first-aid services, prevention and wellness care, or similar care (or a combination of such care).

If a qualified beneficiary paying a reduced premium for COBRA continuation coverage under this provision becomes eligible for coverage under another group health plan or Medicare, the provision requires the qualified beneficiary to notify, in writing, the group health plan providing the COBRA continuation coverage with the reduced premium of such eligibility under the other plan or Medicare. The notification by the assistance eligible individual must be provided to the group health plan in the time and manner as is specified by the Secretary of Labor. If an assistance eligible individual fails to provide this notification at the required time and in the required manner, and as a result the individual's COBRA continuation coverage continues to be subsidized after the termination of the individual's eligibility for such subsidy, a penalty is imposed on the individual equal to 110 percent of the subsidy provided after termination of eligibility.

This penalty only applies if the subsidy in the form of the premium reduction is actually provided to a qualified beneficiary for a month that the beneficiary is not eligible for the reduction. Thus, for example, if a qualified beneficiary becomes eligible for coverage under another group health plan and stops paying the reduced COBRA continuation premium, the penalty generally will not apply. As discussed below, under the provision, the group health plan is reimbursed for the subsidy for a month (65 percent of the amount of the premium for the month) only after receipt of the qualified beneficiary's portion (35 percent of the premium amount). Thus, the penalty generally will only arise when the qualified beneficiary continues to pay the reduced premium and does not notify the group health plan providing COBRA continuation coverage of the beneficiary's eligibility under another group health plan or Medicare.

Special COBRA election opportunity

The provision provides a special 60 day election period for a qualified beneficiary who is eligible for a reduced premium and who has not elected COBRA continuation coverage as of the date of enactment. The 60 day election period begins on the date that notice is provided to the qualified beneficiary of the special election period. However, this special election period does not extend the period of COBRA continuation coverage beyond the original maximum required period (generally 18 months after the qualifying event) and any COBRA continuation coverage elected pursuant to this special election period begins on the date of enactment and does not include any period prior to that date. Thus, for example, if a covered employee involuntarily terminated employment on September 10, 2008, but did not elect COBRA continuation coverage and was not eligible for coverage under another group health plan, the employee would have 60 days after date of notification of this new election right to elect the coverage and receive the subsidy. If the employee made the election, the coverage would begin with the date of enactment and would not include any period prior to that date. However, the coverage would not be required to last for 18 months. Instead the maximum required COBRA continuation coverage period would end not later than 18 months after September 10, 2008.

The special enrollment provision applies to a group health plan that is subject to the COBRA continuation coverage requirements of the Code, ERISA, Title 5 of the United States Code (relating to plans maintained by the Federal government), or the Public Health Service Act ("PHSA").

With respect to an assistance eligible individual who elects coverage pursuant to the special election period, the period beginning on the date of the qualifying event and ending with the day before the date of enactment is disregarded for purposes of the rules that limit the group health plan from imposing pre-existing condition limitations with respect to the individual's coverage.237

Reimbursement of group health plans

The provision provides that the entity to which premiums are payable (determined under the applicable COBRA continuation coverage requirement)238 shall be reimbursed by the amount of the premium for COBRA continuation coverage that is no aid by an assistance eligible individual on account of the premium reduction. An entity is not eligible for subsidy reimbursement, however, until the entity has received the reduced premium payment from the assistance eligible individual. To the extent that such entity has liability for income tax withholding from wages239 or FICA taxes240 with respect to its employees, the entity is reimbursed by treating the amount that is reimbursable to the entity as a credit against its liability for these payroll taxes.241 To the extent that such amount exceeds the amount of the entity's liability for these payroll taxes, the Secretary shall reimburse the entity for the excess directly. The provision requires any entity entitled to such reimbursement to submit such reports as the Secretary of Treasury may require, including an attestation of the involuntary termination of employment of each covered employee on the basis of whose termination entitlement to reimbursement of premiums is claimed, and a report of the amount of payroll taxes offset for a reporting period and the estimated offsets of such taxes for the next reporting period. This report is required to be provided at the same time as the deposits of the payroll taxes would have been required, absent the offset, or such times as the Secretary specifies.

Notice requirements

The notice of COBRA continuation coverage that a plan administrator is required to provide to qualified beneficiaries with respect to a qualifying event under present law must contain, under the provision, additional information including, for example, information about the qualified beneficiary's right to the premium reduction (and subsidy) and the conditions on the subsidy, and a description of the obligation of the qualified beneficiary to notify the group health plan of eligibility under another group health plan or eligibility for Medicare benefits under title XVIII of the Social Security Act, and the penalty for failure to provide this notification. The provision also requires a new notice to be given to qualified beneficiaries entitled to a special election period after enactment. In the case of group health plans that are not subject to the COBRA continuation coverage requirements of the Code, ERISA, Title 5 of the United States Code (relating to plans maintained by the Federal government), or PHSA, the provision requires that notice be given to the relevant employees and beneficiaries as well, as specified by the Secretary of Labor. Within 30 days after enactment, the Secretary of Labor is directed to provide model language for the additional notification required under the provision. The provision also provides an expedited 10-day review process by the Department of Labor, under which an individual may request review of a denial of treatment as an assistance eligible individual by a group health plan.

Regulatory authority

The provision provides authority to the Secretary of the Treasury to issue regulations or other guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the provision, including any reporting requirements or the establishment of other methods for verifying the correct amounts of payments and credits under the provision. For example, the Secretary of the Treasury might require verification on the return of an assistance eligible individual who is the covered employee that the individual's termination of employment was involuntary. The provision directs the Secretary of the Treasury to issue guidance or regulations addressing the reimbursement of the subsidy in the case of a multiemployer group health plan. The provision also provides authority to the Secretary of the Treasury to promulgate rules, procedures, regulations, and other guidance as is necessary and appropriate to prevent fraud and abuse in the subsidy program, including the employment tax offset mechanism.

Reports

The provision requires the Secretary of the Treasury to submit an interim and a final report regarding the implementation of the premium reduction provision. The interim report is to include information about the number of individuals receiving assistance, and the total amount of expenditures incurred, as of the date of the report. The final report, to be issued as soon as practicable after the last period of COBRA continuation coverage for which premiums are provided, is to include similar information as provided in the interim report, with the addition of information about the average dollar amount (monthly and annually) of premium reductions provided to such individuals. The reports are to be given to the Committee on Ways and Means, the Committee on Energy and Commerce, the Committee on Health Education, Labor and Pensions and the Committee on Finance.

Effective date

The provision is effective for premiums for months of coverage beginning on or after the date of enactment. However, it is intended that a group health plan will not fail to satisfy the requirements for COBRA continuation coverage merely because the plan accepts payment of 100 percent of the premium from an assistance eligible employee during the first two months beginning on or after the date of enactment while the premium reduction is being implemented, provided the amount of the resulting premium overpayment is credited against the individual's premium (35 percent of the premium) for future months or the overpayment is otherwise repaid to the employee as soon as practical.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

The Senate amendment is the same as the House bill with certain modifications. The amount of the COBRA the premium reduction (or subsidy) is 50 percent of the required premium under the Senate amendment (rather than 65 percent as provided under the House bill).

In addition, a group health plan is permitted to provide a special enrollment right to assistance-eligible individuals to allow them to change coverage options under the plan in conjunction with electing COBRA continuation coverage. Under this special enrollment right, the assistance eligible individual must only be offered the option to change to any coverage option offered to employed workers that provides the same or lower health insurance premiums than the individual's group health plan coverage as of the date of the covered employee's qualifying event. If the individual elects a different coverage option under this special enrollment right in conjunction with electing COBRA continuation coverage, this is the coverage that must be provided for purposes of satisfying the COBRA continuation coverage requirement. However the coverage plan option into which the individual must be given the opportunity to enroll under this special enrollment right does not include the following: a coverage option providing only dental, vision, counseling, or referral services (or a combination of the foregoing); a health flexible spending account or health reimbursement arrangement; or coverage for treatment that is furnished in an on-site medical facility maintained by the employer and that consists primarily of first-aid services, prevention and wellness care, or similar care (or a combination of such care).

Effective date

The provision is effective for months of coverage beginning after the date of enactment. In addition, the Senate amendment specifically provides rules for reimbursement of an assistance eligible individual if such individual pays 100 percent of the premium required for COBRA continuation coverage for any month during the 60-day period beginning on the first day of the first month after the date of enactment. The person who receives the premium overpayment is permitted to provide a credit to the assistance eligible individual for the amount overpaid against one or more subsequent premiums (subject to the 50 percent payment rule) for COBRA continuation coverage, but only if it is reasonable to believe that the credit for the excess will be used by the assistance eligible individual within 180 days of the individual's overpayment. Otherwise, the person must make a reimbursement payment to the individual for the amount of the premium overpayment within 60 days of receiving the overpayment. Further, if as of any day during the 180-day period it is no longer reasonable to believe that the credit will be used during that period by the assistance eligible individual (e.g., the individual ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage), payment equal to the remainder of the credit outstanding must be made to the individual within 60 days of such day.

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

In general

The conference agreement generally follows the House bill. Thus, as under the House bill, the rate of the premium subsidy is 65 percent of the premium for a period of coverage. However, the period of the premium subsidy is limited to a maximum of 9 months of coverage (instead of a maximum of 12 months). As under the House bill and Senate amendment, the premium subsidy is only provided with respect to involuntary terminations that occur on or after September 1, 2008, and before January 1, 2010.

The conference agreement includes the provision in the Senate amendment that permits a group health plan to provide a special enrollment right to assistance eligible individuals to allow them to change coverage options under the plan in conjunction with electing COBRA continuation coverage.242 This provision only allows a group health plan to offer additional coverage options to assistance eligible individuals and does not change the basic requirement under Federal COBRA continuation coverage requirements that a group health plan must allow an assistance eligible individual to choose to continue with the coverage in which the individual is enrolled as of the qualifying event.243 However, once the election of the other coverage is made, it becomes COBRA continuation coverage under the applicable COBRA continuation provisions. Thus, for example, under the Federal COBRA continuation coverage provisions, if a covered employee chooses different coverage pursuant to being provided this option, the different coverage elected must generally be permitted to be continued for the applicable required period (generally 18 months or 36 months, absent an event that permits coverage to be terminated under the Federal COBRA continuation provisions) even though the premium subsidy is only for nine months.

The conference agreement adds an income threshold as an additional condition on an individual's entitlement to the premium subsidy during any taxable year. The income threshold applies based on the modified adjusted gross income for an individual income tax return for the taxable year in which the subsidy is received (i.e., either 2009 or 2010) with respect to which the assistance eligible individual is the taxpayer, the taxpayer's spouse or a dependent of the taxpayer (within the meaning of section 152 of the Code, determined without regard to sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B)). Modified adjusted gross income for this purpose means adjusted gross income as defined in section 62 of the Code increased by any amount excluded from gross income under section 911, 931, or 933 of the Code. Under this income threshold, if the premium subsidy is provided with respect to any COBRA continuation coverage which covers the taxpayer, the taxpayer's spouse, or any dependent of the taxpayer during a taxable year and the taxpayer's modified adjusted gross income exceeds $145,000 (or $290,000 for joint filers), then the amount of the premium subsidy for all months during the taxable year must be repaid. The mechanism for repayment is an increase in the taxpayer's income tax liability for the year equal to such amount. For taxpayers with adjusted gross income between $125,000 and $145,000 (or $250,000 and $290,000 for joint filers), the amount of the premium subsidy for the taxable year that must be repaid is reduced proportionately.

Under this income threshold, for example, an assistance eligible individual who is eligible for Federal COBRA continuation coverage based on the involuntary termination of a covered employee in August 2009 but who is not entitled to the premium subsidy for the periods of coverage during 2009 due to having income above the threshold, may nevertheless be entitled to the premium subsidy for any periods of coverage in the remaining period (e.g. 5 months of coverage) during 2010 to which the subsidy applies if the modified adjusted gross income for 2010 of the relevant taxpayer is not above the income threshold.

The conference report allows an individual to make a permanent election (at such time and in such form as the Secretary of Treasury may prescribe) to waive the right to the premium subsidy for all periods of coverage. For the election to take effect, the individual must notify the entity (to which premiums are reimbursed under section 6432(a) of the Code) of the election. This waiver provision allows an assistance eligible individual who is certain that the modified adjusted gross income limit prevents the individual from being entitled to any premium subsidy for any coverage period to decline the subsidy for all coverage periods and avoid being subject to the recapture tax. However, this waiver applies to all periods of coverage (regardless of the tax year of the coverage) for which the individual might be entitled to the subsidy. The premium subsidy for any period of coverage cannot later be claimed as a tax credit or otherwise be recovered, even if the individual later determines that the income threshold was not exceeded for a relevant tax year. This waiver is made separately by each qualified beneficiary (who could be an assistance eligible individual) with respect to a covered employee.

Technical changes

The conference agreement makes a number of technical changes to the COBRA premium subsidy provisions in the House bill. The conference agreement clarifies that a reference to a period of coverage in the provision is a reference to the monthly or shorter period of coverage with respect to which premiums are charged with respect to such coverage. For example, the provision is effective for a period of coverage beginning after the date of enactment. In the case of a plan that provides and charges for COBRA continuation coverage on a calendar month basis, the provision is effective for the first calendar month following date of enactment.

The conference agreement specifically provides that if a person other than the individual's employer pays on the individual's behalf then the individual is treated as paying 35 percent of the premium, as required to be entitled to the premium subsidy. Thus, the conference agreement makes clear that, for this purpose, payment by an assistance eligible individual includes payment by another individual paying on behalf of the individual, such as a parent or guardian, or an entity paying on behalf of the individual, such as a State agency or charity.

The conference agreement clarifies that, for the special 60 day election period for a qualified beneficiary who is eligible for a reduced premium and who has not elected COBRA continuation coverage as of the date of enactment provided in the House bill, the election period begins on the date of enactment and ends 60 days after the notice is provided to the qualified beneficiary of the special election period. In addition, the conference agreement clarifies that coverage elected under this special election right begins with the first period of coverage beginning on or after the date of enactment. The conference agreement also extends this special COBRA election opportunity to a qualified beneficiary who elected COBRA coverage but who is no longer enrolled on the date of enactment, for example, because the beneficiary was unable to continue paying the premium.

The conference agreement clarifies that a violation of the new notice requirements is also a violation of the notice requirements of the underlying COBRA provision. As under the House bill, a notice must be provided to all individuals who terminated employment during the applicable time period, and not just to individuals who were involuntarily terminated.

As under the House bill, coverage under a flexible spending account ("FSA") is not eligible for the subsidy. The conference agreement clarifies that a FSA is defined as a health flexible spending account offered under a cafeteria plan within the meaning of section 125 of the Code.244

As under the House bill, there is a provision for expedited review, by the Secretary of Labor or Health and Human Services (in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury), of denials of the premium subsidy. Under the conference agreement, such reviews must be completed within 15 business days (rather than 10 business days as provided in the House bill) after receipt of the individual's application for review. The conference agreement is intended to give the Secretaries the flexibility necessary to make determinations within 15 business days based upon evidence they believe, in their discretion, to be appropriate. Additionally, the conference agreement intends that, if an individual is denied treatment as an assistance eligible individual and also submits a claim for benefits to the plan that would be denied by reason of not being eligible for Federal COBRA continuation coverage (or failure to pay full premiums), the individual would be eligible to proceed with expedited review irrespective of any claims for benefits that may be pending or subject to review under the provisions of ERISA 503. Under the conference agreement, either Secretary's determination upon review is de novo and is the final determination of such Secretary.

The conference agreement clarifies the reimbursement mechanism for the premium subsidy in several respects. First, it clarifies that the person to whom the reimbursement is payable is either (1) the multiemployer group health plan, (2) the employer maintaining the group health plan subject to Federal COBRA continuation coverage requirements, and (3) the insurer providing coverage under an insured plan. Thus, this is the person who is eligible to offset its payroll taxes for purposes of reimbursement. It also clarifies that the credit for the reimbursement is treated as a payment of payroll taxes. Thus, it clarifies that any reimbursement for an amount in excess of the payroll taxes owed is treated in the same manner as a tax refund. Similarly, it clarifies that overstatement of reimbursement is a payroll tax violation. For example, IRS can assert appropriate penalties for failing to truthfully account for the reimbursement. However, it is not intended that any portion of the reimbursement is taken into account when determining the amount of any penalty to be imposed against any person, required to collect, truthfully account for, and pay over any tax under section 6672 of the Code.

It is intended that reimbursement not be mirrored in the U.S. possessions that have mirror income tax codes (the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, and the Virgin Islands). Rather, the intent of Congress is that reimbursement will have direct application to persons in those possessions. Moreover, it is intended that income tax withholding payable to the government of any possession (American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, or the Virgin Islands) (in contrast with FICA withholding payable to the U.S. Treasury) will not be reduced as a result of the application of this provision. A person liable for both FICA withholding payable to the U.S. Treasury and income tax withholding payable to a possession government will be credited or refunded any excess of (1) the amount of FICA taxes treated as paid under the reimbursement rule of the provision over (2) the amount of the person's liability for those FICA taxes.

Effective date

The provision is effective for periods of coverage beginning after the date of enactment. In addition, specific rules are provided in the case of an assistance eligible individual who pays 100 percent of the premium required for COBRA continuation coverage for any coverage period during the 60-day period beginning on the first day of the first coverage period after the date of enactment. Such rules follow the Senate amendment.

 

B. Extension of Minimum COBRA Continuation Coverage

 

 

(sec. 3002(b) of the House bill)

 

Present Law

 

 

A covered employee's termination of employment (other than for gross misconduct), whether voluntary or involuntary, is a COBRA qualifying245 A covered employee's reduction in hours of employment, whether voluntary or involuntary, is also a COBRA qualifying event if the reduction results in a loss of employer sponsored group health plan coverage.246

The minimum length of coverage continuation that must be offered to a qualified beneficiary depends upon a number of factors, including the specific qualifying event that gives rise to a qualified beneficiary's right to elect coverage continuation. In the case of a qualifying event that is the termination, or reduction of hours, of a covered employee's employment, the minimum period of coverage that must be offered to each qualified beneficiary generally must extend until 18 months after the date of the qualifying event.247 Under certain circumstances, however, the coverage continuation period can be extended up to a maximum total of 36 months. For example, if a second qualifying event occurs within the initial 18 month continuation period the initial period will be extended up to an additional 18 months (for a total of 36 months) for qualified beneficiaries other than the covered employee. Similarly, if a qualified beneficiary is determined to be disabled for purposes of Social Security during the first 60 days of the initial 18 month continuation coverage period, the initial 18 month period may be extended up to an additional 11 months (for a total of 29 months) for the disabled beneficiary and all of his or her covered family members. If a second qualifying event then occurs during the additional 11 month coverage period, the continuation period may be extended for another seven months, for a total of 36 months of continuation coverage.

 

House Bill

 

 

The provision amends section 4980B(f)(2)(B) to provide extended COBRA coverage periods for covered employees who qualify for COBRA continuation coverage due to termination of employment or reduction in hours and who (a) are age 55 or older, or (b) have 10 or more years of service with the employer, at the time of the qualifying event. Such individuals would be permitted to continue their COBRA coverage until the earlier of enrollment for Medicare benefits under title XVIII of the Social Security Act, becomes covered under another group health plan. (described in section 4980B(f)(2)(B)(iv)), or termination of all health plans sponsored by the employer offering the COBRA coverage. The extended coverage period would apply to all qualified beneficiaries of the covered employee.

The provision makes parallel changes to ERISA and PHSA.

Effective date

The provision is effective for periods of coverage which would (without regard to any amendments made by the provision) end on or after the date of enactment.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

No provision.
Conference Agreement

 

 

The conference agreement does not include the House bill provision.

 

C. Modify the Health Coverage Tax Credit

 

 

(secs. 1899 to 1899L of the conference agreement and secs. 35, 4980B, 7527, and 9801 of the Code)

 

Present Law

 

 

In general

Under the Trade Act of 2002,248 in the case of taxpayers who are eligible individuals, a refundable tax credit is provided for 6 percent of the taxpayer's premiums for qualified health insurance of the taxpayer and qualifying family members for each eligible coverage month beginning in the taxable year. The credit is commonly referred to as the health coverage tax credit ("HCTC"). The credit is available only with respect to amounts paid by the taxpayer. The credit is available on an advance basis.249

Qualifying family members are the taxpayer's spouse and any dependent of the taxpayer with respect to whom the taxpayer is entitled to claim a dependency exemption. Any individual who has other specified coverage is not a qualifying family member.

Persons eligible for the credit

Eligibility for the credit is determined on a monthly basis. In general, an eligible coverage month is any month if, as of the first day of the month, the taxpayer (1) is an eligible individual, (2) is covered by qualified health insurance, (3) does not have other specified coverage, and (4) is not imprisoned under Federal, State, or local authority.250 In the case of a joint return, the eligibility requirements are met if at least one spouse satisfies the requirements.

An eligible individual is an individual who is (1) an eligible TAA recipient, (2) an eligible alternative Trade Adjustment Assistance ("TAA") recipient, or (3) an eligible Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation ("PBGC") pension recipient.

An individual is an eligible TAA recipient during any month the individual (1) is receiving for any day of such month a trade readjustment allowance251 or who would be eligible to receive such an allowance but for the requirement that the individual exhaust unemployment benefits before being eligible to receive an allowance and (2) with respect to such allowance, is covered under a certification issued under subchapter A or D of chapter 2 of title II of the Trade Act of 1974. An individual is treated as an eligible TAA recipient during the first month that such individual would otherwise cease to be an eligible TAA recipient.

An individual is an eligible alternative TAA recipient during any month if the individual (1) is a worker described in section 246(a)(3)(B) of the Trade Act of 1974 who is participating in the program established under section 246(a)(1) of such Act, and (2) is receiving a benefit for such month under section 246(a)(2) of such Act. An individual is treated as an eligible alternative TAA recipient during the first month that such individual would otherwise cease to be an eligible TAA recipient.

An individual is a PBGC pension recipient for any month if he or she (1) is age 55 or over as of the first day of the month, and (2) is receiving a benefit any portion of which is paid by the PBGC. The IRS has interpreted the definition of PBGC pension recipient to also include certain alternative recipients and recipients who have received certain lump-sum payments on or after August 6, 2002. A person is not an eligible individual if he or she may be claimed as a dependent on another person's tax return.

An otherwise eligible taxpayer is not eligible for the credit for a month if, as of the first day of the month, the individual has other specified coverage. Other specified coverage is (1) coverage under any insurance which constitutes medical care (except for insurance substantially all of the coverage of which is for excepted benefits)252 maintained by an employer (or former employer) if at least 50 percent of the cost of the coverage is paid by an employer253 (or former employer) of the individual or his or her spouse or (2) coverage under certain governmental health programs. Specifically, an individual is not eligible for the credit if, as of the first day of the month, the individual is (1) entitled to benefits under Medicare Part A, enrolled in Medicare Part B, or enrolled in Medicaid or SCHIP, (2) enrolled in a health benefits plan under the Federal Employees Health Benefit Plan, or (3) entitled to receive benefits under chapter 55 of title 10 of the United States Code (relating to military personnel). An individual is not considered to be enrolled in Medicaid solely by reason of receiving immunizations.

A special rule applies with respect to alternative TAA recipients. For eligible alternative TAA recipients, an individual has other specified coverage if the individual is (1) eligible for coverage under any qualified health insurance (other than coverage under a COBRA continuation provision, State-based continuation coverage, or coverage through certain State arrangements) under which at least 50 percent of the cost of coverage is paid or incurred by an employer of the taxpayer or the taxpayer's spouse or (2) covered under any such qualified health insurance under which any portion of the cost of coverage is paid or incurred by an employer of the taxpayer or the taxpayer's spouse.

Qualified health insurance

Qualified health insurance eligible for the credit is: (1) COBRA continuation254 coverage; (2) State-based continuation coverage provided by the State under a State law that requires such coverage; (3) coverage offered through a qualified State high risk pool; (4) coverage under a health insurance program offered to State employees or a comparable program; (5) coverage through an arrangement entered into by a State and a group health plan, an issuer of health insurance coverage, an administrator, or an employer; (6) coverage offered through a State arrangement with a private sector health care coverage purchasing pool; (7) coverage under a State-operated health plan that does not receive any Federal financial participation; (8) coverage under a group health plan that is available through the employment of the eligible individual's spouse; and (9) coverage under individual health insurance if the eligible individual was covered under individual health insurance during the entire 30-day period that ends on the date the individual became separated from the employment which qualified the individual for the TAA allowance, the benefit for an eligible alternative TAA recipient, or a pension benefit from the PBGC, whichever applies.255

Qualified health insurance does not include any State-based coverage (i.e., coverage described in (2)-(7) in the preceding paragraph), unless the State has elected to have such coverage treated as qualified health insurance and such coverage meets certain requirements.256 Such State coverage must provide that each qualifying individual is guaranteed enrollment if the individual pays the premium for enrollment or provides a qualified health insurance costs eligibility certificate and pays the remainder of the premium. In addition, the State-based coverage cannot impose any pre-existing condition limitation with respect to qualifying individuals. State-based coverage cannot require a qualifying individual to pay a premium or contribution that is greater than the premium or contribution for a similarly situated individual who is not a qualified individual. Finally, benefits under the State-based coverage must be the same as (or substantially similar to) benefits provided to similarly situated individuals who are not qualifying individuals.

A qualifying individual is an eligible individual who seeks to enroll in the State-based coverage and who has aggregate periods of creditable coverage257 of three months or longer, does not have other specified coverage, and who is not imprisoned. In general terms, creditable coverage includes health care coverage without a gap of more than 63 days. Therefore, if an individual's qualifying coverage were terminated more than 63 days before the individual enrolled in the State-based coverage, the individual would not be a qualifying individual and would not be entitled to the State-based protections. A qualifying individual also includes qualified family members of such an eligible individual.

Qualified health insurance does not include coverage under a flexible spending or similar arrangement or any insurance if substantially all of the coverage is for excepted benefits.

Other rules

Amounts taken into account in determining the credit may not be taken into account in determining the amount allowable under the itemized deduction for medical expenses or the deduction for health insurance expenses of self-employed individuals. Amounts distributed from a medical savings account or health savings accounts are not eligible for the credit. The amount of the credit available through filing a tax return is reduced by any credit received on an advance basis. Married taxpayers filing separate returns are eligible for the credit; however, if both spouses are eligible individuals and the spouses file separate returns, then the spouse of the taxpayer is not a qualifying family member.

The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to prescribe such regulations and other guidance as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the credit provision.

COBRA

The Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 ("COBRA") requires that a group health plan must offer continuation coverage to qualified beneficiaries in the case of a qualifying event. An excise tax under the Code applies on the failure of a group health plan to meet the requirement.258 Qualifying events include the death of the covered employee, termination of the covered employee's employment, divorce or legal separation of the covered employee, and certain bankruptcy proceedings of the employer. In the case of termination from employment, the coverage must be extended for a period of not less than 18 months. In certain other cases, coverage must be extended for a period of not less than 36 months. Under such period of continuation coverage, the plan may require payment of a premium by the beneficiary of up to 102 percent of the applicable premium for the period.

 

House Bill

 

 

No provision.

 

Senate Amendment

 

 

No provision.259

 

Conference Agreement

 

 

Increase in credit percentage amount

The provision increases the amount of the HCTC to 80 percent of the taxpayer's premiums for qualified health insurance of the taxpayer and qualifying family members.

 

Effective date

 

The provision is effective for coverage months beginning on or after the first day of the first month beginning 60 days after date of enactment. The increased credit rate does not apply to months beginning after December 31, 2010.

Payment for monthly premiums paid prior to commencement of advance payment of credit

The provision provides that the Secretary of Treasury shall make one or more retroactive payments on behalf of certified individuals equal to 80 percent of the premiums for coverage of the taxpayer and qualifying family members for qualified health insurance for eligible coverage months occurring prior to the first month for which an advance payment is made on behalf of such individual. The amount of the payment must be reduced by the amount of any payment made to the taxpayer under a national emergency grant pursuant to section 173(f) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 for a taxable year including such eligible coverage months.

 

Effective date

 

The provision is effective for eligible coverage months beginning after December 31, 2008. The Secretary of the Treasury, however, is not required to make any payments under the provision until after the date that is six months after the date of enactment. The provision does not apply to months beginning after December 31, 2010.

TAA recipients not enrolled in training programs eligible for credit

The provision modifies the definition of an eligible TAA recipient to eliminate the requirement that an individual be enrolled in training in the case of an individual receiving unemployment compensation. In addition, the provision clarifies that the definition of an eligible TAA recipient includes an individual who would be eligible to receive a trade readjustment allowance except that the individual is in a break in training that exceeds the period specified in section 233(e) of the Trade Act of 1974, but is within the period for receiving the allowance.

 

Effective date

 

The provision is effective for months beginning after the date of enactment in taxable years ending after such date. The provision does not apply to months beginning after December 31, 2010.

TAA pre-certification period rule for purposes of determining whether there is a 63-day lapse in creditable coverage

Under the provision, in determining if there has been a 63-day lapse in coverage (which determines, in part, if the State-based consumer protections apply), in the case of a TAA-eligible individual, the period beginning on the date the individual has a TAA-related loss of coverage and ending on the date which is seven days after the date of issuance by the Secretary (or by any person or entity designated by the Secretary) of a qualified health insurance costs credit eligibility certificate (under section 7527) for such individual is not taken into account.

 

Effective date

 

The provision is effective for plan years beginning after the date of enactment. The provision does not apply to plan years beginning after December 31, 2010.

Continued qualification of family members after certain events

The provision provides continued eligibility for the credit for family members after certain events. The rule applies in the case of (1) the eligible individual becoming entitled to Medicare, (2) divorce and (3) death.

In the case of a month which would be an eligible coverage month with respect to an eligible individual except that the individual is entitled to benefits under Medicare Part A or enrolled in Medicare Part B, the month is treated as an eligible coverage month with respect to the individual solely for purposes of determining the amount of the credit with respect to qualifying family members (i.e., the credit is allowed for expenses paid for qualifying family members after the eligible individual is eligible for Medicare). Such treatment applies only with respect to the first 24 months after the eligible individual is first entitled to benefits under Medicare Part A or enrolled in Medicare Part B.

In the case of the finalization of a divorce between an eligible individual and the individual's spouse, the spouse is treated as an eligible individual for a period of 24 months beginning with the date of the finalization of the divorce. Under such rule, the only family members that may be taken into account with respect to the spouse as qualifying family members are those individuals who were qualifying family members immediately before such divorce finalization.

In the case of the death of an eligible individual, the spouse of such individual (determined at the time of death) is treated as an eligible individual for a period of 24 months beginning with the date of death. Under such rule, the only qualifying family members that may be taken into account with respect to the spouse are those individuals who were qualifying family members immediately before such death. In addition, any individual who was a qualifying family member of the decedent immediately before such death260 treated as an eligible individual for a period of 24 months beginning with the date of death, except that in determining the amount of the HCTC only such qualifying family member may be taken into account.

 

Effective date

 

The provision is effective for months beginning after December 31, 2009. The provision does not apply to months that begin after December 31, 2010.

Alignment of COBRA coverage

The maximum required COBRA continuation coverage period is modified by the provision with respect to certain individuals whose qualifying event is a termination of employment or a reduction in hours. First, in the case of such a qualifying event with respect to a covered employee who has a nonforfeitable right to a benefit any portion of which is paid by the PBGC, the maximum coverage period must end not earlier than the date of death of the covered employee (or in the case of the surviving spouse or dependent children of the covered employee, not earlier than 24 months after the date of death of the covered employee). Second, in the case of such a qualifying event where the covered employee is a TAA eligible individual as of the date that the maximum coverage period would otherwise terminate, the maximum coverage period must extend during the period that the individual is a TAA eligible individual.

 

Effective date

 

The provision is effective for periods of coverage that would, without regard to the provision, end on or after the date of enactment, provided that the provision does not extend any periods of coverage beyond December 31, 2010.

Addition of coverage through voluntary employees' beneficiary associations

The provision expands the definition of qualified health insurance by including coverage under an employee benefit plan funded by a voluntary employees' beneficiary association ("VEBA", as defined in section 501(c)(9)) established pursuant to an order of a bankruptcy court, or by agreement with an authorized representative, as provided in section 1114 of title 11, United States Code.

 

Effective date

 

The provision is effective on the date of enactment. The provision does not apply with respect to certificates of eligibility issued after December 31, 2010.

Notice requirements

The provision requires that the qualified health insurance costs credit eligibility certificate provided in connection with the advance payment of the HCTC must include (1) the name, address, and telephone number of the State office or offices responsible for providing the individual with assistance with enrollment in qualified health insurance, (2) a list of coverage options that are treated as qualified health insurance by the State in which the individual resides, (3) in the case of a TAA-eligible individual, a statement informing the individual that the individual has 63 days from the date that is seven days after the issuance of such certificate to enroll in such insurance without a lapse in creditable coverage, and (4) such other information as the Secretary may provide.

 

Effective date

 

The provision is effective for certificates issued after the date that is six months after the date of enactment. The provision does not apply to months beginning after December 31, 2010.

Survey and report on enhanced health coverage tax credit program

 

Survey

 

The provision requires that the Secretary of the Treasury must conduct a biennial survey of eligible individuals containing the following information:

 

1. In the case of eligible individuals receiving the HCTC (including those participating in the advance payment program (the "HCTC program")) (A) demographic information of such individuals, including income and education levels, (B). satisfaction of such individuals with the enrollment process in the HCTC program, (C) satisfaction of such individuals with available health coverage options under the credit, including level of premiums, benefits, deductibles, cost-sharing requirements, and the adequacy of provider networks, and (D) any other information that the Secretary determines is appropriate.

2. In the case of eligible individuals not receiving the HCTC (A) demographic information on each individual, including income and education levels, (B) whether the individual was aware of the HCTC or the HCTC program, (C) the reasons the individual has not enrolled in the HCTC program, including whether such reasons include the burden of process of enrollment and the affordability of coverage, (D) whether the individual has health insurance coverage, and, if so, the source of such coverage, and (E) any other information that the Secretary determines is appropriate.

 

Not later than December 31 of each year in which a survey described above is conducted (beginning in 2010), the Secretary of Treasury must report to the Committee on Finance and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Ways and Means and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives the findings of the most recent survey.

 

Report

 

Not later than October 1 of each year (beginning in 2010), the Secretary of Treasury must report to the Committee on Finance and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Ways and Means and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives the following information with respect to the most recent taxable year ending before such date:

 

1. In each State and nationally (A) the total number of eligible individuals and the number of eligible individuals receiving the HCTC, (B) the total number of such eligible individuals who receive an advance payment of the HCTC through the HCTC program, (C) the average length of the time period of participation of eligible individuals in the HCTC program, and (D) the total number of participating eligible individuals in the HCTC program who are enrolled in each category of qualified health insurance with respect to each category of eligible individuals.

2. In each State and nationality, an analysis of (A) the range of monthly health insurance premiums, for self-only coverage and for family coverage, for individuals receiving the benefit of the HCTC and (B) the average and median monthly health insurance premiums, for self-only coverage and for family coverage, for individuals receiving the HCTC with respect to each category of qualified health insurance.

3. In each State and nationally, an analysis of the following information with respect to the health insurance coverage of individuals receiving the HCTC who are enrolled in State-based coverage: (A) deductible amounts, (B) other out-of-pocket cost-sharing amounts, and (C) a description of any annual or lifetime limits on coverage or any other significant limits on coverage services or benefits. The information must be reported with respect to each category of coverage.

4. In each State and nationally, the gender and average age of eligible individuals who receive the HCTC in each category of qualified health insurance with respect to each category of eligible individuals.

5. The steps taken by the Secretary of the Treasury to increase the participation rates in the HCTC program among eligible individuals, including outreach and enrollment activities.

6. The cost of administering the HCTC program by function, including the cost of subcontractors, and recommendations on ways to reduce the administrative costs, including recommended statutory changes.

7. After consultation with the Secretary of Labor, the number of States applying for and receiving national emergency grants under section 173(f) of the Workforce Investment Act of 1998, the activities funded by such grants on a State-by-State basis, and the time necessary for application approval of such grants.

 

Other non-revenue provisions

The provision also authorizes appropriations for implementation of the revenue provisions of the provision and provides grants under the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 for purposes related to the HCTC.

GAO study

The provision requires the Comptroller General of the United States to conduct a study regarding the HCTC to be submitted to Congress no later than March 31, 2010. The study is to include an analysis of (1) the administrative costs of the Federal government with respect to the credit and the advance payment of the credit and of providers of qualified health insurance with respect to providing such insurance to eligible individuals and their families, (2) the health status and relative risk status of eligible individuals and qualified family members covered under such insurance, (3) participation in the credit and the advance payment of the credit by eligible individuals and their qualifying family members, including the reasons why such individuals did or did not participate and the effects of the provision on participation, and (4) the extent to which eligible individuals and their qualifying family members obtained health insurance other than qualifying insurance or went without insurance coverage. The provision provides the Comptroller General access to the records within the possession or control of providers of qualified health insurance if determined relevant to the study. The Comptroller General may not disclose the identity of any provider of qualified health insurance or eligible individual in making information available to the public.

Effective Date

The provision is generally effective upon the date of enactment, excepted as otherwise noted above.

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

TAX COMPLEXITY ANALYSIS

 

 

Section 4022(b) of the Internal Revenue Service Reform and Restructuring Act of 1998 (the "IRS Reform Act") requires the staff of the Joint Committee on Taxation (in consultation with the Internal Revenue Service and the Treasury Department) to provide a tax complexity analysis. The complexity analysis is required for all legislation reported by the Senate Committee on Finance, the House Committee on Ways and Means, or any committee of conference if the legislation includes a provision that directly or indirectly amends the Internal Revenue Code and has widespread applicability to individuals or small businesses. For each such provision identified by the staff of the Joint Committee on Taxation a summary description of the provision is provided along with an estimate of the number and type of affected taxpayers, and a discussion regarding the relevant complexity and administrative issues.

Following the analysis of the staff of the Joint Committee on Taxation are the comments of the IRS and Treasury regarding each of the provisions included in the complexity analysis.

 

1. Make Work Pay Credit

 

 

Summary Description Of The Provision

 

 

The provision creates a refundable tax credit for taxable years beginning in 2009 and 2010 equal to the lesser of (1) 6.2 percent of an individual's earned income or (2) $400 ($800 in the case of a joint return). The credit is phased out at a rate of two percent of the eligible individual's modified adjusted gross income above $75,000 ($150,000 in the case of a joint return).

 

Number Of Affected Taxpayers

 

 

It is estimated that the provision will affect in excess of 100 million individual tax returns.

 

Discussion

 

 

The provision will require additional paperwork for taxpayers and additional processing burdens for IRS. It is expected that taxpayers will need to complete additional worksheets and or forms to compute the amount of the credit. Taxpayers may also wish to adjust their income tax withholding by filing the appropriate forms before the end of 2009. The IRS is anticipated to revise income tax withholding schedules and publish new schedules. These revised income tax withholding schedules should be designed to reduce taxpayers' income tax withheld for each remaining pay period in the remainder of 2009 so that the full benefit of the provision is reflected in the income tax withholding schedules during the balance of 2009.

 

2. Extension of Alternative Minimum Tax Relief for Individuals

 

 

Summary Description Of The Provision

 

 

The provision increases the individual AMT exemption amount for taxable years beginning in 2009 to $70,950 in the case of married individuals filing a joint return and surviving spouses; $46,700 in the case of other unmarried individuals; and $35,475 in the case of married individuals filing separate returns. In addition, for taxable years beginning in 2009, the provision allows an individual to offset the entire regular tax liability and alternative minimum tax liability by the nonrefundable personal credits.

 

Number Of Affected Taxpayers

 

 

It is estimated that the provision will affect approximately 25 million individual tax returns.

 

Discussion

 

 

Many individuals will not have to compute their alternative minimum tax and file the IRS forms relating to that tax.

 

3. Special Allowance for Certain Property Acquired During 2009

 

 

Summary Description Of The Provision

 

 

The provision extends the additional first-year depreciation deduction for one year, generally through 2009 (through 2010 for certain longer-lived and transportation property).

 

Number Of Affected Taxpayers

 

 

It is estimated that more than 10 percent of small businesses will be affected by the provision.

 

Discussion

 

 

It is not anticipated that small businesses will have to keep additional records due to this provision, nor will additional regulatory guidance be necessary to implement this provision. It is not anticipated that the provision will result in an increase in disputes between small businesses and the IRS. However, small businesses will have to perform additional analysis to determine whether property qualifies for the provision. In addition, for qualified property, small businesses will be required to perform additional calculations to determine the proper amount of allowable depreciation. Complexity may also be increased because the provision is temporary. For example, different tax treatment will apply for identical equipment based on the acquisition and placed in service date. Further, the Secretary of the Treasury is expected to have to make appropriate revisions to the applicable depreciation tax forms.

 

4. Premium Assistance for COBRA Benefits

 

 

Summary Description Of The Provision

 

 

The provision reimburses employers providing COBRA continuation health coverage to employees to the extent of 65 percent of the premium amount for up to nine months and requires the eligible individual to pay 35 percent of the premium. The program is mandatory for employers required to offer COBRA continuation health coverage. Eligible individuals must have a qualifying event between September 1, 2008 and December 31, 2009, and must have been terminated involuntarily. Firms providing COBRA benefits will be able to allow those electing COBRA to choose from other insurance options at the time of the qualifying event, and firms will be able to contribute to the individual portion of the premium. Lastly, the benefit phases out for single taxpayers with modified adjusted gross incomes between $125,000 and $145,000 ($250,000 and $290,000 for joint filers) for the taxable year.

Employers will pay reduced payroll taxes in the aggregate amount of 65 percent of the premium for all individuals who opt into the provision, or, if COBRA subsidy exceeds payroll taxes, employers will be reimbursed directly through a program established by the Department of Treasury. COBRA continuation health coverage for this purpose includes not only coverage that applies to private, nongovernmental employers with 20 or more employees but also coverage rules that apply to Federal and State and local governmental employers pursuant to Federal law, and to State law mandates that apply to small employers (employers with less than 20 employees) and other employers not covered by Federal law, provided that such State law mandates require an employer or other entity to offer comparable continuation health coverage. The social security trust fund is held harmless from payroll tax offsets that are permitted under the program.

 

Number Of Affected Taxpayers

 

 

It is estimated that more than 10 percent of small businesses will be affected by the provision.

 

Discussion

 

 

This provision will require additional processing by the IRS in three areas; accounting, income eligibility and provision enforcement. First, for all firms with eligible employees, the firm must deduct that amount from their payroll taxes, so IRS must be aware of the number of employees eligible for the reimbursement and the average monthly premium at the firm to properly assess the amount of the deduction from payroll taxes. The Department of Treasury must then transfer the appropriate amount of funds back into the social security trust fund. All employers bound by COBRA or COBRA-type legislation described above, and who terminate individuals from employment between September 1, 2008, and December 31, 2009, are affected by this provision. In addition, firms are permitted to collect full premiums from individuals for 60 days in accordance with their current premium billing cycles, but must then credit back the difference in later payments or if later payments are insufficient to credit back all funds, the employer will submit payment to the individual. The IRS must also distinguish between the 65 percent of subsidy contribution mandated and any optional firm contribution to the remaining 35 percent of premium.

Second, the income eligibility provision in the bill limits eligibility for the modified adjusted gross income limit of the provision phasing out between $125,000 and $145,000 for single filers ($250,000 and $290,000 for joint filers) for the taxable year. While individuals may waive the subsidy if they believe their earnings will exceed the limit, if an individual accepts the subsidy and earns over the limit the individual will be responsible for paying the subsidy back to Treasury. For married individuals filing separately, if any family member is over the single modified adjusted gross income limit of $125,000, the entire non-subsidized portion (this accounts for the phase out) must be repaid. This clause requires IRS to match the incomes of spouses filing separately and determine if the modified adjusted gross income of either spouse disqualifies both for the subsidy received. Children not claimed as dependents, however, who are still on family plans have their incomes excluded from this limitation.

Third, the IRS must create rules and regulations to prevent fraud and abuse of this provision. For example, taxpayers may be required to provide evidence of eligibility for the subsidy including evidence of involuntary separation from work, which can include attestation from the former employer or certification from state unemployment insurance agencies. If a premium assistance eligible individual becomes eligible for other group coverage while receiving premium assistance, that individual must forfeit the subsidy or face a penalty and the IRS must attempt to prevent individuals from claiming the subsidy while eligible for other group coverage either through a spouse or through a new employer.

 

COMPLIANCE WITH CLAUSE 9 OF RULE XXI (EARMARKS)

 

 

Pursuant to clause 9 of rule XXI of the Rules of the House of Representatives, neither this conference report nor the accompanying joint statement of managers contains any congressional earmarks, limited tax benefits, or limited tariff benefits as defined in clause 9(e), 9(f), or 9(g) of rule XXI.

David Obey, Charles Rangel, Henry Waxman,

 

Managers on the Part of the House.

 

Daniel K. Inouye, Max Baucus, Harry Reid,

 

Managers on the Part of the Senate.
FOOTNOTES

 

 

1 Earned income is defined as (1) wages, salaries, tips, and other employee compensation, but only if such amounts are includible in gross income, plus (2) the amount of the individual's net self-employment earnings.

2 Unless otherwise stated, all section references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

3 Possessions with mirror code tax systems are the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.

4 Possessions that do not have mirror code tax systems are Puerto Rico and American Samoa.

5 The credit for certain government employees is available for 2009. The credit is $250 ($500 for a joint return where both spouses are eligible individuals). An eligible individual for these purposes is an individual: (1) who receives an amount as a pension or annuity for service performed in the employ of the United States or any State or any instrumentality thereof, which is not considered employment for purposes of Social Security taxes; and (2) who does not receive an economic recovery payment under the Veterans Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or the Social Security Administration.

6 Earned income is defined as (1) wages, salaries, tips, and other employee compensation, but only if such amounts are includible in gross income, plus (2) the amount of the individual's net self-employment earnings.

7 A foster child must reside with the taxpayer for the entire taxable year.

8 All income thresholds are indexed for inflation annually.

9 The $5,000 is indexed for inflation in the case of taxable years beginning in 2010.

10 Sec. 25A. The Hope credit generally may not be claimed against a taxpayer's alternative minimum tax liability. However, the credit may be claimed against a taxpayer's alternative minimum tax liability for taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2009.

11 For purposes of this description, the term "account" is used interchangeably to refer to a prepaid tuition benefit contract or a tuition savings account established pursuant to a qualified tuition program.

12 Section 529 refers to contributors and designated beneficiaries, but does not define or otherwise refer to the term account owner, which is a commonly used term among qualified tuition programs.

13 Sec. 42.

14 Rev. Proc. 2008-66.

15 The State housing credit agency may collect reasonable fees from subaward recipients to cover the expenses of the agency's asset management duties. Alternatively, the State housing credit agency may retain a thirdparty to perform these asset management duties.

16 Sec. 42.

17 Rev. Proc. 2008-66.

18 The rule applicable to the adoption credit and child credit is subject to the EGTRRA sunset.

19 Sec. 168(k). The additional first-year depreciation deduction is subject to the general rules regarding whether an item is deductible under section 162 or instead is subject to capitalization under section 263 or section 263A.

20 However, the additional first-year depreciation deduction is not allowed for purposes of computing earnings and profits.

21 Assume that the cost of the property is not eligible for expensing under section 179.

22 A special rule precludes the additional first-year depreciation deduction for any property that is required to be depreciated under the alternative depreciation system of MACRS.

23 The term "original use" means the first use to which the property is put, whether or not such use corresponds to the use of such property by the taxpayer.

If in the normal course of its business a taxpayer sells fractional interests in property to unrelated third parties, then the original use of such property begins with the first user of each fractional interest (i,e., each fractional owner is considered the original user of its proportionate share of the property).

24 A special rule applies in the case of certain leased property. In the case of any property that is originally placed in service by a person and that is sold to the taxpayer and leased back to such person by the taxpayer within three months after the date that the property was placed in service, the property would be treated as originally placed in service by the taxpayer not earlier than the date that the property is used under the leaseback.

If property is originally placed in service by a lessor (including by operation of section 168(k)(2)(D)(i)), such property is sold within three months after the date that the property was placed in service, and the user of such property does not change, then the property is treated as originally placed in service by the taxpayer not earlier than the date of such sale.

25 In order for property to qualify for the extended placed in service date, the property is required to have an estimated production period exceeding one year and a cost exceeding $1 million.

26 Property does not fail to qualify for the additional first-year depreciation merely because a binding written contract to acquire a component of the property is in effect prior to January 1, 2008.

27 For purposes of determining the amount of eligible progress expenditures, it is intended that rules similar to sec. 46(d)(3) as in effect prior to the Tax Reform Act of 1986 shall apply.

28 Sec. 168(k)(4). In the case of an electing corporation that is a partner in a partnership, the corporate partner's distributive share of partnership items is determined as if section 168(k) does not apply to any eligible qualified property and the straight line method is used to calculate depreciation of such property.

29 Special rules apply to an applicable partnership.

30 For this purpose, bonus depreciation is the difference between (i) the aggregate amount of depreciation for all eligible qualified property determined if section 168(k)(1) applied using the most accelerated depreciation method (determined without regard to this provision), and shortest life allowable for each property, and (ii) the amount of depreciation that would be determined if section 168(k)(1) did pot ply using the same method and life for each property.

31 In the case of passenger aircraft, the written binding contract limitation does not apply.

32 Special rules apply to property manufactured, constructed, or produced by the taxpayer for use by the taxpayer.

33 The provision does not modify the property eligible for the election to accelerate AMT and research credits in lieu of bonus depreciation under section 168(k)(4). However, the provision includes a technical amendment to section 168(k)(4)(D) providing that no written binding contract for the acquisition of eligible qualified property may be in effect before April 1, 2008 (effective for taxable years ending after March 31, 2008).

34 In computing the maximum amount, the maximum increase amount for extension property is reduced by bonus depreciation amounts for preceding taxable years only with respect to extension property.

35 Additional section 179 incentives are provided with respect to qualified property meeting applicable requirements that is used by a business in an empowerment zone (sec. 1397A) or a renewal community (sec. 1400J), qualified section 179 Gulf Opportunity Zone property (sec. 1400N(e)), qualified Recovery Assistance property placed in service in the Kansas disaster area (Pub. L. No. 110-234, sec. 15345 (2008)), and qualified disaster assistance property (sec. 179(e)).

36 Sec. 179(c)(1). Under Treas. Reg. sec. 1.179-5, applicable to property placed in service in taxable years beginning after 2002 and before 2008, a taxpayer is permitted to make or revoke an election under section 179 without the consent of the Commissioner on an amended Federal tax return for that taxable year. This amended return must be filed within the time prescribed by law for filing an amended return for the taxable year. T.D. 9209, July 12, 2005.

37 Sec. 179(c)(2).

38Sec. 172(b)(1)(A).

39 Sec. 172(b)(2).

40 Sec. 172(b)(1)(J).

41 Secs. 810, 805(a)(5).

42 Sec. 810(b)(1).

43 For all elections under this provision, the common parent of a group of corporations filing a consolidated return makes the election, which is binding on all such corporations.

44 For example, if the Federal government acquires an equity interest in the taxpayer during 2010, or in later years, the taxpayer is not entitled to the extended carryback rules under this provision. If the carryback has previously been claimed, amended filings may be necessary to reflect this disallowance.

45For example, a taxpayer with an NOL in 2008 that in 2010 joins an affiliated group with a member in which the Federal Government has an equity interest pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 may not utilize the extended carryback rules under this provision with regard to the 2008 NOL. The taxpayer is required to amend prior filings to reflect the permitted carryback period.

46 NOL deductions from as early as taxable years ending after 1997 may be carried forward to 2008 and utilize the provision suspending the 90 percent limitation on alternative tax NOL deductions.

47 For all elections under this provision, the common parent of a group of corporations filing a consolidated return makes the election, which is binding on all such corporations.

48 For this purpose, the gross receipt test of sec. 448(c) is applied by substituting $15,000,000 for, $5,000,000 each place it appears.

49 The welfare-to-work tax credit was consolidated into the work .opportunity tax credit in the Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006, for qualified individuals who begin to work for an employer after December 31, 2006.

50 Sec. 383 imposes similar limitations, under regulations, on the use of carryforwards of general business credits, alternative minimum tax credits, foreign tax credits, and net capital loss carryforwards. Sec. 383 generally refers to sec. 382 for the meanings of its terms, but requires appropriate adjustments to take account of its application to credits and net capital losses.

51 If the loss corporation had a "net unrealized built-in gain" (or NUBIG) at the time of the ownership change, then the sec. 382 limitation for any taxable year may be increased by the amount of the "recognized built-in gains" (discussed further below) for that year. A NUBIG is defined as the amount by which the fair market value of the assets of the corporation immediately before an ownership change exceeds the aggregate adjusted basis of such assets at such time. However, if the amount of the NUBIG does not exceed the lesser of (i) 15 percent of the fair market value of the corporation's assets or (ii) $10,000,000, then the amount of the NUBIG is treated as zero. Sec. 382(h)(1).

52 Sec. 382(k)(1).

53 Sec. 382(h)(3).

54 Determinations of the percentage of stock of any corporation held by any person are made on the basis of value. Sec. 382(k)(6)(C).

55 See Treas. Reg. sec. 1.382-2(a)(4) (providing that "a loss corporation is required to determine whether an ownership change has occurred immediately after any owner shift, or issuance or transfer (including an issuance or transfer described in Treas. Reg. sec. 1.382-4(d)(8)(i) or (ii)) of an option with respect to stock of the loss corporation that is treated as exercised under Treas. Reg. sec. 1.382-4(d)(2)" and defining a "testing date" as "each date on which a loss corporation is required to make a determination of whether an ownership change has occurred") and Temp. Treas. Reg. sec. 1.382-2T(e)(1) (defining an "owner shift" as "any change in the ownership of the stock of a loss corporation that affects the percentage of such stock owned by any 5-percent shareholder"). Treasury regulations under section 382 provide that, in computing stock ownership on specified testing dates, certain unexercised options must be treated as exercised if certain ownership, control, or income tests are met. These tests are met only if "a principal purpose of the issuance, transfer, or structuring of the option (alone or in combination with other arrangements) is to avoid or ameliorate the impact of an ownership change of the loss corporation." Treas. Reg. sec. 1.382-4(d). Compare prior temporary regulations, Temp. Reg. sec. 1.382-2T(h)(4) ("Solely for the purpose of determining whether there is an ownership change on any testing date, stock of the loss corporation that is subject to an option shall be treated as acquired on any such date, pursuant to an exercise of the option by its owner on that date, if such deemed exercise would result in an ownership change."). Internal Revenue Service Notice 2008-76, I.R.B. 2008-39 (September 29, 2008), released September 7, 2008, provides that the Treasury Department intends to issue regulations modifying the term "testing date" under sec. 382 to exclude any date on or after which the United States acquires stock or options to acquire stock in certain corporations with respect to which there is a "Housing Act Acquisition" pursuant to the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (P.L. 110-289). The Notice states that the regulations will apply on and after September 7, 2008, unless and until there is additional guidance. Internal Revenue Service Notice 2008-84, I.R.B. 2008-41 (October 14, 2008), provides that the Treasury Department intends to issue regulations modifying the term "testing date" under sec. 382 to exclude any date as of the close of which the United States owns, directly or indirectly, a more than 50 percent interest in a loss corporation, which regulations will apply unless and until there is additional guidance. Internal Revenue Service Notice 2008-100, 2008-14 I.R.B. 1081 (released October 15, 2008) provides that the Treasury Department intends to issue regulations providing, among other things, that certain instruments acquired by the Treasury Department under the Capital Purchase Program (CPP) pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (P.L. 100-343) ("EESA") shall not be treated as stock for certain purposes. The Notice also provides that certain capital contributions made by Treasury pursuant to the CPP shall not be considered to have been made as part of a plan the principal purpose of which was to avoid or increase any sec. 382 limitation (for purposes of section 382(1)(1)). The Notice states that taxpayers may rely on the rules described unless and until there is further guidance; and that any contrary guidance will not apply to instruments (i) held by Treasury that were acquired pursuant to the CCP prior to publication of that guidance, or (ii) issued to Treasury pursuant to the CCP under written binding contracts entered into prior to the publication of that guidance. Internal Revenue Service Notice 2009-14, 2009-7 I.R.B. 1 (January 30, 2009) amplifies and supersedes Notice 2008-100, and provides additional guidance regarding the application of sec. 382 and other provisions of law to corporations whose instruments are acquired by the Treasury Department under certain programs pursuant to EESA.

56 Sec. 382(h)(2). The total amount of the loss corporation's RBILs that are subject to the section 382 limitation cannot exceed the amount of the corporation's NUBIL.

57 Sec. 382(h)(2)(B).

58 Id.

59 Sec. 382(h)(6)(B).

60 The total amount of such increases cannot exceed the amount of the corporation's NUBIG.

61 Sec. 382(h)(2)(A).

62 Sec. 382(h)(6)(A).

63 2003-2 C.B. 747.

64 The 1374 approach generally incorporates rules similar to those of section 1374(d) and the Treasury regulations thereunder in calculating NUBIG and NUBIL and identifying RBIG and RBIL.

65 More specifically, NUBIG or NUBIL is calculated by determining the amount that would be realized if immediately before the ownership change the loss corporation had sold all of its assets, including goodwill, at fair market value to a third party that assumed all of its liabilities, decreased by the sum of any deductible liabilities of the loss corporation that would be included in the amount realized on the hypothetical sale and the loss corporation's aggregate adjusted basis in all of its assets, increased or decreased by the corporation's section 481 adjustments that would be taken into account on a hypothetical sale, and increased by any RBIL that would not be allowed as a deduction under section 382, 383 or 384 on the hypothetical sale.

66 Notice 2003-65, section III.B.2.b.

67 Accordingly, unlike the case in which a section 338 election is actually made, contingent consideration (including a contingent liability) is taken into account in the initial calculation of NUBIG or NUBIL, and no further adjustments are made to reflect subsequent changes in deemed consideration.

68 Section 166 does not apply, however, to a debt which is evidenced by a security, defined for this purpose (by cross-reference to section 165(g)(2)(C)) as a bond, debenture, note or certificate or other evidence of indebtedness issued by a corporation or by a government or political subdivision thereof, with interest coupons or in registered form. Sec. 166(e).

69 See Treas. Reg. sec. 1.166-2(d)(1) and (2).

70 See Treas. Reg. sec. 1.166-2(d)(3); cf. Priv. Let. Rul. 9248048 (July 7, 1992); Tech. Ad. Mem. 9122001 (Feb. 8, 1991).

71 2008-42 I.R.B. 2008-42 (Oct. 20, 2008).

72 Notice 2008-83, section 2.

73 Section 383 imposes similar limitations, under regulations, on the use of carryforwards of general business credits, alternative minimum tax credits, foreign tax credits, and net capital loss carryforwards. Section 383 generally refers to section 382 for the meanings of its terms, but requires appropriate adjustments to take account of its application to credits and net capital losses.

74 If the loss corporation had a "net unrealized built in gain" (or NUBIG) at the time of the ownership change, then the section 382 limitation for any taxable year may be increased by the amount of the "recognized built-in gains" (discussed further below) for that year. A NUBIG is defined as the amount by which the fair market value of the assets of the corporation immediately before an ownership change exceeds the aggregate adjusted basis of such assets at such time. However, if the amount of the NUBIG does not exceed the lesser of (i) 15 percent of the fair market value of the corporation's assets or (ii) $10,000,000, then the amount of the NUBIG is treated as zero. Sec. 382(h)(1).

75 Sec. 382(k)(1).

76 Sec. 382(h)(3).

77 Determinations of the percentage of stock of any corporation held by any person are made on the basis of value. Sec. 382(k)(6)(C).

78 See Treas. Reg. sec. 1.382-2(a)(4) (providing that "a loss corporation is required to determine whether an ownership change has occurred immediately after any owner shift, or issuance or transfer (including an issuance or transfer described in Treas. Reg. sec. 1.382-4(d)(8)(i) or (ii)) of an option with respect to stock of the loss corporation that is treated as exercised under Treas. Reg. sec. 1.382-4(d)(2)" and defining a "testing date" as "each date on which a loss corporation is required to make a determination of whether an ownership change has occurred") and Temp. Treas. Reg. sec. 1.382-2T(e)(1) (defining an "owner shift" as "any change in the ownership of the stock of a loss corporation that affects percentage of such stock owned by any 5-percent shareholder"). Treasury regulations under section 382 provide that, in computing stock ownership on specified testing dates, certain unexercised options must be treated as exercised if certain ownership, control, or income tests are met. These tests are met only if "a principal purpose of the issuance, transfer, or structuring of the option (alone or in combination with other arrangements) is to avoid or ameliorate the impact of an ownership change of the loss corporation." Treas. Reg. sec. 1.382-4(d). Compare prior temporary regulations, Temp. Reg. sec. 1.382-2T(h)(4) ("Solely for the purpose of determining whether there is an ownership change on any testing date, stock of the loss corporation that is subject to an option shall be treated as acquired on any such date, pursuant to an exercise of the option by its owner on that date, if such deemed exercise would result in an ownership change."). Internal Revenue Service Notice 2008-76, I.R.B. 2008-39 (September 29, 2008), released September 7, 2008, provides that the Treasury Department intends to issue regulations modifying the term "testing date" under section 382 to exclude any date on or after which the United States acquires stock or options to acquire stock in certain corporations with respect to which there is a "Housing Act Acquisition" pursuant to the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008 (P.L. 110-289). The Notice states that the regulations will apply on and after September 7, 2008, unless and until there is additional guidance. Internal Revenue Service Notice 2008-84, I.R.B. 2008-41 (October 14, 2008), provides that the Treasury Department intends to issue regulations modifying the term "testing date" under section 382 to exclude any date as of the close of which the United States owns, directly or indirectly, a more than 50 percent interest in a loss corporation, which regulations will apply unless and until there is additional guidance. Internal Revenue Service Notice 2008-100, 2008-14 I.R.B. 1081 (released October 15, 2008) provides that the Treasury Department intends to issue regulations providing, among other things, that certain instruments acquired by the Treasury Department under the Capital Purchase Program (CPP) pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (P.L. 100-343)("EESA")shall not be treated as stock for certain purposes. The Notice also provides that certain capital contributions made by Treasury pursuant to the CPP shall not be considered to have been made as part of a plan the principal purpose of which was to avoid or increase any section 382 limitation (for purposes of section 382(1)(1)). The Notice states that taxpayers may rely on the rules described unless and until there is further guidance; and that any contrary guidance will not apply to instruments (i) held by Treasury that were acquired pursuant to the CCP prior to publication of that guidance, or (ii) issued to Treasury pursuant to the CCP under written binding contracts entered into prior to the publication of that guidance. Internal Revenue Service Notice 2009-14, 2009-7 I.R.B. 1 (January 30, 2009) amplifies and supersedes Notice 2008-100, and provides additional guidance regarding the application of section 382 and other provisions of law to corporations whose instruments are acquired by the Treasury Department under certain programs pursuant to EESA.

79 This exception shall not apply in the case of any subsequent ownership change unless such subsequent ownership change also meets the requirements of the exception.

80 For example, an ownership change has occurred for purposes of determining the testing period under section 382(i)(2).

81 See sections 61(a)(12) and 108. But see sec. 102 (a debt cancellation which constitutes a gift or bequest is not treated as income to the donee debtor).

82 Sec. 108(b).

83 Sec. 1017.

84 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.61-12(c)(2)(ii). Treas. Reg. sec. 1.1275-1(b) defines "adjusted issue price."

85 Sec. 108(e)(1 0)(A).

86 Sec. 108(e)(10)(B).

87 Sec. 1273.

88 Sec. 163(e).

89 Sec. 108(e)(8).

90 Sec. 108(e)(4).

91 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.108-2(g).

92 Id.

93 Treas. Reg. sec. 1.108-2(g)(2).

94 Id.

95 Section 118 provides, in general, that in the case of a corporation, gross income does not include any contribution to the capital of the taxpayer.

96 Sec. 163(e)(1). For purposes of section 163(e)(1), the daily portion of the original issue discount for any day is determined under section 1272(a) (without regard to paragraph (7) thereof and without regard to section 1273(a)(3)).

97 Sec. 163(e)(5).

98 Sec. 163(i)(1).

99 Sec. 163(i)(2).

100 Sec. 163(e)(5)(C).

101 Sec. 163(e)(5)(C)(ii).

102 Sec. 163(e)(5)(B).

103 Sec. 1202.

104 Sec. 1(h).

105 Sec. 57(a)(7). In the case of qualified small business stock, the percentage of gain excluded from gross income which is an alternative minimum tax preference is (i) seven percent in the case of stock disposed of in a taxable year beginning before 2011; (ii) 42 percent in the case of stock acquired before January 1, 2001, and disposed of in a taxable year beginning after 2010; and (iii) 28 percent in the case of stock acquired after December 31, 2000, and disposed of in a taxable year beginning after 2010.

106 The 50 percent of gain included in taxable income is taxed at a maximum rate of 28 percent.

107 The amount of gain included in alternative minimum tax is taxed at a maximum rate of 28 percent. The amount so included is the sum of (i) 50 percent (the percentage included in taxable income) of the total gain and (ii) the applicable preference percentage of the one-half gain that is excluded from taxable income.

108 The 25 percent of gain included in taxable income is taxed at a maximum rate of 28 percent.

109 The 46 percent of gain included in alternative minimum tax is taxed at a maximum rate of 28 percent. Forty-six percent is the sum of 25 percent (the percentage of total gain included in taxable income) plus 21 percent (the percentage of total gain which is an alternative minimum tax preference).

110 Sec. 1366.

111 Sec. 1374.

112 Sec. 1374(d)(8). With respect to such assets, the recognition period runs from the day on which such assets were acquired (in lieu of the beginning of the first taxable year for which the corporation was an S corporation). Sec. 1374(d)(8)(B).

113 Sec. 1366(f)(2).

114 Shareholders will continue to take into account all items of gain and loss under section 1366.

115 Sec. 168.

116 Sec. 265(a).

117 See Rev. Proc. 72-18, 1972-1 C.B. 740.

118 Id.

119 Sec. 265(b)(1). A "financial institution" is any person that (1) accepts deposits from the public in the ordinary course of such person's trade or business and is subject to Federal or State supervision as a financial institution or (2) is a corporation described in section 585(a)(2). Sec. 265(b)(5).

120 Sec. 265(b)(3).

121 Secs. 265(b)(3)(A), 291(a)(3) and 291(e)(1).

122 Sec. 265(b)(3)(C).

123 Sec. 265(b)(3)(E).

124 Sec. 265(b)(3)(F).

125 Sec. 291(e)(1).

126 The 25 percent restriction was enacted by the Technical and Miscellaneous Tax Act of 1988 because of concern over the scope of the definition of manufacturing facility. See H.R. Rpt. No. 100-795 (1988). The amendment was intended to clarify that while the manufacturing facility definition does not preclude the financing of ancillary activities, the 25 percent restriction was intended to limit the use of bond proceeds to finance facilities other than for "core manufacturing." The conference agreement followed the House bill, which the conference report described as follows: "The House bill clarifies that up to 25 percent of the proceeds of a qualified small issue may be used to finance ancillary activities which are carried out at the manufacturing site. All such ancillary activities must be subordinate and integral to the manufacturing process."

127 The provision is based in part on a similar rule applicable to exempt facility bonds. Treas. Reg. sec. 1.103-8(a)(3) provides: "(3) Functionally related and subordinate. An exempt facility includes any land, building, or other property functionally related and subordinate to such facility. Property is not functionally related and subordinate to a facility if it is not of a character and size commensurate with the character and size of such facility."

128 Sec. 103.

129 Sec. 149(e).

130 Sec. 103(a) and (b)(2).

131 Sec. 148.

132 Sec. 1397E.

133 Given the differences in credit quality and other characteristics of individual issuers, the Secretary cannot set credit rates in a manner that will allow each issuer to issue tax credit bonds at par.

134 Sec. 103.

135 Sec. 149(e).

136 Sec. 103(a) and (b)(2).

137 Sec. 148.

138 See secs. 54E and 1397E.

139 Given the differences in credit quality and other characteristics of individual issuers, the Secretary cannot set credit rates in a manner that will allow each issuer to issue tax credit bonds at par.

140 Sec. 141.

141 The 10 percent private business test is reduced to five percent in the case of private business uses (and payments with respect to such uses) that are unrelated to any governmental use being financed by the issue.

142 Sec. 103(a) and (b)(2).

143 Sec. 148.

144 See secs. 54B, 54C, 54D, and 54E.

145 Given the differences in credit quality and other characteristics of individual issuers, the Secretary cannot set credit rates in a manner that will allow each issuer to issue tax credit bonds at par.

146 Original issue discount (OID) is not treated as a payment of interest for purposes of determining the credit under the provision. OID is the excess of an obligation's stated redemption price at maturity over the obligation's issue price (sec. 1273(a)).

147 Under Treas. Reg. sec. 150-1(b), capital expenditure means any cost of a type that is properly chargeable to capital account (or would be so chargeable with a proper election or with the application of the definition of placed in service under Treas. Reg. sec. 1.150-2(c)) under general Federal income tax principles. For purposes of applying the "general Federal income tax principles" standard, an issuer should generally be treated as if it were a corporation subject to taxation under subchapter C of chapter 1 of the Code. An example of a capital expenditure would include expenditures made for the purchase of fiber-optic cable to provide municipal broadband service.

148 Original issue discount (OID) is not treated as a payment of interest for purposes of calculating the refundable credit under the provision.

149Small issuer status is determined generally by reference to the rules of sec. 148(f)(4)(D)) and increasing the aggregate face amount of all tax-exempt governmental bonds reasonably expected to be issued during the calendar year from $5 million to $30 million.

150Under section 148(d)(2), a bond is an arbitrage bond if the amount of the proceeds from the sale of such issue that is part or any reserve or replacement fund exceeds 10 percent of the proceeds. As such the interest on such bond would not be tax-exempt under section 103 and thus would not be a qualified bond for purposes of the provision.

151Sec. 141.

152Sec. 103(a) and (b)(20.

153Sec. 103(a) and (b)(2).

154Sec. 148.

155See secs. 54B, 54C, 54DE, and 54E.

156Given the differences in credit quality and other characteristics of individual issuers, the Secretary cannot set credit rates in a manner that will allow each issuer to issue tax credit bonds at par.

157 The Bureau of Labor Statistics prepares data on regional and State employment and unemployment. See e.g., Bureau of Labor Statistics, USDL 09-0093, Regional and State Employment and Unemployment: December 2008 (January 27, 2009) <<http://www.bls.govnews.release/laus.nr0.htm>.

158 Sec. 103.

159 Sec. 141(b)(6); Treas. Reg. sec. 1.151-1(b).

160 Secs. 103(b)(1) and 141.

161 Sec. 7871.

162 Sec. 7871(c).

163 See secs. 54B, 54C, 54D, and 54E.

164 See sec. 54A(h), which also covers real estate investment trusts.

165 Section 45D was added by section 121(a) of the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, Pub. L. No. 106-554 (2000).

166 12 U.S.C. sec. 4702(17) (defines "low-income" for purposes of 12 U.S.C. sec. 4702(20)).

167 Sec. 45. In addition to the renewable electricity production credit, section 45 also provides income tax credits for the production of Indian coal and refined coal at qualified facilities.

168 Sec. 38(b)(8).

169 Sec. 38(c)(4)(B)(ii).

170 Secs. 1381-1383.

171 Sec. 1382.

172 Sec. 45. In addition to the electricity production credit, section 45 also provides income tax credits for the production of Indian coal and refined coal at qualified facilities.

173 Sec. 48.

174 Additional provisions that (1) allow section 45 facilities to elect to be treated as section 48 energy property, and (2) allow section 45 and 48 facilities to elect to receive a grant from the Department of the Treasury rather than the section 45 production credit or the section 48 energy credit, are described in sections D.2 and D.4 of this document.

175 Sec. 48.

176 Sec. 38(b)(1).

177 Sec. 39.

178 Sec. 45. In addition to the renewable electricity production credit, section 45 also provides income tax credits for the production of Indian coal and refined coal at qualified facilities.

179 Sec. 48.

180Section 1604 of the House bill.

181 Sec. 54C.

182 Given the differences in credit quality and other characteristics of individual issuers, the Secretary cannot set credit rates in a manner that will allow each issuer to issue tax credit bonds at par.

183 See Internal Revenue Service, Notice 2009-15, Credit Rates on Tax Credit Bonds, 2009-6 I.R.B. 1 (January 22, 2009).

184 Given the difference in credit quality and other characteristics of individual issuers, the Secretary cannot set credit rates in a manner that will allow each issuer to issue tax credit bonds at par.

185 See Internal Revenue Services, Notice 2009--15, Credit Rates on Tax Credit Bonds 2009--6 I.R.B. 1 (January 22, 2009).

186 The highest tier in effect at this time was tier 2, requiring SEER of at least 15 and EER of at least 12.5 for split central air conditioning systems and SEER of at least 14 and EER of at least 12 for packaged central air conditioning systems.

187 Sec. 30C.

188 Sec. 168.

189 1987-2 C.B. 674 (as clarified and modified by Rev. Proc. 88-22, 1988-1 C.B. 785). Assets included in class 49.14, describing assets used in the transmission and distribution of electricity for sale and related land improvements, are assigned a class life of 30 years and a recovery period of 20 years.

190 Sec. 168(e)(3)(D)(iii).

191 Sec. 168(b)(2)(C).

192 Sec. 168(i)(18).

193 Sec. 41.

194 Sec. 41(e).

195 Sec. 41(h).

196 The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 expanded the definition of start-up firms under section 41(c)(3)(B)(i) to include any firm if the first taxable year in which such firm had both gross receipts and qualified research expenses began after 1983. A special rule (enacted in 1993) is designed to gradually recompute a start-up firm's fixed-base percentage based on its actual research experience. Under this special rule, a start-up firm is assigned a fixed-base percentage of three percent for each of its first five taxable years after 1993 in which it incurs qualified research expenses. A start-up firm's fixed-base percentage for its sixth through tenth taxable years after 1993 in which it incurs qualified research expenses is a phased-in ratio based on the firm's actual research experience. For all subsequent taxable years, the taxpayer's fixed-base percentage is its actual ratio of qualified research expenses to gross receipts for any five years selected by the taxpayer from its fifth through tenth taxable years after 1993. Sec. 41(c)(3)(B).

197 Sec. 41(f)(1).

198 Sec. 41(f)(3).

199 Sec. 41(c)(4).

200 A special transition rule applies for fiscal year 2006-2007 taxpayers.

201 A special transition rule applies for fiscal year 2006-2007 taxpayers.

202 Under a special rule, 75 percent of amounts paid to a research consortium for qualified research are treated as qualified research expenses eligible for the research credit (rather than 65 percent under the general rule under section 41(b)(3) governing contract research expenses) if (1) such research consortium is a tax-exempt organization that is described in section 501(c)(3) (other than a private foundation) or section 501(c)(6) and is organized and operated primarily to conduct scientific research, and (2) such qualified research is conducted by the consortium on behalf of the taxpayer and one or more persons not related to the taxpayer. Sec. 41(b)(3)(C).

203 Sec. 41(d)(3).

204 Sec. 41(d)(4).

205 Taxpayers may elect 10-year amortization of certain research expenditures allowable as a deduction under section 174(a). Secs. 174(f)(2) and 59(e).

206 Sec. 280C(c).

207 Sec. 280C(c)(3).

208 Sec. 45Q.

209 Sec. 638(1).

210 Sec. 638(2).

211 Sec. 30B.

212 Code secs. 132(f), 3121(b)(2), 3306(b)(16), and 3401(a)(19).

213 Sec. 45. In addition to the electricity production credit, section 45 also provides income tax credits for the production of Indian coal and refined coal at qualified facilities.

214 Sec. 48.

215 Sec. 168(k). The additional first-year depreciation deduction is subject to the general rules regarding whether an item is deductible under section 162 or instead is subject to capitalization under section 263 or section 263A.

216 However, the additional first-year depreciation deduction is not allowed for purposes of computing earnings and profits.

217 Sec. 168(k)(4). In the case of an electing corporation that is a partner in a partnership, the corporate partner's distributive share of partnership items is determined as if section 168(k) does not apply to any eligible qualified property and the straight line method is used to calculate depreciation of such property.

218 Special rules apply to an applicable partnership.

219 For this purpose, bonus depreciation is the difference between (i) the aggregate amount of depreciation for all eligible qualified property determined if section 168(k)(1) applied using the most accelerated depreciation method (determined without regard to this provision), and shortest life allowable for each property, and (ii) the amount of depreciation that would be determined if section 168(k)(1) did not apply using the same method and life for each property.

220 In the case of passenger aircraft, the written binding contract limitation does not apply.

221 Special rules apply to property manufactured, constructed, or produced by the taxpayer for use by the taxpayer.

222 As defined by section 30D(c).

223 Sec. 38(c).

224 Sec. 53(c).

225 Members of a controlled group of corporations are determined as provided under section 52(a).

 

* * * * * * *

 

 

227 Description prepared by the majority staffs of the House Committee on Ways and Means and the Senate Committee on Finance.

228 Sec. 4980B

229 The COBRA rules were added to the Code by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, Pub. L. No. 99-272. The rules were originally added as Code sections 162(i) and (k). The rules were later restated as Code section 4980B, pursuant to the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988, Pub. L. No. 100-647.

230 A governmental plan also includes certain plans established by an Indian tribal government.

231 If the plan is a multiemployer plan, then each of the employers contributing to the plan for a calendar year must normally employ fewer than 20 employees during the preceding calendar year.

232 In the case of a qualified beneficiary who is determined, under Title II or XVI of the Social Security Act, to have been disabled during the first 60 days of continuation coverage, the 18 month minimum coverage period is extended to 29 months with respect to all qualified beneficiaries if notice is given before the end of the initial 18 month continuation coverage period.

233 In the case of a qualified beneficiary whose minimum coverage period is extended to 29 months on account of a disability determination, the premium for the period of the disability extension may not exceed 150 percent of the applicable premium for the period.

234 Secs. 601 to 608 of ERISA.

235 Continuation coverage rights similar to COBRA continuation coverage rights are provided to individuals covered by health plans maintained by the Federal government. 5 U.S.C. sec. 8905a. Group health plans maintained by a State that receives funds under Chapter 6A of Title 42 of the United States Code (the Public Health Service Act) are required to provide continuation coverage rights similar to COBRA continuation coverage rights for individuals covered by plans maintained by such State (and plans maintained by political subdivisions of such State and agencies and instrumentalities of such State or political subdivision of such State). 42 U.S.C. sec. 300bb-1.

236 For this purpose, payment by an assistance eligible individual includes payment by another individual paying on behalf of the individual, such as a parent or guardian, or an entity paying on behalf of the individual, such as a State agency or charity. Further, the amount of the premium used to calculate the reduced premium is the premium amount that the employee would be required to pay for COBRA continuation coverage absent this premium reduction (e.g. 102 percent of the "applicable premium" for such period).

237 Section 9801 provides that a group health plan may impose a pre-existing condition exclusion for no more than 12 months after a participant or beneficiary's enrollment date. Such 12-month period must be reduced by the aggregate period of creditable coverage (which includes periods of coverage under another group health plan). A period of creditable coverage can be disregarded if, after the coverage period and before the enrollment date, there was a 63-day period during which the individual was not covered under any creditable coverage. Similar rules are provided under ERISA and PHSA.

238 Applicable continuation coverage that qualifies for the subsidy and thus for reimbursement is not limited to coverage required to be offered under the Code's COBRA rules but also includes continuation coverage required under State law that requires continuation coverage comparable to the continuation coverage required under the Code's COBRA rules for group health plans not subject to those rules (e.g., a small employer plan) and includes continuation coverage requirements that apply to health plans maintained by the Federal government or a State government.

239 Sec. 3401.

240 Sec. 3102 (relating to FICA taxes applicable to employees) and sec. 3111 (relating to FICA taxes applicable to employers).

241 In determining any amount transferred or appropriated to any fund under the Social Security Act, amounts credited against an employer's payroll tax obligations pursuant to the provision shall not be taken into account.

242 An employer can make this option available to covered employees under current law.

243 All references to "Federal COBRA continuation coverage" mean the COBRA continuation coverage provisions of the Code, ERISA, and PHSA.

244 Other FSA coverage does not terminate eligibility for coverage. Coverage under another group Health Reimbursement Account ("HRA") will not terminate an individual's eligibility for the subsidy as long as the HRA is properly classified as an FSA under relevant IRS guidance. See Notice 2002-45, 2002-2 CB 93.

245 Sec. 4980B(f)(3)(B); Treas. Reg. 54.4980B-4.

246 Sec. 4980(f)(3)(B).

247 Sec. 4980B((f)(2)(B)(i)(I). If coverage under a plan is lost on account of a qualifying event but the loss of coverage actually occurs at a later date, the minimum coverage period may be extended by the plan so that it is measured from the date when coverage is actually lost.

248 Pub. L. No. 107-210 (2002).

249 An individual is eligible for the advance payment of the credit once a qualified health insurance costs credit eligibility certificate is in effect. Sec. 7527. Unless otherwise indicated, all "section" references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

250 An eligible month must begin after November 4, 2002. This date is 90 days after the date of enactment of the Trade Act of 2002, which was August 6, 2002.

251 The eligibility rules and conditions for such an allowance are specified in chapter 2 of title II of the Trade Act of 1974. Among other requirements, payment of a trade readjustment allowance is conditioned upon the individual enrolling in certain training programs or receiving a waiver of training requirements.

252 Excepted benefits are: (1) coverage only for accident or disability income or any combination thereof; (2) coverage issued as a supplement to liability insurance; (3) liability insurance, including general liability insurance and automobile liability insurance; (4) worker's compensation or similar insurance; (5) automobile medical payment insurance; (6) credit-only insurance; (7) coverage for on-site medical clinics; (8) other insurance coverage similar to the coverages in (1)-(7) specified in regulations under which benefits for medical care are secondary or incidental to other insurance benefits; (9) limited scope dental or vision benefits; (10) benefits for long-term care, nursing home care, home health care, community-based care, or any combination thereof; and (11) other benefits similar to those in (9) and (10) as specified in regulations; (12) coverage only for a specified disease or illness; (13) hospital indemnity or other fixed indemnity insurance; and (14) Medicare supplemental insurance.

253 An amount is considered paid by the employer if it is excludable from income. Thus, for example, amounts paid for health coverage on a salary reduction basis under an employer plan are considered paid by the employer. A rule aggregating plans of the same employer applies in determining whether the employer pays at least 50 percent of the cost of coverage.

254 COBRA continuation is defined in section 9832(d)(1).

255 For this purpose, "individual health insurance" means any insurance which constitutes medical care offered to individuals other than in connection with a group health plan. Such term does not include Federal- or State-based health insurance coverage.

256 For guidance on how a State elects a health program to be qualified health insurance for purposes of the credit, see Rev. Proc. 2004-12, 2004-1 C.B. 528.

257 Creditable coverage is determined under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act. Sec. 9801(c).

258 Sec. 4980B.

259 The Senate amendment did not amend the HCTC, but section 1701 of the Senate amendment provided for a temporary extension of the Trade Adjustment Assistance Program (generally until December 31, 2010). Certain beneficiaries of this program are eligible for the HCTC.

260 In the case of a dependent, the rule applies to the taxpayer to whom the personal exemption deduction under section 151 is allowable.

 

END OF FOOTNOTES
DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
Copy RID